Page Range | 8389-8637 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 8490 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
81 FR 8486 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
81 FR 8550 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8545 - Section 1201 Study: Extension of Comment Period | |
81 FR 8514 - Proposed Collection; 60-Day Comment request National Institutes of Health (NIH) Loan Repayment Programs; Office of the Director (OD) | |
81 FR 8546 - Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS); Meeting of the ACRS Subcommittee on Planning and Procedures | |
81 FR 8546 - Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS); Meeting of the ACRS Subcommittee on Future Plant Designs | |
81 FR 8478 - National Advisory Council on Innovation and Entrepreneurship Meeting | |
81 FR 8545 - Notice of Information Collection | |
81 FR 8490 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
81 FR 8491 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Announcement of Board Approval Under Delegated Authority and Submission to OMB | |
81 FR 8503 - Food and Drug Administration Activities for Patient Participation in Medical Product Discussions; Report on Stakeholder Views; Availability | |
81 FR 8505 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Requirements Under the Comprehensive Smokeless Tobacco Health Education Act of 1986, as Amended by the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act | |
81 FR 8586 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Affidavit of Identifying Witness | |
81 FR 8488 - Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Oak Ridge Reservation | |
81 FR 8487 - Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board, Northern New Mexico | |
81 FR 8498 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8497 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8486 - Procurement List; Proposed Additions and Deletions | |
81 FR 8479 - Western Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meetings | |
81 FR 8481 - South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (SAFMC); Public Meeting | |
81 FR 8508 - Pediatric Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 8502 - Anesthetic and Analgesic Drug Products Advisory Committee, the Drug Safety and Risk Management Advisory Committee, and the Pediatric Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 8478 - In the Matter of: Viacheslav Zhukov, Register Number: 18963-021, D. Ray James Correctional Institution, P.O. Box 2000, Folkston, GA 31537 | |
81 FR 8418 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Reallocation of Pollock in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands | |
81 FR 8537 - Quarterly Status Report of Water Service, Repayment, and Other Water-Related Contract Actions | |
81 FR 8525 - Notice of Public Meeting: Resource Advisory Council (RAC) to the Boise District, Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Department of the Interior | |
81 FR 8509 - Determining the Extent of Safety Data Collection Needed in Late-Stage Premarket and Postapproval Clinical Investigations; Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
81 FR 8501 - Guidance for Industry on Immunogenicity-Related Considerations for Low Molecular Weight Heparin; Availability | |
81 FR 8500 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8511 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Evaluation of the Food and Drug Administration's General Market Youth Tobacco Prevention Campaigns | |
81 FR 8507 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Guidance for Industry on Questions and Answers Regarding the Labeling of Nonprescription Human Drug Products Marketed Without an Approved Application as Required by the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Drug Consumer Protection Act | |
81 FR 8521 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Application for Community Disaster Loan Cancellation | |
81 FR 8519 - Texas; Major Disaster and Related Determinations | |
81 FR 8518 - Arkansas; Major Disaster and Related Determinations | |
81 FR 8520 - Oklahoma; Major Disaster and Related Determinations | |
81 FR 8519 - Mississippi; Amendment No. 3 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
81 FR 8521 - Missouri; Amendment No. 1 to Notice of a Major Disaster Declaration | |
81 FR 8520 - Louisiana; Emergency and Related Determinations | |
81 FR 8594 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
81 FR 8492 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8494 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8592 - Petition for Exemption From the Federal Motor Vehicle Theft Prevention Standard; Toyota | |
81 FR 8582 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rules 5810(4), 5810(c), 5815(c) and 5820(d) To Provide Staff With Limited Discretion To Grant a Listed Company That Failed To Hold Its Annual Meeting of Shareholders an Extension of Time To Comply With the Annual Meeting Requirement | |
81 FR 8588 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8595 - Commission on Care; Meeting of the Commission on Care | |
81 FR 8475 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Wisconsin Advisory Committee To Prepare for an Updated Hearing on Hate Crimes in the State | |
81 FR 8476 - Public Meeting of the Michigan Advisory Committee; Preparations for a Public Hearing Regarding the Civil Rights Impact of Civil Forfeiture Practices in the State | |
81 FR 8476 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Illinois Advisory Committee To Hear Testimony Regarding Civil Rights and Environmental Justice in the State | |
81 FR 8477 - Agenda and Notice of Public Meeting of the West Virginia Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 8477 - Agenda and Notice of Public Meeting of the Maryland Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 8544 - Stainless Steel Sheet and Strip From China; Institution of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Investigations and Scheduling of Preliminary Phase Investigations | |
81 FR 8485 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request: Socioeconomics of Recreational Fishing in Florida's Gulf Coast | |
81 FR 8547 - New Postal Product | |
81 FR 8398 - PATH Act Changes to Section 1445 | |
81 FR 8516 - Center For Scientific Review; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 8517 - Center For Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 8517 - National Eye Institute; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 8516 - National Institute of General Medical Sciences; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 8402 - Department of the Treasury Employee Rules of Conduct | |
81 FR 8514 - Request for Nominations, Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports | |
81 FR 8460 - Air Plan Approval; Wisconsin; Infrastructure SIP Requirements for the 2012 PM2.5 | |
81 FR 8571 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8595 - Agency Information Collection (Monthly Record of Training and Wages) Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 8594 - Agency Information Collection (VA Financial Services Center (VA-FSC) Vendor File Request Form); Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 8585 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8582 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 8573 - Innovator Management LLC, et al.; Notice of Application | |
81 FR 8455 - Approval of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Puerto Rico; Infrastructure Requirements for the 1997 and 2008 Ozone, 1997 and 2006 Fine Particulate Matter and 2008 Lead NAAQS | |
81 FR 8406 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; District of Columbia; Interstate Pollution Transport Requirements for the 2010 Nitrogen Dioxide Standards | |
81 FR 8504 - Recommendations for Donor Screening, Deferral, and Product Management To Reduce the Risk of Transfusion-Transmission of Zika Virus; Guidance for Industry; Availability | |
81 FR 8558 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Regarding Fees and Rebates Applicable to Firms and To Adopt Tiers Applicable to Options Overlying SPY | |
81 FR 8557 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1, 2, and 3 Thereto, To List and Trade Shares of the REX Gold Hedged S&P 500 ETF and the REX Gold Hedged FTSE Emerging Markets ETF Under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.600 | |
81 FR 8551 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change to Options Pricing at Chapter XV, Section 2 | |
81 FR 8551 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Implementation of a Fee on Securities Lending and Repurchase Transactions With Respect to Shares of the CurrencyShares® Euro Trust and the CurrencyShares® Japanese Yen Trust | |
81 FR 8571 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NASDAQ OMX PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 1066 | |
81 FR 8548 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the NYSE Arca Equities Schedule of Fees and Charges for Exchange Services | |
81 FR 8474 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request-Generic Clearance To Conduct Formative Research | |
81 FR 8396 - Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments | |
81 FR 8389 - Amendment of Class D and E Airspace; Enid Vance AFB, OK; Enid Woodring Municipal Airport, Enid, OK; and Enid, OK | |
81 FR 8392 - Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments | |
81 FR 8394 - Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments | |
81 FR 8391 - Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments | |
81 FR 8489 - Combined Notice Of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 8490 - RDAF Energy Solutions; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
81 FR 8488 - Red Horse III, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
81 FR 8487 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Higher Education Act (HEA) Title II Report Cards on State Teacher Credentialing and Preparation | |
81 FR 8524 - Receipt of Application for Renewal of Incidental Take Permit; Bonny Doon Quarries Settlement Ponds Low-Effect Habitat Conservation Plan | |
81 FR 8566 - Program for Allocation of Regulatory Responsibilities Pursuant to Rule 17d-2; Notice of Filing of Proposed Plan for the Allocation of Regulatory Responsibilities Between the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and ISE Mercury, LLC | |
81 FR 8483 - Notice of Availability of the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill Final Programmatic Damage Assessment and Restoration Plan and Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (Final PDARP/PEIS) | |
81 FR 8408 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Reclassifying Hesperocyparis abramsiana (=Cupressus abramsiana) as Threatened | |
81 FR 8389 - Single Family Housing Direct Loan Program | |
81 FR 8536 - Gulf of Mexico, Outer Continental Shelf (OCS), Central Planning Area (CPA) Oil and Gas Lease Sale 241; MMAA104000 | |
81 FR 8525 - Eastern Gulf of Mexico Planning Area Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 226 | |
81 FR 8530 - Central Gulf of Mexico Planning Area Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 241 | |
81 FR 8535 - Gulf of Mexico, Outer Continental Shelf (OCS), Eastern Planning Area (EPA) Oil and Gas Lease Sale 226 | |
81 FR 8522 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless | |
81 FR 8586 - Advisory Committee on Private International Law: Public Meeting on Online Dispute Resolution; Correction | |
81 FR 8438 - Amendment to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations: Revision of U.S. Munitions List Category XII | |
81 FR 8421 - Revisions to the Export Administration Regulations (EAR): Control of Fire Control, Laser, Imaging, and Guidance and Control Equipment the President Determines No Longer Warrant Control Under the United States Munitions List (USML) | |
81 FR 8598 - Security-Based Swap Transactions Connected With a Non-U.S. Person's Dealing Activity That Are Arranged, Negotiated, or Executed by Personnel Located in a U.S. Branch or Office or in a U.S. Branch or Office of an Agent; Security-Based Swap Dealer De Minimis Exception | |
81 FR 8587 - Notice of Final Federal Agency Actions on MoPac (Loop 1) Intersections, Travis County, Texas | |
81 FR 8586 - Notice of Final Federal Agency Action on SH 249, From South of FM 1774/FM 149 in Pinehurst to FM 1774 North of Todd Mission, Montgomery and Grimes Counties, Texas | |
81 FR 8466 - Pacific Halibut Fisheries; Catch Sharing Plan | |
81 FR 8446 - Requirements for Type I and Type III Supporting Organizations | |
81 FR 8536 - Outer Continental Shelf (OCS), Gulf of Mexico (GOM), Oil and Gas Western Planning Area (WPA) Lease Sale 248, MMAA104000 |
Food and Nutrition Service
Rural Housing Service
Economic Development Administration
Industry and Security Bureau
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
Ocean Energy Management Bureau
Reclamation Bureau
Copyright Office, Library of Congress
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Rural Housing Service, USDA.
Final rule; change in effective date.
On April 29, 2015, the Rural Housing Service (RHS) published a final rule to create a certified loan application packaging process for the direct single family housing loan program. On June 5, 2015, the final rule's effective date was deferred to October 1, 2015. On September 11, 2015, the final rule's effective date was further delayed until October 1, 2016. Given that Section 726 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016, requires RHS to establish a packaging program based on the pilot program, the final rule's effective date will be moved up to May 19, 2016.
The effective date of the final rule published April 29, 2015 (80 FR 23673), delayed June 5, 2015 (80 FR 31971) and September 11, 2015 (80 FR 54713), is now May 19, 2016.
Tammy Repine, Finance and Loan Analyst, Single Family Housing Direct Loan Division, USDA Rural Development, 3625 93rd Avenue SW., Olympia, Washington 98512, Telephone: 360-753-7677. Email:
Once effective, all existing pilot intermediaries will be classified as Agency-approved intermediaries under the regulation for the states they covered under the pilot, and any subsequent state(s) they wish to cover. This classification is based on the fact that all of these pilot intermediaries applied under the “Notice of Intent to Accept Applications To Be an Intermediary Under the Certified Loan Application Packaging Process Within the Section 502 Direct Single Family Housing Program” (80 FR 32526) and demonstrated to the Agency's satisfaction that they meet all the requirements to be an intermediary. While the existing pilot intermediaries will not need to reapply, they must advise the Agency of new states they wish to cover.
On or around the final rule's effective date, program guidance will be issued that expounds upon the implementation, conditions, and parameters of the certified loan application packaging process. Among others items, the guidance will outline how other interested parties can apply to be an intermediary.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This action amends the legal descriptions of Class E surface area airspace, and Class E airspace designated as an extension in the Enid, OK, area eliminating the Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) part-time status at Vance AFB, and Enid Woodring Municipal Airport. This action also updates the geographic coordinates of Vance AFB, Woodring Municipal Airport, and the Vance VHF Omnidirectional Range Tactical Air Navigation (VORTAC) listed for Class D and Class E airspace. This is an administrative change to coincide with the FAA's aeronautical database.
Effective 0901 UTC, March 31, 2016. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under Title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.9 and publication of conforming amendments.
FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at
FAA Order 7400.9, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
Jeffrey Claypool, Federal Aviation Administration, Operations Support Group, Central Service Center, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5711.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends controlled airspace at Vance AFB, Enid, OK, and Woodring Municipal Airport, Enid, OK.
In a review of the airspace, the FAA found the airspace for Vance AFB, and Enid Woodring Municipal Airport, Enid, OK, as published in FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, does not require part time status. This is an administrative change removing the part time NOTAM information from the legal description for the airports, and also brings current the airport reference point and NAVAID coordinates.
Class E airspace designations are published in paragraphs 5000, 6002, 6004, and 6005, respectively, of FAA Order 7400.9Z dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
This document amends FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015. FAA Order 7400.9Z is publicly available as listed in the
This action amends Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 by eliminating the NOTAM information that reads, “This Class E airspace is effective during the specific dates and times established in advance by a Notice to Airmen. The effective date and time will thereafter be continuously published in the Airport/Facility Directory.” from the regulatory text of the Class E surface area airspace, and Class E airspace designated as an extension to Class D, at Vance AFB, Enid, OK, and Woodring Municipal Airport, Enid, OK. Additionally, the geographic coordinates of Vance AFB, Woodring Municipal Airport, and the Vance VORTAC are updated for the Class D and Class E airspace areas listed in this rule to coincide with the FAA's aeronautical database.
This is an administrative change amending the description for Vance AFB and Woodring Municipal Airport, Enid, OK, to be in concert with the FAA's aeronautical database, and does not affect the boundaries, or operating requirements of the airspace; therefore, notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are unnecessary.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current, is non-controversial and unlikely to result in adverse or negative comments. It, therefore: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5.a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This rule amends, suspends, or removes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide for the safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.
This rule is effective February 19, 2016. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of February 19, 2016.
Availability of matter incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:
1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Ops-M30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Bldg., Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001;
2. The FAA Air Traffic Organization Service Area in which the affected airport is located;
3. The office of Aeronautical Navigation Products, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or,
4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit the National Flight Data Center online at
Thomas J. Nichols, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420) Flight Technologies and Procedures Division, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082 Oklahoma City, OK 73125) telephone: (405) 954-4164.
This rule amends Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97) by amending the referenced SIAPs. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP is listed on the appropriate FAA Form 8260, as modified by the National Flight Data Center (NFDC)/Permanent Notice to Airmen (P-NOTAM), and is incorporated by reference under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR 97.20. The large number of SIAPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make their verbatim publication in the
The material incorporated by reference is publicly available as listed in the
The material incorporated by reference describes SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs as identified in the amendatory language for part 97 of this final rule.
This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP as amended in the transmittal. For safety and timeliness of change considerations, this amendment incorporates only specific changes contained for each SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP as modified by FDC permanent NOTAMs.
The SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, as modified by FDC permanent NOTAM, and contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these changes to SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied only to specific conditions existing at the affected airports. All SIAP amendments in this rule have been
The circumstances that created the need for these SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments require making them effective in less than 30 days.
Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d), good cause exists for making these SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal regulations, Part 97, (14 CFR part 97), is amended by amending Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.
By amending: § 97.23 VOR, VOR/DME, VOR or TACAN, and VOR/DME or TACAN; § 97.25 LOC, LOC/DME, LDA, LDA/DME, SDF, SDF/DME; § 97.27 NDB, NDB/DME; § 97.29 ILS, ILS/DME, MLS, MLS/DME, MLS/RNAV; § 97.31 RADAR SIAPs; § 97.33 RNAV SIAPs; and § 97.35 COPTER SIAPs, Identified as follows:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This rule amends, suspends, or removes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide for the safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.
This rule is effective February 19, 2016. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of February 19, 2016.
Availability of matter incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:
1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Ops-M30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Bldg., Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001;
2. The FAA Air Traffic Organization Service Area in which the affected airport is located;
3. The office of Aeronautical Navigation Products, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or,
4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030,
All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit the National Flight Data Center online at
Richard A. Dunham III, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420) Flight Technologies and Procedures Division, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082 Oklahoma City, OK 73125) telephone: (405) 954-4164.
This rule amends Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97) by amending the referenced SIAPs. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP is listed on the appropriate FAA Form 8260, as modified by the National Flight Data Center (NFDC)/Permanent Notice to Airmen (P-NOTAM), and is incorporated by reference under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR 97.20. The large number of SIAPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make their verbatim publication in the
This amendment provides the affected CFR sections, and specifies the SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs with their applicable effective dates. This amendment also identifies the airport and its location, the procedure and the amendment number.
The material incorporated by reference is publicly available as listed in the
The material incorporated by reference describes SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs as identified in the amendatory language for part 97 of this final rule.
This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP as amended in the transmittal. For safety and timeliness of change considerations, this amendment incorporates only specific changes contained for each SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP as modified by FDC permanent NOTAMs.
The SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, as modified by FDC permanent NOTAM, and contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these changes to SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied only to specific conditions existing at the affected airports. All SIAP amendments in this rule have been previously issued by the FAA in a FDC NOTAM as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts.
The circumstances that created the need for these SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments require making them effective in less than 30 days.
Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d), good cause exists for making these SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97, (14 CFR part 97), is amended by amending Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.
By amending: § 97.23 VOR, VOR/DME, VOR or TACAN, and VOR/DME or TACAN; § 97.25 LOC, LOC/DME, LDA, LDA/DME, SDF, SDF/DME; § 97.27 NDB, NDB/DME; § 97.29 ILS, ILS/DME, MLS, MLS/DME, MLS/RNAV; § 97.31 RADAR SIAPs; § 97.33 RNAV SIAPs; and § 97.35 COPTER SIAPs, Identified as follows:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This rule establishes, amends, suspends, or removes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures (ODPs) for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.
This rule is effective February 19, 2016. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the
Availability of matters incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:
1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Ops-M30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Bldg., Ground Floor, Washington, DC, 20590-0001.
2. The FAA Air Traffic Organization Service Area in which the affected airport is located;
3. The office of Aeronautical Navigation Products, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or,
4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit the National Flight Data Center at
Richard A. Dunham III, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420), Flight Technologies and Programs Divisions, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125) Telephone: (405) 954-4164.
This rule amends Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97), by establishing, amending, suspending, or removes SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and/or ODPS. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP and its associated Takeoff Minimums or ODP for an identified airport is listed on FAA form documents which are incorporated by reference in this amendment under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR part § 97.20. The applicable FAA forms are FAA Forms 8260-3, 8260-4, 8260-5, 8260-15A, and 8260-15B when required by an entry on 8260-15A.
The large number of SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make publication in the
The material incorporated by reference is publicly available as listed in the
The material incorporated by reference describes SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and/or ODPS as identified in the amendatory language for part 97 of this final rule.
This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP, Takeoff Minimums and ODP as Amended in the transmittal. Some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and textual ODP amendments may have been issued previously by the FAA in a Flight Data Center (FDC) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts.
The circumstances that created the need for some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments may require making them effective in less than 30 days. For the remaining SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, an effective date at least 30 days after publication is provided.
Further, the SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied to the conditions existing or anticipated at the affected airports. Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d), good cause exists for making some SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26,1979) ; and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97) is amended by establishing, amending, suspending, or removing Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and/or Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.
Bloomsburg, PA, Bloomsburg Muni, VOR-A, Amdt 1
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This rule establishes, amends, suspends, or removes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures (ODPs) for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.
This rule is effective February 19, 2016. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of February 19, 2016.
Availability of matters incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:
1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Ops-M30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Bldg., Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
2. The FAA Air Traffic Organization Service Area in which the affected airport is located;
3. The office of Aeronautical Navigation Products, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or,
4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit the National Flight Data Center at
Thomas J. Nichols, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420), Flight Technologies and Programs Divisions, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082, Oklahoma City, OK 73125) Telephone: (405) 954-4164.
This rule amends Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97), by establishing, amending, suspending, or removes SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and/or ODPS. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP and its associated Takeoff Minimums or ODP for an identified airport is listed on FAA form documents which are incorporated by reference in this amendment under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR part 97.20. The applicable FAA forms are FAA Forms 8260-3, 8260-4, 8260-5, 8260-15A, and 8260-15B when required by an entry on 8260-15A.
The large number of SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make publication in the
The material incorporated by reference is publicly available as listed in the
The material incorporated by reference describes SIAPS, Takeoff
This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP, Takeoff Minimums and ODP as Amended in the transmittal. Some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and textual ODP amendments may have been issued previously by the FAA in a Flight Data Center (FDC) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts.
The circumstances that created the need for some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments may require making them effective in less than 30 days. For the remaining SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, an effective date at least 30 days after publication is provided.
Further, the SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied to the conditions existing or anticipated at the affected airports. Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, under 5 U.S.C 553(d), good cause exists for making some SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26,1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97) is amended by establishing, amending, suspending, or removing Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and/or Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.
RESCINDED: On December 7, 2015 (80 FR 75923), the FAA published an Amendment in Docket No. 31049, Amdt No. 3671, to Part 97 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, under section 97.20. The following entry for Port Angeles, WA, effective February 4, 2016, is hereby rescinded in its entirety:
RESCINDED: On January 26, 2016 (81 FR 4174), the FAA published an Amendment in Docket No. 31051, Amdt No. 3673, to Part 97 of the Federal Aviation Regulations, under sections 97.29 and 97.33. The following entries for Port Angeles, WA, effective February 4, 2016, are hereby rescinded in their entirety:
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Final and temporary regulations.
This document contains final and temporary regulations relating to the taxation of, and withholding on, foreign persons upon certain dispositions of, and distributions with respect to, United States real property interests (USRPIs). The regulations reflect changes made by the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (the PATH Act). In addition, the regulations update certain mailing addresses listed in regulations under sections 897 and 1445. These regulations affect certain holders of USRPIs and withholding agents that are required to withhold tax on certain dispositions of, and distributions with respect to, USRPIs. This document also requests comments on certain other aspects of the PATH Act that apply to dispositions of, and distributions with respect to, USRPIs.
Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-101329-16), Room 5203, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-101329-16), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or sent electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Milton M. Cahn or David A. Levine, (202) 317-6937; concerning submissions of comments, Regina Johnson, (202) 317-6901 (not toll-free numbers).
The collections of information contained in these final regulations were previously reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507) under control numbers 1545-0123, 1545-0902, and 1545-1797 in conjunction with Treasury decisions 7999 (49 FR 50689, Dec. 31, 1984), 8113 (51 FR 46620, Dec. 24, 1986), and 9082 (68 FR 46081, Aug. 5, 2003), respectively. There are no proposals for substantive changes to these collections of information.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents might become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Section 897(a)(1) provides, in general, that gain or loss of a nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation from the disposition of a United States real property interest (USRPI) shall be taken into account under section 871(b)(1) or 882(a)(1), as applicable, as if the nonresident alien individual or foreign corporation were engaged in a trade or business within the United States during the taxable year and such gain or loss were effectively connected with that trade or business.
Section 897(c)(1)(A) defines a USRPI to include any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in any domestic corporation unless the taxpayer establishes that such corporation was at no time a United States real property holding corporation (USRPHC) during the applicable testing period (generally, the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of the USRPHC). Under section 897(c)(2), a USRPHC means any corporation if the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50 percent of the total fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside the United States, and any other assets that are used or held for use in a trade or business. However, section 897(c)(1)(B) generally provides
Section 1445(a) generally imposes a withholding tax obligation on the transferee when a foreign person disposes of a USRPI. Section 1445(f)(3) provides that a foreign person is any person other than a United States person. Section 1445(e)(3) generally imposes a withholding obligation on a domestic corporation that is a USRPHC on distributions to foreign persons to which section 302 or sections 331 through 346 apply. Section 1445(e)(3) also provides that similar rules are applicable to distributions to foreign persons under section 301 that are not made out of the earnings and profits of the domestic corporation. Section 1445(e)(4) generally requires a domestic or foreign partnership, the trustee of a domestic or foreign trust, or the executor of a domestic or foreign estate to withhold on the distribution of any USRPI to a partner or beneficiary who is a foreign person. Under section 1445(e)(5), the transferee of a partnership interest or of a beneficial interest in a trust or estate is required to deduct and withhold tax to the extent provided in regulations. Any amounts withheld under section 1445 are credited against the foreign transferor's U.S. tax liability. § 1.1445-1(f)(1).
Before the enactment of the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015, Public Law 114-113 (the PATH Act), the withholding rate under sections 1445(a), 1445(e)(3), 1445(e)(4), and 1445(e)(5) was 10 percent of either the amount realized or the fair market value of the interest, as applicable. Section 324(a) of the PATH Act increased the withholding rate under these sections from 10 percent to 15 percent. This new rate applies to dispositions after February 16, 2016. Section 324(b) of the PATH Act, however, retained the 10-percent withholding rate in the case of a disposition of property that is acquired by the transferee for his or her use as a residence with respect to which the amount realized is greater than $300,000 but does not exceed $1 million.
Section 325 of the PATH Act provides that the cleansing exception will not apply to dispositions on or after December 18, 2015, if the corporation or its predecessor was a real estate investment trust or a regulated investment company at any time during the shorter of the period that the shareholder held the interest or the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of the shareholder's interest in the corporation.
Section 323(a) of the PATH Act added section 897(l), which provides that section 897 does not apply (i) to USRPIs held directly (or indirectly through one or more partnerships) by, or (ii) to distributions received from a real estate investment trust by, a qualified foreign pension fund or an entity wholly owned by a qualified foreign pension fund. Section 897(l)(2) defines a qualified foreign pension fund for purposes of section 897(l), and section 897(l)(3) provides that the Secretary shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of section 897(l). In addition, section 323(b) of the PATH Act amended the definition of foreign person in section 1445(f)(3) to provide that entities described in section 897(l) are not treated as foreign persons for purposes of section 1445, except as otherwise provided by the Secretary. The amendments in section 323 of the PATH Act are applicable to dispositions and distributions after December 18, 2015.
These regulations update § 1.897-2 and §§ 1.1445-1 through 1.1445-5, and append an informational footnote to § 1.1445-11T(d)(2)(iii), to reflect changes made by the PATH Act.
Additionally, for certain filings that are described in regulations under sections 897 and 1445, these regulations provide that the mailing address is the address specified in the Instructions for Form 8288 under the heading “Where To File.”
Consistent with the PATH Act, the revisions to § 1.1445-2 to incorporate the exemption under section 1445(f)(3) for entities described in section 897(l) apply to dispositions and distributions after December 18, 2015, and the revisions to § 1.897-2 regarding the cleansing exception apply to dispositions on or after December 18, 2015. The new withholding rates described in these regulations apply to dispositions of, and distributions with respect to, USRPIs that occur after February 16, 2016.
Beginning after February 19, 2016, taxpayers are required to use the revised mailing address provided in these regulations. However, the IRS will not assert penalties against taxpayers that use the mailing address previously specified in the regulations on or before June 20, 2016. Any prior timely filings made pursuant to the regulations under sections 897 and 1445 that were mailed to the address specified in the Instructions for Form 8288 under the heading “Where To File,” instead of the address previously specified in the regulations, have been accepted by the IRS.
The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments regarding what regulations, if any, should be issued pursuant to section 897(l)(3). All comments that are submitted as prescribed in this preamble under the
Certain IRS regulations, including this one, are exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory impact assessment is not required. Because no notice of proposed rulemaking is required, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) is not required.
The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations, including because good cause exists under section 553(b)(B) of the APA. Section 553(b)(B) of the APA provides that an agency is not required to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
The principal authors of these regulations are Milton M. Cahn and
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
The revision and addition reads as follows:
(f) * * *
(2) * * * (iii) If the disposition occurs on or after December 18, 2015, neither the corporation nor any predecessor of the corporation was a regulated investment company or a real estate investment trust at any time during the shorter of the periods described in section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii).
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(b)
(2)
(i) The property is acquired by the transferee for use by the transferee as a residence;
(ii) the amount realized for the property does not exceed $1,000,000; and
(iii) section 1445(b)(5) does not apply to the disposition. See § 1.1445-2(d)(1).
(g) * * *
(10)
(h)
The additions and revision read as follows:
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(C) * * *
In general, a foreign person is a nonresident alien individual, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate, but not a qualified foreign pension fund (as defined in section 897(l)) or an entity all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund. * * *
(4) * * *
(iv) * * * For dispositions described in § 1.1445-1(b)(2), this paragraph shall be applied by replacing “15 percent” with “10 percent” each time it appears.
(e)
The revision and additions read as follows:
(h)
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) * * *
Department of the Treasury.
Interim final rule.
The Department of the Treasury (the “Department” or “Treasury”) is updating its Employee Rules of Conduct, which prescribe uniform rules of conduct and procedure
Treasury invites comments on the topics addressed in this Interim Final Rule. Comments may be submitted through one of these methods:
•
•
In general, Treasury will post all comments to
Please send questions by email to Brian Sonfield at
On June 1, 1995, the Department issued Employee Rules of Conduct prescribing uniform rules of conduct and procedure for all employees and officials in the Department. Treasury is now amending the Employee Rules of Conduct to account for current Department structure resulting from organizational changes that established new bureaus within Treasury and transferred certain functions and/or bureaus from the Department. This rule also amends the Rules of Conduct to remove provisions that pertain solely to standards of ethical conduct. The standards of ethical conduct governing employees of the Department are contained in uniform standards of ethical conduct promulgated by the Office of Government Ethics that apply to all executive branch personnel, codified at 5 CFR part 2635 (Executive Branch-wide Standards), and in the Supplemental Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Department of the Treasury, codified at 5 CFR part 3101 (Treasury Supplemental Standards). Finally, this rule amends the Rules of Conduct to ensure the efficient functioning of the Department and to conform to changes in the law or Department policy. This rulemaking revises part 0 in its entirety.
The provisions contained in subpart A state the purpose and applicability of the Rules of Conduct, as well as the responsibilities of the Department's employees and managers in implementing and complying with the included regulations. Subpart A also identifies other rules of conduct applicable to Department employees, and it includes a definitional section. Omitted from the definition of “Bureau” because they are no longer bureaus of the Department are the Bureaus of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms (ATF), Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC), the United States Customs Service (USCS), and the United States Secret Service (USSS). New bureaus or offices include the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB), the Office of the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Office of the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program (SIGTARP), and the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). Additionally, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) was abolished by statute and certain functions of OTS have been integrated into the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). The Department also consolidated the Bureau of Public Debt (BPD) and the Financial Management Service (FMS) into a new Bureau of the Fiscal Service (BFS).
Subpart B sets out the conduct regulations that all Department employees and officials are required to follow. Generally, the rules regulate employee conduct, including, for example, the use of government issued charge cards, the care of documents and data, the use of government property, and the use of controlled substances and intoxicants.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(a)(2), rules relating to agency management and personnel are exempt from the rulemaking requirements of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA). As set forth in the description of the interim final rule, this rule affects only the Department and its personnel; therefore, the APA requirements for prior notice and opportunity to comment and a delayed effective date are inapplicable. Even if this rulemaking were subject to APA procedures, the Department finds that good cause exists, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b) and (d), that the requirements for prior notice and comment are unnecessary because the rule affects only Treasury employees.
Because no notice of proposed rulemaking is required, the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Unfunded Mandates Act) requires an agency to prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule that includes a federal mandate that may result in expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. If a budgetary impact statement is required, section 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Act also requires an agency to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule. This rule generally sets out the conduct regulations that all Department employees and officials are required to follow. The Department therefore has determined that the rule will not result in expenditures by state, local or tribal governments or by the private sector of $100 million or more. Accordingly, the Department has not prepared a budgetary impact statement or specifically addressed the regulatory alternatives considered.
Government employees.
5 U.S.C. 301.
The regulations in this part prescribe procedures and standards of conduct that are appropriate to the particular functions and activities of the Department of the Treasury (Department).
(a) Unless otherwise specified, the regulations in this part apply to all employees of the Department at all times, regardless of whether they are on duty or on leave, including leave without pay.
(b) The regulations in this part may be supplemented by regulations, interpretive guidelines and procedures issued by the Department's offices and bureaus. The absence of a specific published rule of conduct covering an action or omission does not validate that action or omission nor indicate that the action or omission would not result in corrective or disciplinary action.
In addition to the regulations in this part, employees of the Department are subject to other applicable statutes and regulations, including the following:
(a) The Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch at 5 CFR part 2635;
(b) The Supplemental Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Department of the Treasury at 5 CFR part 3101;
(c) Political Activities of Federal Employees regulations at 5 CFR part 734;
(d) The Employee Responsibilities and Conduct regulations at 5 CFR part 735; and
(e) Department of the Treasury Disclosure of Records regulations at 31 CFR part 1.
The following definitions are used throughout this part:
(a)
(1) Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau;
(2) Bureau of Engraving and Printing;
(3) Bureau of the Fiscal Service;
(4) Departmental Offices;
(5) Financial Crimes Enforcement Network;
(6) Internal Revenue Service;
(7) Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;
(8) Office of the Inspector General;
(9) Office of the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program;
(10) Office of the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration;
(11) United States Mint; and
(12) Any other organization designated as a bureau by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to appropriate authority.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(a) Employees shall comply with all generally accepted rules of conduct, the specific provisions of this part, and other applicable regulations. An employee with questions about generally accepted rules of conduct, the specific provisions of this part, and other applicable regulations should consult his or her supervisor, a human resources specialist, or Bureau counsel.
(b) Supervisors, because of their day-to-day relationships with their employees, are responsible for ensuring that their employees maintain high standards of conduct. Supervisors must be familiar with this part and other applicable regulations and must apply generally accepted rules of conduct, the standards in this part, and the standards in other applicable regulations to the work they do and supervise. Supervisors shall take appropriate action, including disciplinary action, when violations of this part or other applicable regulations occur.
An employee's violation of generally accepted rules of conduct, the standards in this part, or the standards in other applicable regulations may result in appropriate corrective or disciplinary action, in addition to any penalty prescribed by law.
An employee shall not engage in any conduct or activity that is in excess of his or her authority or is otherwise contrary to any law, regulation, or Department policy.
(a) Employees are required to comply with the lawful directives of their supervisor and other management officials.
(b) Employees shall be familiar and comply with regulations and published instructions that relate to their official duties and responsibilities.
(a) An employee shall immediately report to his or her supervisor, to any management official, or to the applicable Office of Inspector General:
(1) Any information that the employee reasonably believes indicates a possible offense against the United States by an
(2) Any suspected violation of a statute, rule, or regulation, including this part and the regulations referenced in section 0.103 of this part;
(3) Any instance in which another person inside or outside the federal government uses or attempts to use undue influence to induce an employee to do or omit to do any official act in derogation of his official duty; and,
(4) Any information that the employee reasonably believes indicates the existence of an activity constituting:
(i) Mismanagement, a gross waste of funds, or abuse of authority;
(ii) A substantial and specific danger to the public health and safety;
(iii) A threat to the integrity of programs and operations relating to the Department; or
(iv) A violation of merit systems principles or a prohibited personnel practice as described in 5 U.S.C. 2301 and 2302.
(b) Bureau counsel who, during the course of providing advice to or representation of a bureau, acquire information of the type described in paragraph (a) of this section, shall report the information to the reporting employee's supervisor, the Chief or Legal Counsel, or the Deputy General Counsel, who shall report such information to the relevant Inspector General.
(c) This section does not cover matters addressed through employee grievances, equal employment opportunity complaints, Merit Systems Protection Board appeals, classification appeals, or other matters for which separate, formal systems have been established.
Any employee who has authority to take, direct others to take, recommend, or approve any personnel action, shall not, with respect to such authority, take or threaten to take any action against any employee as a reprisal for providing any information in accordance with § 0.203 of this part or through other processes established by law. However, if an employee makes a complaint or discloses information with the knowledge that it was false, or with willful disregard of its truth or falsity, such conduct may be grounds for disciplinary action, and such action shall not constitute reprisal.
Employees shall not sell, offer to sell, buy, offer to buy, use, or possess, controlled substances in violation of federal law. Employees shall not use or be under the influence of alcohol in a manner that adversely affects their work performance. Employees may consume alcohol on Department property only when authorized in accordance with Department or bureau policies and directives.
Employees shall not participate in a labor strike, work stoppage, or work slowdown against the government.
(a) Employees shall not possess firearms, explosives, or other dangerous weapons, as defined at 40 U.S.C. 5104(a), either openly or concealed, while on Department property or while on official duty.
(b) The prohibition of paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to the possession of authorized weapons or explosives by employees who are required to possess such authorized weapons or explosives in the performance of their official duties.
(a) Employees shall not remove, alter, destroy, mutilate, access, copy, or retain documents or data in the custody of the federal government or provided to them in the course of their employment, without proper authorization.
(b) The term “documents” includes, but is not limited to, any written, printed, typed or other graphic material, recording, computer tape, disk or hard drive, storage medium, blueprint, photograph, or other physical object on which information is recorded, including all copies of the foregoing by whatever means made, and any electronic file, data, or information stored on or created on a government computer, database, application, program, network, or storage medium.
(a) Employees shall not disclose or use official information without proper authority. Employees authorized to make disclosures should respond promptly and courteously to requests from the public for information when permitted to do so by law.
(b) Employees who have access to information that is classified for security reasons in accordance with Executive Order 13526, or any successor Executive Order governing Classified National Security Information, are responsible for its custody and safekeeping, and for assuring that it is not disclosed to unauthorized persons.
Employees directed by competent Department or other federal authority to provide oral or written responses to questions, or to provide documents and other materials concerning matters of official interest, shall timely respond fully, truthfully, and, when required, under oath.
Employees shall not intentionally or with willful disregard make false or misleading statements, orally or in writing, in connection with any matter of official interest. Matters of official interest include, but are not limited to, the following: Official reports and any other official information upon which the Department, the Congress, other government agencies, or the public may act or rely; transactions with the public, government agencies or other government employees; application forms and other forms that serve as a basis for any personnel action; vouchers; time and attendance records, including leave records; work reports of any nature or accounts of any kind; affidavits; record of or data concerning any matter relating to or connected with an employee's duties; personnel records; and reports of any moneys or securities received, held or paid to, for or on behalf of the United States.
(a) An employee shall not directly or indirectly use, or allow the use of, government property of any kind, including property leased to the government, for other than officially approved activities. This includes the use of government-provided information technology equipment, internet access, cellular telephones, personal digital assistants, and other devices in a manner that is inconsistent with the Department's policy permitting reasonable personal use. An employee has a positive duty to protect and conserve government property including equipment, supplies, intellectual property, and other property made available, entrusted, or issued to the employee for official use.
(b) Employees shall not use government vehicles for unofficial purposes, including to transport unauthorized passengers. The use of
(a) Employees shall not make improper purchases with government contractor-issued charge cards.
(b) Employees shall timely pay undisputed amounts owed on government contractor-issued travel charge cards.
(a) Employees must adhere to the regulations that govern the conduct of individuals who are in the buildings or space occupied by, or on grounds of, particular government property.
(b) Employees shall not solicit, make collections, canvass for the sale of any article, or distribute literature or advertising on Department property without appropriate authorization.
An employee shall not electronically transmit, or create audio or video recordings of, conversations, meetings, or conferences in the workplace or while conducting business on behalf of the Department, except where doing so is part of the employee's official duties.
Except for the official handling, through the proper channels, of matters relating to legislation in which the Department has an interest, employees shall not use government time, money, or property to petition a Member of Congress to favor or oppose any legislation or proposed legislation, or to encourage others to do so.
(a) Employees shall not discriminate against or harass any other employee, applicant for employment, contractor, or person dealing with the Department on official business on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age, disability, political affiliation, marital status, parental status, veterans status, or genetic information.
(b) Supervisors shall not retaliate against an employee for complaining about suspected unlawful discrimination or harassment, seeking accommodation for a disability, or otherwise exercising their right to be free from unlawful discrimination.
(c) An employee who engages in discriminatory or retaliatory conduct may be disciplined under these regulations, as well as other applicable laws. However, this section does not create any enforceable legal rights in any person.
An employee shall not engage in criminal, infamous, dishonest, immoral, or notoriously disgraceful conduct, or other conduct prejudicial to the government.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the District of Columbia (the District). This revision pertains to the infrastructure requirement of interstate transport pollution with respect to the 2010 nitrogen dioxide (NO
This final rule is effective on March 21, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2015-0750. All documents in the docket are listed in the
Emlyn Vélez-Rosa, (215) 814-2038, or by email at
Whenever new or revised NAAQS are promulgated, the CAA requires states to submit a plan for the implementation, maintenance, and enforcement of such NAAQS. The plan is required to address basic program elements, including, but not limited to, regulatory structure, monitoring, modeling, legal authority, and adequate resources necessary to assure attainment and maintenance of the standards. These elements are referred to as infrastructure requirements and are specified in section 110(a)(2) of the CAA. Particularly, section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) of the CAA requires state SIPs to address any emissions activity in one state that contributes significantly to nonattainment, or interferes with maintenance, of the NAAQS in any downwind state. EPA sometimes refers to these requirements as prong 1 (significant contribution to nonattainment) and prong 2 (interference with maintenance), or conjointly as the “good neighbor” provision of the CAA.
On December 4, 2015 (80 FR 75845), EPA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) for the District. In the NPR, EPA proposed approval of a SIP revision by the District addressing section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) with respect to the 2010 NO
The District submitted on June 6, 2014 a SIP revision to satisfy the infrastructure requirements of section 110(a)(2) of the CAA for the 2010 NO
The District's June 6, 2014 transport submittal concludes that the District does not have sources that can contribute to nonattainment in, or interfere with maintenance by, any other state with respect to the 2010 NO
EPA is approving the portions of the District's June 6, 2014 SIP revision submittal addressing interstate transport for the 2010 NO
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Publ. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by April 19, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action, addressing the District's interstate transport requirements under the CAA for the 2010 NO
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Final rule.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), determine threatened species status under the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (Act), as amended, for
This rule becomes effective March 21, 2016.
This final rule is available on the internet at
Stephen P. Henry, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Ventura Fish and Wildlife Office, 2493 Portola Road, Suite B, Ventura, CA 93003; telephone 805-644-1766; facsimile 805-644-3958. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 800-877-8339.
On September 3, 2013, we proposed to reclassify the Santa Cruz cypress from an endangered species to a threatened species (78 FR 54221) on the List of Endangered and Threatened Plants in part 17 of title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). Please refer to the proposed reclassification rule for the Santa Cruz cypress (78 FR 54221; September 3, 2013) for a detailed description of the previous Federal actions concerning this species. This final rule constitutes our final action regarding the petition to reclassify the Santa Cruz cypress from endangered to threatened (Pacific Legal Foundation 2011, pp. 1-11).
For a detailed discussion of Santa Cruz cypress's description, taxonomy, life history, habitat, soils, distribution, abundance, age and size distribution, and role of fire in regeneration, please see the Santa Cruz Cypress
This section introduces and summarizes the biological status and factors affecting Santa Cruz cypress identified at each period of the species' review history. We have described the level of threats using a scale of low, moderate, and high (as discussed in Appendix 1 of the Species Report). A low-level threat indicates a threat that has the potential to occur at any time, although the possibility is unlikely that this threat will affect the species across its range or interrupt the species' persistence into the future. A moderate-level threat indicates a threat that is currently affecting the long-term persistence of the species in a particular population or across its range, but does not pose an imminent threat to the persistence of the species. A high-level threat indicates a well-documented, imminent threat to a large number of individuals that has the potential to disrupt the long-term persistence of the species in a particular population or across its range.
At the time of listing, the primary threats to Santa Cruz cypress were residential development, agricultural conversion, logging, oil and gas drilling, genetic introgression, and alteration of the natural frequency of fires that threatened to destroy portions of each population (52 FR 675; January 8, 1987). Other (secondary) threats in 1987 included vandalism, disease, and inadequate regulatory mechanisms (52 FR 675). Of the primary threats in 1987, residential development, agricultural conversion, and logging threatened individual Santa Cruz cypress trees and stands with imminent destruction. Other threats identified in the Recovery Plan for the Santa Cruz Cypress (Service 1998) also included oil and gas development, reproductive isolation, introgression, and competition from nonnative species.
On May 21, 2010, we notified the public in the
The 5-year review identified low levels of regeneration (new recruitment of seedlings and young plants) and the effects of climate change as concerns for the long-term persistence of the Santa Cruz cypress (Service 2009, pp. 9-13). Climate change was classified as a moderate-level threat because projections indicated that the regional Santa Cruz climate will become warmer and drier, which would directly affect Santa Cruz cypress across its range over the next century (Service 2009, pp. 10-11).
In accordance with section 4(a)(1) of the Act, our assessment of the current status of a species is based on whether a species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so because of any of five factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.
Current or potential future threats to Santa Cruz cypress include alteration of the fire regime (Factors A and E), competition with nonnative species (Factors A and E), climate change (Factor A), genetic introgression (Factor E), and vandalism and unauthorized recreational activities (Factors A and E). The acquisition of lands for conservation by State agencies and designation of lands as sensitive areas by Santa Cruz County have resulted in protection of all or large portions of each population, but currently do not provide protections from the threats listed above (Factor D). Other potential impacts evaluated and found either to be of no concern, insignificant concern, or negligible at this time include residential development, agricultural conversion, logging, and oil and gas drilling (Factor A); overutilization (Factor B); disease or predation (Factor C); and reproductive isolation (Factor E). Please see Table 1, Table 4, and the “Discussion of Threats to the Species” section of the Species Report for a thorough discussion of all potential and current threats (Service 2015, pp. 3, 22-40).
We note, however, that, although the threats of residential development and agricultural conversion to Santa Cruz cypress have been ameliorated considerably compared to the time of listing (to the point that we consider them insignificant at this time), they may still occur at two of the populations (
The following sections provide a summary of the current threats impacting the Santa Cruz cypress. As identified above, these threats include alteration of the fire regime (Factors A and E), competition with nonnative species (Factors A and E), climate change (Factor A), genetic introgression (Factor E), vandalism and unauthorized recreational activities (Factors A and E), and the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms (Factor D). As identified above some of the same potential activities that affect the habitat (Factor A) of Santa Cruz cypress can also affect individuals (Factor E). Where appropriate, we discuss impacts to both the habitat and to individuals of Santa Cruz cypress together for ease of discussion and analysis.
The long-term persistence of Santa Cruz cypress populations can be affected by the disruption of the natural fire frequency because Santa Cruz cypress requires fire (or potentially mechanical disturbance in lieu of, or in combination with, fire) to reproduce. Most Santa Cruz cypress populations are located close to residential areas, where natural fires from surrounding wildland areas are excluded by the creation of fire breaks and fuels reduction projects. Both fire exclusion and fire suppression lengthen the interval between fires, thus altering the natural fire regime and increasing the risk of extirpation from senescence (growth phase from full maturity to death). Conversely, human ignitions contribute to fire intervals that are too short, which in turn can inhibit Santa Cruz cypress from reaching its reproductive potential if stands burn prior to trees reaching reproductive age. With prevalent fire exclusion on lands surrounding Santa Cruz cypress occurring, other techniques such as mechanical disturbance of the ground, removal of litter and nonnative invasive species, and clearing the canopy to allow sunlight to reach the ground may need to be utilized to achieve regeneration of the species. Currently, mechanical disturbance and litter removal at the Bonny Doon Ecological Reserve are being implemented on a limited basis following the Draft Management Plan developed for the Bonny Doon Ecological Reserve (Service 2015, pp. 37, 41, 42). Additionally in 2005, CAL FIRE developed a vegetation management plan for the Bonny Doon Ecological Reserve that included enhancing sensitive habitat for listed species and improving forest health
The altered fire regime presents a high-level threat to the long-term persistence of all of the Santa Cruz cypress populations and their habitat. Santa Cruz cypress depends on fire to maintain appropriate habitat conditions and to release many of the seeds stored in cones in the canopy. As adult trees senesce and die, seed production decreases, such that there is insufficient seed available to regenerate the stand (McGraw 2007, p. 24; Service 2015, p. 25). In the absence of fire, recruitment still occurs, but at a low level that is likely not sufficient for stand replacement (McGraw 2011, p. 2; Service 2015, p. 25). To germinate in large numbers, the species requires open ground and canopy conditions created by fires intense enough to kill the parent tree. In the absence of fire the species is only able to germinate opportunistically in rock outcroppings or small areas that have been disturbed. Without appropriate disturbance from fire, the stands could eventually senesce, resulting in minimal reproduction in small rock outcrops that may be inadequate to maintain population viability.
Within the range of the Santa Cruz cypress, recent and past fires have been documented at the Bonny Doon (2008) and Eagle Rock populations (Service 2015, pp. 23-24), although even-aged stands at the Butano Ridge, Bracken Brae, and Majors Creek populations suggest that past fires have occurred in these areas as well. We estimate that approximately 50 percent (1,500 Santa Cruz cypress individuals) of the Bonny Doon population was killed within the severely burned areas (Service 2012, unpubl. data). This is based on visual inspection of the burn intensity map and our knowledge of the distribution of this population. In 1905, a severe fire also destroyed a large portion of the Eagle Rock population (Wolf and Wagener 1948, p. 218). Prior to the fire, there was a “considerable stand” of Santa Cruz cypresses, which were used by the landowner for timber to build barns and other buildings (Wolf and Wagener 1948, p. 218). According to Lyons (1988, pp. 19-20), another fire burned through a majority of the Eagle Rock population in 1942, killing most of the cypresses. Lyons (1988, p. 19) noted that some larger individuals at the Eagle Rock site, estimated to be 40-60 years old, appeared to have survived the fire.
Despite fire occurring within the known range of Santa Cruz cypress, McGraw (2011, p. 2) states that the current demographics and natural recruitment rates observed in the Majors Creek, Eagle Rock, and Butano Ridge populations appear to be insufficient to maintain the populations in the absence of fire (Service 2015, p. 22). Additionally, active management to address this concern is not occurring at this time. The altered fire regime presents a threat to the long-term persistence of all of the Santa Cruz cypress populations, and we consider altered fire regime to be a high-level threat to the species (Service 2015 p. 24). See additional discussion in the “Alteration of Fire Regime” section of the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 23-25).
Most stands of Santa Cruz cypress contain reproductive individuals, so most stands are currently facing a senescence risk from the absence of fire. Recruitment in at least four populations (the portion of Bonny Doon population that burned in the 2008 Martin Fire, and the Eagle Rock, Butano Ridge, and Majors Creek populations) is evident; however, the current level of recruitment is not sufficient to maintain the populations in the absence of fire (Service 2015, p. 26). This is likely also the case with the Bracken Brae population and the portion of the Bonny Doon population that did not burn. Under these conditions most trees would become senescent (post-reproductive) prior to a return fire, resulting in lower stand vitality, reduced cone production, and reduced seedling establishment. The risk of extirpation exists if cypresses senesce and their seeds are no longer viable by the time fire returns to a stand. This may occur if the fire interval is longer than the lifespan of trees (Ne'eman
As discussed above, without fire or other appropriate disturbance, we expect low recruitment and decreasing reproduction as existing trees become senescent. This scenario would most likely result in population declines as a result of mortality of currently existing trees, and lack of replacement due to low recruitment and declining reproduction. The frequency, location, and intensity of fire in an area is variable and difficult to predict, and depends on many factors including environmental and human-caused factors, management, and suppression efforts. For the Santa Cruz cypress there have only been one or two recorded fires over the past 100 years within the areas occupied by the species, and we do not expect the fire conditions, frequency, or management to change significantly in the near future. As a result, we do not currently consider the fire interval to be adequate to maintain populations of the species over the long term and consider the extended fire interval to be a threat that is likely to put the species at risk of extinction in the future.
The presence of nonnative, invasive species impacts the long-term persistence of Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat both currently and in the future through competition and habitat modification. Many nonnative species have been introduced into Santa Cruz cypress habitat through a variety of past impacts (
Silver wattle is significantly impacting the Majors Creek population and its habitat by creating dense canopies, which can inhibit germination and growth of seedlings by blocking sunlight needed for cypress growth (McGraw 2007, p. 23; Service 2015, pp. 31-32). French broom is one of the most prevalent invasive species in Santa Cruz County, distributed at elevations where all but a portion of one Santa Cruz cypress population occurs (Moore 2002, p. 6; Service 2015, p. 32). French broom is impacting the Bonny Doon population and its habitat by inhibiting Santa Cruz cypress seedling establishment through competition for open, recently disturbed soils that have access to abundant sunlight. Additionally, but to a lesser degree, European annual grasses (present at all populations) are known to impact Santa Cruz cypress by precluding the establishment of seedlings. These nonnative shrubs and annual grasses are impacting most of the populations of Santa Cruz cypress and are expected to continue to do so over the long term. We consider competition with nonnative species to be a moderate-level threat to the Santa Cruz cypress. See additional discussion in the “Competition With
Our analyses under the Act include consideration of ongoing and projected changes in climate. The terms “climate” and “climate change” are defined by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). The term “climate” refers to the mean and variability of different types of weather conditions over time, with 30 years being a typical period for such measurements (IPCC 2013, p. 1450). The term “climate change” thus refers to a change in the mean or variability of one or more measures of climate (
If individuals of different cypress species are planted in close proximity, they can exchange pollen and may produce fertile hybrid offspring, as has been documented in a number of plant species (Rhymer and Simberloff 1996, pp. 98-99). By this means, genes from one species can infiltrate into another, a process called genetic introgression. Santa Cruz cypress may be affected by introgression from residential plantings of
We consider genetic introgression to be a low-level threat to the Santa Cruz cypress because it is probably a concern for only two populations. Genetic introgression has not been documented for Santa Cruz cypress, but is a potential threat given the proximity of non-native cypress and the ease with which cypress species hybridize. However, introgression is a long-term process in itself, generally taking many generations for significant population-level impacts to occur. Given the long generation time of the species, genetic introgression is currently considered a potential threat rather than an imminent threat. See additional discussion in the “Genetic Introgression” section of the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 30-31).
Vandalism and unauthorized recreational activities have been documented to impact multiple Santa Cruz cypress populations and their habitat. These activities result in construction of unauthorized trails (such as those within the Majors Creek population at Wilder Creek State Park) (CDPR 2000; K. Barry, Service, 2012, pers. obs.), which in turn result in erosion (McGraw 2007, p. 22) and potentially prevention of seedling establishment. Additionally, trails wear away substrate from the base of mature cypress trees. Although vandalism and unauthorized recreational activities are not considered to impact the populations significantly at this time (considered a low-level threat because only a small proportion of trees and habitat across the species' range are affected by these activities), they remain a concern due to the likelihood of increased inhabitants in the urban-wildland interface where Santa Cruz cypress occurs. See additional discussion in the “Vandalism and Unauthorized Recreational Activities” section of the Species Report (Service 2015, p. 33).
Reclassifying Santa Cruz cypress from endangered to threatened would not significantly change the protections afforded to this species under the Act. Santa Cruz cypress conservation has been addressed in some local, State, and Federal plans, laws, regulations, and policies. Now that most of the trees reside in fully protected areas on State or County park lands, the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms is considered a low-level threat to Santa Cruz cypress. The threat of habitat alteration has been substantially reduced, and, therefore, the concern regarding inadequate legal protections on the landscape scale has been reduced. Although existing regulations have resulted in conservation of Santa Cruz cypress habitat, inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms is still considered a low-level threat because the potential remains for destruction or alteration of Santa Cruz cypresses and their habitat on private lands. However, the main concern currently and into the future is the lack of ongoing management to prevent senescence and ensure population persistence. If current Santa Cruz cypress habitat becomes unfavorable to the species due to lack of adequate management, Santa Cruz cypress may not persist even if the land is sufficiently conserved. See additional discussion in the “Legal Protection” section of the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 34-37).
The threat to the long-term persistence of Santa Cruz cypress is compounded by multiple interacting factors, specifically: (1) The alteration of
Additionally, human intrusion into previously undisturbed areas contributes to colonization of nonnative plant species in the remote areas of Santa Cruz cypress forests (see the “Competition with Nonnative Plant Species” section of the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 31-33)). This activity exacerbates the likelihood for the creation of open conditions (
Impacts to the long-term persistence of Santa Cruz cypress populations from alteration of the fire regime (Factors A and E) remains a significant concern currently and in the future (
Although the altered fire regime is identified as a high-level impact to Santa Cruz cypress at this time, the level of impact does not currently place the species in danger of extinction because of the expected continued presence of the populations into the future based on the lifespan of individuals and the current age structure, and the recruitment (albeit minimal overall) that has been observed to date. Because the majority of individuals in the populations are reproductive, additional recruitment can be expected, although it likely will not be at a level sufficient to sustain the populations over the long term.
In addition to altered fire regime, other impacts to Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat are currently occurring or potentially occurring in the future, but to a lesser degree than the overall impact from an altered fire regime. These include competition with nonnative, invasive species (Factors A and E); climate change (Factor A); genetic introgression (Factor E); and vandalism or unauthorized recreational activities (Factors A and E). Nonnative plants are competing with Santa Cruz cypress by invading open areas where cypress seedlings could become established, thus competing for soil, nutrients, and light (Service 2015, pp. 31-33). Climate change may cause vegetation shifts and promote more frequent and larger stand removal wildfires under which the species has not evolved (Service 2015, pp. 26-29). Genetic introgression of Santa Cruz cypress with at least two different cypress species could result in hybridization and result in the loss of Santa Cruz cypress's competitive advantage in its preferred habitat (Service 2015, pp. 31-32). Vandalism and unauthorized recreational activities may inhibit seedling establishment and increase erosion (Service 2015, p. 33). Additionally, although substantial mechanisms are currently in place to protect Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat, the existing regulatory mechanisms are inadequate to fully protect the species from the threats described above (Factor D). Based on our current analysis and the current level of management being implemented, the remaining impacts are expected to influence Santa Cruz cypress's habitat suitability and its ability to reproduce and survive in the future.
In summary, impacts from development, agricultural conversion, logging, and oil and gas development, which were considered imminent at the time of listing, have been substantially reduced or ameliorated. Other impacts identified at or since listing (
The high-level impact of an altered fire regime to Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat is of greatest concern at this time. The threat to long-term persistence of Santa Cruz cypress posed by this high-level impact is exacerbated by the lack of species management, resulting in continued effects to the age structure and demographic profile of the species. Although operating on the species currently, the impacts from an altered fire regime, either alone or in combination with the other impacts
As described in the proposed rule and Species Report (78 FR 54223; September 3, 2013; Service 2015, pp. 7-8), recent taxonomic evaluations of
The Butano Ridge population (
Similar to the Butano Ridge population described above, the primary impact to the Eagle Rock, Bracken Brae, Bonny Doon, and Majors Creek populations (
Section 4(f) of the Act directs us to develop and implement recovery plans for the conservation and survival of endangered and threatened species unless we determine that such a plan will not promote the conservation of the species. A recovery plan for the Santa Cruz cypress was developed in September 1998 (Service 1998, entire). Under section 4(f)(1)(B)(ii), recovery plans must, to the maximum extent practicable, include: “Objective, measurable criteria which, when met, would result in a determination, in accordance with the provisions of [section 4 of the Act], that the species be removed from the list.” However, revisions to the list (adding, removing, or reclassifying a species) must reflect determinations made in accordance with sections 4(a)(1) and 4(b) of the Act. Section 4(a)(1) requires that the Secretary determine whether a species is endangered or threatened (or not) because of one or more of five threat factors. Section 4(b) of the Act requires that the determination be made “solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available.” Therefore, recovery criteria should help indicate when we would anticipate an analysis of the five threat factors under section 4(a)(1) to result in a determination that the species is no longer an endangered species or threatened species because of any of the five statutory factors.
Thus, while recovery plans provide important guidance to the Service, States, and other partners on methods of minimizing threats to listed species and measurable objectives against which to measure progress towards recovery, they are not regulatory documents and cannot substitute for the determinations and promulgation of regulations required under section 4(a)(1) of the Act. A decision to revise the status of or remove a species from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Plants (50 CFR 17.12) is ultimately based on an analysis of the best scientific and commercial data then available to determine whether a species is no longer an endangered species or a threatened species, regardless of whether that information differs from the recovery plan.
The Recovery Plan states that Santa Cruz cypress can be reclassified to threatened status when protection is secured for all five populations and their habitat from the primary threats of logging, agricultural conversion, and development (Service 1998, p. 30). This criterion was intended to address the point at which imminent threats to the species had been ameliorated so that the populations were no longer in immediate risk of extirpation. Because of its limited range and distribution, we determined that essentially all of the known habitat is necessary to conserve the species. At the time the Recovery Plan was prepared, we estimated that areal extent totaled 356 ac (144 ha). After more accurate mapping (McGraw 2007, entire), we now estimate that areal
As explained in more detail in the Species Report (Service 2015, p. 43), three of five populations occur primarily or entirely on lands that are being managed for conservation purposes, including the Butano Ridge population at Pescadero Creek County Park, the Bonny Doon population at Bonny Doon Ecological Reserve managed by the California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW), and the Eagle Rock population at Big Basin State Park managed by the California Department of Parks and Recreation (CDPR). A fourth population (Majors Creek) is primarily on lands at Gray Whale Ranch State Park, with a small portion on privately owned land. The fifth population (Bracken Brae) is entirely on private lands owned by a conservation-oriented landowner; this land is also designated by the County of Santa Cruz as environmentally sensitive habitat, which places restrictions on most development. Because four of the five populations, either wholly or primarily, occur on park or reserve lands, most of the individuals in the Bonny Doon, Butano Ridge, Majors Creek, and Eagle Rock populations are protected against the threats identified as imminent (logging, agricultural conversion, and development) at the time of listing and in the Recovery Plan. Because the Bracken Brae population is being managed by a conservation-oriented landowner and county restrictions are in place that would restrict most development, development-related threats to this population appear negligible. Therefore, we conclude that the downlisting criterion has been substantially met.
The Recovery Plan also states that Santa Cruz cypress can be delisted when all five populations are assured of long-term reproductive success, with insurance against failure provided by the availability of banked seed (Service 1998, p. 45). This criterion was intended to address the point at which long-term threats to the species' persistence had been addressed and its persistence ensured. As explained in more detail in the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 18-20), Santa Cruz cypress requires fire or other disturbance for germination of seeds and recruitment of new individuals into the populations. As detailed above in the Summary of Biological Status and Factors Affecting the Species section and in the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 23-25), alteration of fire regime and lack of management are likely to significantly impact the long-term persistence of the species. Additionally, only seed for the Bonny Doon, Majors Creek, and Bracken Brae populations is stored in a conservation bank; no seed has been banked for the Eagle Rock or Butano Ridge populations. Therefore, based on our analysis of the best available information, we conclude that the delisting criterion for the species has not been met.
In addition to the significant protections now afforded to Santa Cruz cypress as outlined above, various studies have occurred since development of the Recovery Plan that aid in our understanding of the status of Santa Cruz cypress. For example:
• Recent surveys indicate that four of the five stands of Santa Cruz cypress contain a larger number of individuals than was estimated at the time of listing and in the Recovery Plan (Service 2015, p. 43).
• Although data indicate the majority of trees are reproductive, many trees (as indicated by surveys conducted specifically at Butano Ridge and Majors Creek populations) are even-aged (occur in stands or populations with individuals all of approximately the same age). Even-aged stands indicate that vigorous recruitment (survival of seedlings to reproductive age and into the adult population) is not evident (McGraw 2011, p. 26). In contrast, vigorous recruitment would be indicated by stands or populations including individuals of multiple sizes or age classes representing various life stages of the species.
• While seed production appears to be strong at each of the sampled populations, recruitment, which depends more on extrinsic factors such as the availability of appropriate habitat for seedling survival, is more variable among stands even within a population.
These and other data that we have analyzed indicate that most threats identified at listing and during the development of the Recovery Plan are reduced in areas occupied by Santa Cruz cypress and that the status of Santa Cruz cypress has improved, primarily due to the habitat protection provided by CDFW, CDPR, the County of San Mateo, and the County of Santa Cruz. However, threats associated with a lack of habitat management and alterations of the fire regime continue to impede the species' ability to recover.
Additional information on recovery and recovery plan implementation are described in the “Progress Toward Recovery” section of the Species Report (Service 2015, pp. 39-43).
In the Species Report, we state “Historical distribution of Santa Cruz cypress beyond the five currently recognized populations is unknown (Service 2015, p. 11).” This should be corrected to say “Historical distribution of Santa Cruz cypress beyond the range of five currently recognized populations is unknown.” As stated in the Species Report, there are reports of a few scattered trees along Empire Grade Road (Service 2015, p. 13) that are not believed to be interbreeding with any of the five main populations. In addition to this occurrence, there is a California Natural Diversity Database (CNDDB 2014) record of a historical occurrence that was found near Mount Hermon in the Santa Cruz Mountains (CNDDB element occurrence index 72235). This record was not included in the previous report because the exact area of collection was unspecified, and this occurrence has never been reaffirmed after the initial collection was made in 1940. The inclusion of this historical occurrence falls within the currently recognized species range, and does not change the existing information we have on this species.
We have not made any substantive changes in this final rule based on the comments that were received during the comment period, but have added or corrected text to clarify the information that was presented. One peer reviewer provided new information stating that Santa Cruz cypress populations are most likely experiencing a net reduction in fire frequency relative to what they experienced prior to Euro-American settlement, and it is unknown if regeneration of the populations can be sustained in the absence of human intervention. This information was incorporated into the Species Report for the species (Service 2015, pp. 18-20, 25).
On July 1, 2014, we published a final policy interpreting the phrase “significant portion of its range” (79 FR
In the proposed rule published on September 3, 2013 (78 FR 54221), we requested that all interested parties submit written comments on the proposal by November 4, 2013. We also contacted appropriate Federal and State agencies, scientific experts and organizations, and other interested parties and invited them to comment on the proposal. Newspaper notices inviting general public comment were published in the local Santa Cruz Sentinel and San Mateo County Times. We did not receive any requests for a public hearing.
During the comment period, we received four peer review comment letters and one other comment on the proposed reclassification of Santa Cruz cypress. All substantive information related to the reclassification of the species or the taxonomic change for Santa Cruz cypress provided during the comment period was fully considered in development of this final determination and is addressed in the responses to comments, below. All public and peer review comments are available at
In accordance with our peer review policy published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), we solicited expert opinion from six knowledgeable individuals with scientific expertise that included familiarity with Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat, the ecology of similar cypress species, and the role of fire in cypress ecology and the Santa Cruz mountains. We received responses from four of the peer reviewers.
We reviewed all comments received from the peer reviewers for substantive issues and new information regarding the reclassification of Santa Cruz cypress. Two peer reviewers supported our finding that the Santa Cruz cypress warranted reclassification to threatened, and provided no additional comments. Two other peer reviewers replied with comments, and generally concurred with our methods, but disagreed about the appropriateness of reclassifying the species without meeting the recovery criteria identified in the Recovery Plan (Service 1998, p. 30). The two peer reviewers provided additional information, clarifications, and recommendations on how to manage for the conservation of Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat. All recommendations have been acknowledged and will be considered during the development of future management and recovery strategies.
(1)
Additionally, since the Recovery Plan criteria were developed, we now know there are more individuals within all of the Santa Cruz cypress populations than was known at the time of listing. The greater number of individuals within each population, in combination with the conservation of much of the habitat on public lands, suggests that this species is no longer facing imminent destruction from the threats identified in the Recovery Plan (
(2)
Although the Bracken Brae population does not have the same level of habitat conservation as other Santa Cruz cypress populations, the remaining County, State, and Federal protections will guide the future use of the private land for the continued protection of the species. Further, the land is currently owned by a conservation-oriented
(3)
(4)
Section 4(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Act states, “the Secretary shall . . . give actual notice of the proposed regulation (including the complete text of the regulation) to the State agency in each State in which the species is believed to occur, and to each county or equivalent jurisdiction in which the species is believed to occur, and invite the comment of such agency, and each such jurisdiction, thereon.” We submitted the proposed regulation to the State of California but received no formal comments from the State regarding the proposal. Although formal comments were not received, we note that Santa Cruz cypress is listed by the State as an endangered species; therefore, the reclassification of the species from federally endangered to federally threatened would likely have little or no effect on existing State protections. We also provided notice to the Counties of San Mateo and Santa Cruz at the time of the proposed rulemaking. We did not receive any comments from the two counties.
We received one public comment letter during the comment period for this rule.
(5)
(6)
Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533), and its implementing regulations at 50 CFR part 424, set forth the procedures for adding species to the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. An assessment of the need for a species' protection under the Act is based on whether a species is in danger of extinction or likely to become so because of any of five factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence. As required by section 4(a)(1) of the Act, we conducted a review of the status of this plant and assessed the five factors to evaluate whether Santa Cruz cypress is in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future throughout all of its range.
We have carefully assessed the best scientific and commercial information available regarding the past, present, and future threats faced by the Santa Cruz cypress. We reviewed information presented in the 2011 petition, information available in our files and gathered through our 90-day finding (77 FR 32922; June 24, 2012) in response to this petition, and other available published and unpublished information. We also consulted with species experts and land management staff with CDFW, CDPR, the County of San Mateo, and the County of Santa Cruz, who are actively managing for the conservation of Santa Cruz cypress.
In considering what factors might constitute threats, we must look beyond the mere exposure of the species to the factor to determine whether the exposure causes actual impacts to the species. If there is exposure to a factor, but no response, or only a positive response, that factor is not a threat. If there is exposure and the species responds negatively, the factor may be a threat and we then attempt to determine how significant the threat is. If the threat is significant, it may drive, or contribute to, the risk of extinction of the species such that the species warrants listing as endangered or threatened as those terms are defined by the Act. This does not necessarily require empirical proof of a threat. The combination of exposure and some corroborating evidence of how the species is likely impacted could suffice. The mere identification of factors that could impact a species negatively is not sufficient to compel a finding that listing is appropriate; we require evidence that these factors are operative threats that act on the species to the point that the species meets the definition of endangered or threatened under the Act.
The Act defines an endangered species as any species that is “in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range” and a threatened species as any species “which is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.” We find that the Santa Cruz cypress is not presently in danger of extinction throughout its entire range based on the severity and immediacy of threats currently impacting the species. As a result of recent information, we know that there are a significantly larger number of Santa Cruz cypress individuals than were known at the time of listing (Service 2009, p. 13; Service 2015, p. 45) and that there is significant conservation of lands that support the populations. Significant impacts at the time of listing that could have resulted in the extirpation of all or parts of populations have been eliminated or reduced since listing. We conclude that the previously recognized impacts to Santa Cruz cypress from present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range (specifically, residential development, agricultural conversion, logging, and oil and gas drilling) (Factor A); overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes (Factor B); disease or predation (Factor C); and other natural or human-made factors affecting its continued existence (specifically, reproductive isolation) (Factor E) do not rise to a level of significance, either individually or in combination, such that the species is currently in danger of extinction.
However, alteration of the fire regime (Factors A and E) has the potential to disrupt the long-term persistence of the species across its entire range (resulting in the species potentially facing a senescence risk in the future) if fire continues to be excluded or suppressed near these populations. At least four populations of Santa Cruz cypress contain some proportion of reproductive individuals and also exhibit some level of recruitment (the portion of Bonny Doon population that burned in the 2008 Martin Fire, and the Eagle Rock, Butano Ridge, and Majors Creek populations). However, without fire or other appropriate disturbance to simulate fire, we expect the level of reproduction and recruitment to decrease as existing trees become senescent. Given the potential lifespan of the Santa Cruz cypress of approximately 100 years, we would expect to see population declines over this timeframe as a result of mortality of currently existing trees, and lack of replacement due to low recruitment and declining reproduction, leading eventually to the species becoming in danger of extinction in the future.
Santa Cruz cypress also will continue to be impacted by competition with nonnative, invasive species (Factors A and E); genetic introgression (Factor E); vandalism and unauthorized recreational activities (Factors A and E); and the effects of climate change (Factor A and E). Additionally, the existing regulatory mechanisms are inadequate to fully protect the species from the threats listed above (Factor D). However, the severity and magnitude of threats, both individually and in combination, and the likelihood that any one event would affect all populations is significantly reduced as a result of the removal of multiple threats, the reduced impact of most remaining threats, and the extensive amount of conservation occurring throughout the range of the species (including, but not limited to, the extensive preservation of occupied lands in perpetuity and development of management plans or guidance within at least one population (Bonny Doon)).
In conclusion, after review of the best available scientific and commercial information pertaining to the species and its habitat, we have determined that the ongoing threats are not of sufficient imminence, intensity, or magnitude to indicate that Santa Cruz cypress is presently in danger of extinction throughout all its range. Although threats to Santa Cruz cypress still exist and will continue into the foreseeable future, the implementation of conservation measures or regulatory actions has greatly reduced the imminence and severity of threats to the Santa Cruz cypress and its habitat. All five populations are primarily threatened by changes in the historical fire regime. Additionally, threats from competition with nonnative species and climate change exist for all populations. Our evaluation of the best available information indicates that the overall level of threats is not significantly different at any of these populations (Service 2015, pp. 24-41), with the primary current threat to all populations being alteration of fire regime. We, therefore, conclude that Santa Cruz cypress is not currently in danger of extinction, but is threatened with becoming an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all of its range.
Because we have determined that Santa Cruz cypress is likely to become endangered in the foreseeable future throughout all of its range, no portion of its range can be “significant” for purposes of the definitions of “endangered species” and “threatened species.” See the Service's final policy interpreting the phrase “Significant Portion of Its Range” (79 FR 37578; July 1, 2014). Therefore, on the basis of the best available scientific and commercial information, we find that the Santa Cruz cypress now meets the definition of a threatened species (
This rule will revise 50 CFR 17.12(h) to reclassify Santa Cruz cypress from endangered to threatened on the List of Endangered and Threatened Plants. However, this reclassification does not significantly change the protections afforded this species under the Act. Pursuant to section 7 of the Act, all Federal agencies must ensure that any actions they authorize, fund, or carry out are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of Santa Cruz cypress. Whenever a species is listed as threatened, the Act allows promulgation of special rules under section 4(d) that modify the standard protections for threatened species found under section 9 of the Act and Service regulations at
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994 (Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments; 59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments), and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis. In accordance with Secretarial Order 3206 of June 5, 1997 (American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act), we readily acknowledge our responsibilities to work directly with tribes in developing programs for healthy ecosystems, to acknowledge that tribal lands are not subject to the same controls as Federal public lands, to remain sensitive to Indian culture, and to make information available to tribes. No tribal lands are within the range of the Santa Cruz cypress.
We determined that environmental assessments and environmental impact statements, as defined under the authority of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
A complete list of all references cited in this final rule is available on the Internet at
The primary authors of this final rule are employees of the Pacific Southwest Regional Office in Sacramento, California, in coordination with employees of the Ventura Fish and Wildlife Office in Ventura, California.
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; 4201-4245; unless otherwise noted.
(h) * * *
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule.
NMFS is reallocating the projected unused amounts of the Community Development Quota pollock directed fishing allowance from the Aleutian Islands subarea to the Bering Sea subarea. This action is necessary to provide opportunity for harvest of the 2016 total allowable catch of pollock, consistent with the goals and objectives of the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area.
Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), February 19, 2016, until the effective date of the final 2016 and 2017 harvest specifications for Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI) groundfish, unless otherwise modified or superseded through publication of a notification in the
Steve Whitney, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the BSAI exclusive economic zone according to the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area (FMP) prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
In the Aleutian Islands subarea, the portion of the 2016 pollock total allowable catch (TAC) allocated to the Community Development Quota (CDQ) directed fishing allowance (DFA) is 1,900 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2015 and 2016 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (80 FR 11919, March 5, 2015), and as adjusted by an inseason adjustment (81 FR 184, January 5, 2016).
As of February 11, 2016, the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, (Regional Administrator) has determined that 1,900 mt of pollock CDQ DFA in the Aleutian Islands subarea will not be harvested. Therefore, in accordance with § 679.20(a)(5)(iii)(B)(
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the reallocation of AI pollock. Since the pollock fishery is currently open, it is important to immediately inform the industry as to the final Bering Sea subarea pollock allocations. Immediate notification is necessary to allow for the orderly conduct and efficient operation of this fishery; allow the industry to plan for the fishing season and avoid potential disruption to the fishing fleet as well as processors; and provide opportunity to harvest increased seasonal pollock allocations while value is optimum. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as of February 11, 2016.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of Commerce.
Proposed rule.
This proposed rule describes how articles the President determines no longer warrant control under Category XII (Fire Control, Laser, Imaging, and Guidance and Control Equipment) of the United States Munitions List (USML) of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) would be controlled under the Commerce Control List (CCL) of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) by amending Export Control Classification Number (ECCN) 7A611 and creating new “600 series” ECCNs 7B611, 7D611, and 7E611. In addition, for certain dual-use infrared detection items, this proposed rule would expand controls for certain software and technology, eliminate the use of some license exceptions, revise licensing policy, and expand license requirements for certain transactions involving military end users or foreign military commodities. This proposed rule would also harmonize provisions within the EAR by revising controls related to certain quartz rate sensors and uncooled thermal imaging cameras.
Comments must be received by April 4, 2016.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• By email directly to
• By mail or delivery to Regulatory Policy Division, Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce, Room 2099B, 14th Street and Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230. Refer to RIN 0694-AF75.
For questions regarding the ECCNs included in this rule, contact Dennis Krepp, Office of National Security and Technology Transfer Controls, Bureau of Industry and Security, Telephone: 202-482-1309, Email:
This proposed rule is part of the Administration's Export Control Reform Initiative (Initiative), the objective of which is to protect and enhance U.S. national security interests. The Initiative began in August 2009 when President Obama directed the Administration to conduct a broad-based review of the U.S. export control system to identify additional ways to enhance national security. The Department of State's International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) and its U.S. Munitions List (USML) are being amended to control only the items that provide the United States with a critical military or intelligence advantage or otherwise warrant such controls, and the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) are being amended to control military items that do not warrant USML controls. These changes will enhance national security by (i) improving interoperability of U.S. military forces with allied countries, (ii) strengthening the U.S. industrial base by, among other things, reducing incentives for foreign manufacturers to design out and avoid U.S.-origin content and services, and (iii) allowing export control officials to focus government resources on transactions that pose greater concern.
Pursuant to section 38(f) of the Arms Export Control Act (AECA), the President is obligated to review the USML “to determine what items, if any, no longer warrant export controls under” the AECA. The President must report the results of the review to Congress and wait 30 days before removing any such items from the USML. The report must “describe the nature of any controls to be imposed on that item under any other provision of law.” 22 U.S.C. 2778(f)(1).
Following the structure set forth in the final rule entitled “Revisions to the Export Administration Regulations: Initial Implementation of Export Control Reform” (78 FR 22660, April 16, 2013) (“April 16 (initial implementation) rule”), BIS published a proposed rule entitled “Revisions to the Export Administration Regulations (EAR): Control of Fire Control, Range Finder, Optical, and Guidance and Control Equipment the President Determines No Longer Warrant Control Under the United States Munitions List (USML)” (80 FR 25798, May 5, 2015) (“May 5 proposed rule”). That proposed rule was published in conjunction with a proposed rule published by the Department of State's Directorate of Defense Trade Controls (DDTC) to propose controls for the ITAR's USML Category XII.
The proposed changes described in this proposed rule and the corresponding changes in the State Department's proposed amendment to USML Category XII are based, in part, on a review of public comments submitted in response to the May 5 proposed rule. The review of the comments on USML Category XII by the Departments of Commerce, Defense, Homeland Security, and State (hereinafter, “the agencies” or the “interagency review”) focused on identifying those types of articles that provide the United States with a critical military or intelligence capability and that are not currently in normal commercial use. It is the intent of the above agencies that the proposed USML Category XII and corresponding 600 series ECCNs not control items in normal commercial use. Such items should be controlled under existing dual-use controls on the CCL, consistent with the Wassenaar Arrangement List of Dual-Use Goods and Technologies. However, if the proposed entries in
To address concerns regarding the sensitivity of certain dual-use items related to infrared detection capability, this proposed rule would add restrictions to the export or reexport of several sensors and cameras, and related software and technology, that provide important night vision capability for military use but are also widely used in civil products and applications. These proposed restrictions include amending the availability of certain license exceptions, including TSR, APR, and STA; expanding the license requirement in § 744.9 and scope of ECCN 0A919; adding new ECCN 0E987 for the development or production of commodities controlled by 0A987 that incorporate a focal plane array or image intensifier tube; expanding software controls related to items in ECCNs 6A002 and 6A003 by revising ECCNs 6D002, 6D003, and 6D991; and expanding the scope of read-out integrated circuits controlled under ECCN 6A990 and related software and technology in ECCNs 6D991 and 6E990.
This proposed rule would also revise controls pertaining to cameras classified under ECCN 6A993.a as a result of meeting the criteria to Note 3.a to ECCN 6A003.b.4.b (
As a result of the interagency review, BIS believes that a limited number of military items, primarily less-sensitive parts and components, should move from USML Category XII to the 600 series entries proposed in this rule. This proposed rule would create (or revise in the case of 7A611) the following “600 series” ECCNs: 7A611, military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control commodities; 7B611, test, inspection, and production commodities “specially designed” for military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control commodities; 7D611, software “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by 7A611 or 7B611; and 7E611, technology “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul or refurbishing of commodities controlled by 7A611 or 7B611, or software controlled by 7D611.
In this proposed rule, all references to the USML are to the list of defense articles that are controlled for the purpose of export or temporary import pursuant to the ITAR, and not to the defense articles on the USML that are controlled by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) for the purpose of permanent import under its regulations (see 27 CFR part 447). Pursuant to § 38(a)(1) of the AECA, all defense articles controlled for export or import are part of the USML under the AECA. For the sake of clarity, the list of defense articles controlled by ATF for the purpose of permanent import is the United States Munitions Import List (USMIL). The transfer of defense articles from the ITAR's USML to the EAR's CCL for the purpose of export controls does not affect the list of defense articles controlled on the USMIL under the AECA for the purpose of permanent import.
BIS intends this proposed rule to be evaluated on its own merits, and the public need not review the May 5 proposed rule to understand this action. Once the public comments on this rule are reviewed and responded to, BIS intends to publish a final rule.
BIS received 60 public comments in response to the May 5 proposed rule. Many of the comments focused on aspects of both the BIS proposed rule and the DDTC proposed rule. Generally, many commenters found that when the May 5 proposed rules used an unambiguous, bright line to delineate jurisdiction, the line was drawn in the wrong place. For many entries on the proposed USML Category XII, commenters found that no military specification or parameters were used to identify items warranting ITAR control. In addition, many commenters asserted that the proposed USML Category XII would capture items currently subject to the EAR, including some items that are currently EAR99. For other entries, commenters said the proposed rules added difficulty in determining jurisdiction. For instance, commenters indicated that new terms introduced to the ITAR in the proposal, such as “core” and “permanently encapsulated sensor assembly,” added new layers of complexity and confusion to the current controls. In addition, many commenters expressed concerns regarding new proposed controls in the EAR for certain infrared detection items and for the inclusion of certain items in the proposed 600 series entries.
Because of these concerns, one of the most common themes throughout the comments was that the May 5 proposed rules would lead to or further a competitive disadvantage for U.S. companies and research institutions. Commenters stated that many of the items proposed for control under either the proposed USML Category XII or 600 series entries were in normal commercial use and available from non-U.S. sources. To address these concerns, some commenters proposed additional parameters for various entries or recommended the use of “specially designed” in place of attempts to identify positive control parameters.
To address concerns raised in the public comments and to further harmonize and simplify the EAR, this proposed rule makes a number of changes from the May 5 proposed rule. First, this rule does not propose to amend part 742 to create a new worldwide Regional Stability (RS) control for dual-use items but would maintain a new worldwide RS control for certain military technology in ECCN 7E611.a. All other items described in this proposed rule that are or would be subject to RS controls would generally be subject to an RS Column 1 control, which imposes a license requirement for all destinations except Canada. For items the agencies believe warrant strict control, this proposed rule amends the availability of license exceptions or licensing policy, as described further below.
This proposed rule also does not include controls proposed in the May 5 proposed rule for certain maintenance, repair, or overhaul software or technology related to certain dual-use infrared detection commodities. Such controls, which were proposed in new ECCNs 6D994 and 6E994, would exceed those of the Wassenaar Arrangement, and based on public comments, would likely have resulted in extensive license requirements for purely commercial activities, such as civil automotive repair.
Due to the elimination of the term “permanent encapsulated sensor assembly” as a parameter for determining jurisdiction for focal plane arrays in DDTC's proposed rule, this
With respect to the structure of the 600 series, this proposed rule would create only one set of 600 series ECCNs corresponding to USML Category XII rather than two sets. The May 5 proposed rule included a 6x615 series for military fire control, range finder, and optical items and a 7x611 series for military guidance and control items. In order to simplify controls, this proposed rule would only establish one set of 600 series ECCNs, the 7x611 series, which would correspond to all items proposed for control under USML Category XII.
Additional changes made from the May 5 proposed rule are discussed more fully below.
This rule proposes new revisions to the EAR that were not included in the May 5 proposed rule. In order to make the EAR more consistent and easier to apply, this proposed rule would revise various parts of the EAR related to certain QRS-11 sensors and to license requirements related to uncooled thermal imaging cameras.
In 2007, DDTC and BIS published final rules (72 FR 31452 (June 7, 2007); 72 FR 62768 (Nov. 7, 2007)) that moved the licensing jurisdiction for certain QRS-11 quartz rate sensors from the ITAR to the EAR when such sensors were integrated into and included as an integral part of a Commercial Standby Instrument System (or aircraft incorporating such system) or exported solely for integration into such a system. The BIS final rule added certain QRS-11 sensors to ECCN 7A994 and included an RS Column 1 control. In addition, the BIS final rule amended § 734.4 to add certain QRS-11 sensors to the list of items for which there is no
While predating Export Control Reform (ECR), the movement of certain QRS-11 sensors from the ITAR to the EAR reflects many of the rationales for ECR. The sensors, while originally designed for military application, began to be used in civil aircraft prior to the 2007 final rules. Thus, due to application of the see-through rule, State Department authorization would have been required for numerous exports and reexports involving civil aircraft.
With the advent of ECR, BIS believes that special controls are no longer warranted for certain QRS-11 sensors. Consequently, this proposed rule would remove the RS Column 1 control from ECCN 7A994, along with references to certain QRS-11 sensors in the License Requirements Notes and Related Controls. To the extent that such sensors are not described on the USML (and the agencies do not believe that any of the sensors are described on the revised USML), one would follow the Order of Review in Supplement No. 4 to part 774 to determine whether the sensors may be captured under a 600 series ECCN or under a dual-use ECCN.
This proposed rule would also remove and reserve § 734.4(a)(3), which currently provides that there is no
On May 22, 2009, BIS published a final rule (74 FR 23941) (“May 2009 final rule”) that revised license requirements and license exception eligibility for certain uncooled thermal imaging cameras in ECCN 6A003. That rule revised ECCN 6A003 and § 742.6 to make the RS Column 1 reason for control inapplicable for certain transactions for a group of countries (now Country Group A:1) if certain uncooled thermal imaging cameras are fully packaged for use as consumer ready civil products or if such cameras with not more than 111,000 elements are to be embedded in civil products by authorized companies.
While BIS believes that this structure has been useful to address foreign availability concerns regarding uncooled thermal imaging cameras, the different authorization structure established by the May 2009 final rule added complexity to the regulations. Further, BIS believes that with the implementation of License Exception STA, the authorizations described in § 742.6(a)(2)(iii) and (v) are no longer necessary for exports or reexports of certain uncooled thermal imaging cameras in 6A003. Thus, this proposed rule would remove §§ 742.6(a)(2) and (a)(4)(ii). Also, this proposed rule would remove the current distinction in ECCN 6A003 for RS Column 1 and Column 2 controls and subject all items in 6A003 to the RS Column 1 reason for control. BIS acknowledges that this proposal would require a license for certain transactions that currently would not require one, but BIS believes that the use of STA will alleviate concerns regarding this change. BIS welcomes comments on this proposal.
Due to the proposed changes to § 742.6 and ECCN 6A003, this proposed rule would also amend corresponding footnotes (current footnotes 2 and 4) used in the Commerce Country Chart (Supplement No. 1 to part 738). In addition, this proposed rule would amend License Exception APR to remove references in § 740.16(b) to the text proposed for removal in § 742.6. This proposed rule would also amend § 742.4 to remove similar references to text in § 742.6 proposed for deletion. Finally, this proposed rule would remove and reserve § 743.3, which describes the current reporting requirement created by the May 2009 final rule.
The May 5 proposed rule included a number of proposed revisions to the EAR to address concerns regarding the sensitivity of certain items providing infrared detection capability. This proposed rule includes many of the same proposals, but with some differences noted below. This proposed rule would revise certain controls and policies for infrared detection items and foreign-made military commodities incorporating infrared detection items by amending §§ 734.4, 740.2, 740.16, 740.20, 742.6, and 744.9 of the EAR.
Section 734.4(a)(5) of the EAR currently provides that there is no
Section 740.2 sets forth restrictions on all license exceptions, and the May 5 proposed rule included a restriction in § 740.2(a)(7) for certain 6E002 production technology for certain infrared detection components in 6A002.a.2 or a.3 as well as for 6E990 technology.
The interagency review re-examined those technologies that warranted additional restrictions under § 740.2. As a result of that review, this proposed rule would increase the scope of technology subject to the restriction by including certain development technology in ECCN 6E001. However, this proposed rule would also narrow the type of technology subject to the restriction to focus on technology related to the most sensitive dual-use focal plane arrays and image intensifier tubes in 6A002 to ensure that the restriction is not overly broad in covering technology related to all dual-use components. Thus, under this proposed rule, § 740.2(a)(7) would apply to 6E001 or 6E002 technology required for the development or production of the following focal plane arrays: photon detector, microbolometer detector, pyroelectric, or multispectral detector infrared focal plane arrays (IRFPAs), described in ECCN 6A002, having a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm, excluding lead sulfide or lead selenide IRFPAs having a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 5,000 nm and not exceeding 16 detector elements. Moreover, § 740.2(a)(7) would apply to 6E001 or 6E002 technology required for the development or production of third generation image intensifier tubes or image intensifier tubes greater than third generation (
License Exception APR currently authorizes specified reexports of items subject to the EAR by certain countries to specified destinations without individual licenses from BIS. The May 5 proposed rule would increase the number of items ineligible for paragraph (a) of APR by including all items in ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, and 6A990 in the restrictions found in paragraph (a)(2). This proposed rule maintains that proposed change. Similarly, this proposed rule would also add all items in those ECCNs to the scope of items subject to the restriction in paragraph (b)(2) on the use of paragraph (b) of APR. Also, this proposed rule would further revise paragraph (b) of APR, as previously described, with respect to certain uncooled thermal imaging cameras. With the proposed removal of paragraph (b)(3), this proposed rule also revises paragraph (b) by consolidating the list of items ineligible to be reexported under paragraph (b)(1) in one location in paragraph (b)(2).
The EAR currently restricts the use of License Exception STA for specific commodities controlled by ECCNs 6A002, as well as related technology controlled by 6E001 or 6E002, for export or reexport to countries listed in § 740.20(c)(2). The May 5 proposed rule would amend § 740.20(b)(2) to remove License Exception STA availability for additional items related to infrared detection, and this proposed rule largely adopts that proposal. This rule maintains those proposed changes and would make License Exception STA unavailable for the following items: Newly-proposed technology controlled under ECCN 0E987; all commodities controlled under ECCN 6A002 or 6A990; software controlled under ECCN 6D002 for the “use” of commodities controlled under ECCN 6A002.b; software controlled under ECCN 6D003.c; software controlled under ECCN 6D991 for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of commodities controlled under ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, or 6A990; technology controlled under ECCN 6E001 for the “development” of commodities controlled under ECCNs 6A002 or 6A003; technology controlled under ECCN 6E002 for the “production” of commodities controlled under ECCNs 6A002 or 6A003; and technology controlled under ECCN 6E990.
As previously mentioned, this proposed rule does not include the worldwide RS control that was proposed in the May 5 proposed rule. Thus, this proposed rule also does not include the corresponding licensing policy that was proposed in the May 5 proposed rule for § 742.6(b)(1). However, this proposed rule would revise current § 742.6(b)(1) to include new licensing policy for 6E001 or 6E002 technology for the development or production of focal plane arrays or image intensifier tubes described in 6A002, or for 6E990 technology. Such technology would be subject to a presumption of denial for license applications for exports or reexports to countries in Country Group D:5. BIS is proposing this change due to the sensitivity of such technology.
Section 744.9 currently requires a license for the export or reexport to any destination other than Canada for cameras controlled by ECCNs 6A003.b.3, 6A003.b.4.b, or 6A003.b.4.c when the exporter knows or is informed that the item is intended to be used by a “military end-user” or to be incorporated into a “military commodity” controlled by ECCN 0A919, in addition to other applicable license requirements in the EAR.
This proposed rule, like the May 5 proposed rule, would revise § 744.9 to require a license for exports, reexports, or transfers (in-country) of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A987 (incorporating items in ECCNs 6A002 and 6A003, or certain cameras in 6A993.a), ECCN 6A002, ECCN 6A003, ECCN 6A990, ECCN 6A993.a commodities meeting the criteria of Note 3.a to ECCN 6A003.b.4.b, ECCN 8A002.d.1.c, and ECCN 8A002.d.2, when the exporter, reexporter, or transferor knows or is informed that the item is intended to be used by a “military end-user” or to be incorporated into a “military commodity” controlled by ECCN
Based on public comments to the May 5 proposed rule, this proposed rule does not include the license requirement for such items if at the time of the export, reexport, or transfer, the person is unable to determine whether the item will be or is intended to be used by a military end user or incorporated into a 0A919 military commodity. Increasing the scope of § 744.9 to include both the unable to determine standard and the license requirement for 9 Hz cameras (which are often low-cost consumer goods sold through distributors or storefronts) would have triggered extensive license requirements due to the inability to determine whether the items would be purchased by military end users. To address concerns with that standard, while still making 9 Hz cameras subject to § 744.9 license requirements, this proposed rule omits the unable to determine standard and would maintain the existing knowledge standard in § 744.9.
ECCN 0A919 currently controls “military commodities” produced and located outside the United States that are not subject to the ITAR, and incorporate one or more cameras controlled under ECCNs 6A003.b.3, 6A003.b.4.b, or 6A003.b.4.c. In addition, ECCN 0A919 controls such “military commodities” if they incorporate more than a
To control the reexport of such military commodities that incorporate a wider group of items on the CCL, this proposed rule would revise ECCN 0A919 to control military commodities produced outside the United States that are not subject to the ITAR, and have any of the following characteristics: (i) Incorporate one or more commodities classified under ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, or 6A990; (ii) incorporate one or more commodities controlled under ECCN 6A993.a as a result of meeting the criteria specified in Note 3.a to ECCN 6A003.b.4.b (
As with the May 5 proposed rule, this proposed rule would create a new ECCN for technology required for the “development” or “production” of commodities controlled by ECCN 0A987, if such commodities incorporate a focal plane array or image intensifier tube. ECCN 0E987 would be subject to RS Column 1 and Anti-Terrorism Column 1 controls. In addition, items controlled by 0E987 would not be eligible for License Exception STA.
ECCN 6A002 currently controls specified optical sensors or equipment and components therefor. The Department of State's proposed rule for Category XII, which is being published concurrently with this rule, proposes the use of “specially designed” for certain focal plane arrays, image intensifier tubes, and other related items that would be subject to the ITAR. Because of that change, this proposed rule does not include references in 6A002 to “permanent encapsulated sensor assembly” or use luminous sensitivity to describe those image intensifier tubes subject to the EAR and controlled under 6A002.
As noted above, this proposed rule does not include the worldwide RS control that was proposed in the May 5 proposed rule. This proposed rule maintains the existing reasons for control and would revise the Related Controls paragraph to include references to controls in USML Category XII, as well as proposed controls in ECCN 0A919 and § 744.9.
ECCN 6A003 currently controls specified cameras, systems or equipment and components therefor. As with the May 5 proposed rule, this proposed rule would add a reference to USML Category XII(c) in the Related Controls paragraph of ECCN 6A003. Also, this rule revises the Related Controls references to ECCN 0A919 and § 744.9 to reflect the expansion of the applicability of those provisions to all of ECCN 6A003.
Due to proposed changes described previously regarding license requirements for certain uncooled thermal imaging cameras in ECCN 6A003, this proposed rule would also revise the applicability of the regional stability control to the ECCN by eliminating the RS Column 2 control and applying the RS Column 1 control to the entire ECCN. This proposed change would result in requiring a license for certain items in 6A003 that currently may not require a license when exported or reexported to certain destinations. While License Exception STA would be available for many of these transactions, BIS encourages organizations that may be affected by this change to submit public comments, including any quantitative data, on the impact of this proposal.
Under the Department of State's proposed rule to revise USML Category XII, certain read-out integrated circuits (ROICs) would be controlled under XII(e). ROICs that are “specially designed” for focal plane arrays controlled under ECCN 6A002.a.3 would be classified under ECCN 6A990 and subject to the RS Column 1 reason for control. Unlike the May 5 proposed rule, this proposed rule would also add a note to clarify that ROICs “specially designed” for civil automotive applications would not be controlled under ECCN 6A990. BIS is proposing this note in order to address technological and market developments, and this note parallels a similar carve out in ECCN 6A003.
ROICs classified under 6A990 would not be eligible for License Exception STA and would be subject to the limitations on the use of License Exception APR in § 740.16(a)(2) and (b)(2). This rule also proposes to insert references to Category XII(e), ECCN 0A919, and § 744.9 under the Related Controls paragraph. Also, this rule would allow for the use of License Exception LVS for this ECCN with a $500 value limit. This change would ensure that controls on ROICs subject to the EAR are not more restrictive than controls for ROICs proposed to be controlled in USML Category XII(e), which would be eligible for the exemption in § 123.16(b)(2) of the ITAR.
As previously mentioned, § 744.9 is proposed to be revised to require a license for 9 Hz cameras if exported to a “military end user” or if incorporated into a “military commodity.” To remind readers of the applicability of § 744.9 and ECCN 0A919 to 9 Hz cameras, this proposed rule would provide a reference to those provisions under the Related Controls paragraph of 6A993.
The Wassenaar Arrangement's Lists of Dual-Use Goods and Technologies
To address concerns regarding the lack of comprehensive software controls related to commodities controlled under ECCNs 6A002 and 6A003, this proposed rule would consolidate existing, unilateral software controls and would expand them to revise ECCN 6D991 to also control software, not elsewhere specified, that is “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of commodities controlled by ECCNs 6A002 or 6A003. Under this proposed rule, such software would be subject to the RS Column 1 reason for control. Also, this proposed rule would remove eligibility to use License Exception TSR for the software described above in ECCNs 6D002 and 6D003.c.
To prevent confusion over multiple ECCNs potentially controlling the same software, this proposed rule would add language to the Related Controls paragraphs of ECCN 6D991 to confirm that software currently controlled under ECCNs 6D002 and 6D003.c would remain controlled under those provisions. To reflect this understanding, this proposed rule would also revise the Related Controls paragraphs of ECCNs 6D002 and 6D003 to provide references to ECCNs 6D991.
ECCNs 6E001 and 6E002 currently control “development” and “production” technology, respectively, related to multiple ECCNs in Category 6, including items related to infrared detection in ECCNs 6A002 and 6A003. This proposed rule would remove eligibility for License Exception TSR for all 6E001 or 6E002 technology related to commodities controlled under 6A002 or 6A003, and this proposed rule would add guidance to the Related Controls paragraphs in ECCNs 6E001 and 6E002 to provide clarity on technology controls related to commodities subject to the ITAR.
This proposed rule would establish a “600 series” by revising ECCN 7A611 and adding new ECCNs 7B611, 7D611, and 7E611 for military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control commodities, software, and technology. Categories 6 and 7 of the CCL currently control certain laser, imaging, and guidance and control items. In order to ease understanding and use of this “600 series,” BIS is proposing to consolidate such controls under Category 7 rather than both Categories 6 and 7. However, should readers look for such 600 series items in Category 6, this proposed rule would amend ECCN 6A611 to refer readers to Category 7 to locate the appropriate controls. ECCN 6A611 was added to the CCL by a previously published final rule entitled Revisions to the Export Administration Regulations (EAR): Control of Military Electronic Equipment and Other Items the President Determines No Longer Warrant Control Under the United States Munitions List (USML), 79 FR 37551 (July 1, 2014). Also, to assist readers in locating controls for navigation and avionics items “specially designed” for a military application, this proposed rule would move the current heading of ECCN 7A611 into the Related Controls paragraph of proposed ECCN 7A611.
Under this proposed “600 series,” ECCN 7A611 would control military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control equipment that would be removed from USML Category XII and that are not covered by an existing ECCN subject to controls for reasons other than Anti-Terrorism (AT) reasons. Due to the increased use of “specially designed” in the proposed USML Category XII and to ensure that no current defense articles are inadvertently decontrolled, ECCN 7A611 would use “specially designed” as the primary control parameter in paragraphs .a through .e, which would control certain guidance, navigation, or control systems; inertial measurement units; accelerometers; gyros or angular rate sensors; or gravity meters (gravimeters). Paragraph .x would control “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or a defense article in USML Category XII and not controlled elsewhere on the USML or in 7A611.y or 3A611.y. All items controlled under 7A611 (excluding 7A611.y) would be controlled for NS, RS, AT, and UN reasons. Paragraph .y would control specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in ECCN 7A611, or a defense article in USML Category XII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in the CCL, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor. No items would be listed in 7A611.y under this proposed rule, but should any items be added, they would be subject to AT controls only.
This proposed rule does not include any of the items enumerated under ECCN 6A615 in the May 5 proposed rule in ECCN 7A611. Due to the increased use of “specially designed” in USML Category XII in the State Department's corresponding proposed rule, BIS believes that many of the items previously proposed for control under ECCN 6A615 would be controlled under USML Category XII. In addition, after reviewing public comments, BIS believes that many of the items proposed for control under ECCN 6A615.c in the May 5 proposed rule would be adequately captured as dual-use items under ECCN 6C004.
New ECCN 7B611 would impose controls on test, inspection, and production equipment and related commodities “specially designed” for military fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control equipment. Paragraph .a would control such equipment “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of items controlled in ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or commodities in USML Category XII that are not enumerated in USML Category XII or controlled by a “600 series” ECCN. Paragraph .b would control environmental test facilities “specially designed” for certification, qualification, or testing of commodities controlled in ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or commodities in USML Category XII that are not enumerated in USML Category XII or a “600 series” ECCN. Paragraph .c would control field test equipment “specially designed” to evaluate or calibrate the operation of systems described in USML Category XII(a), (b), or (c). Paragraphs .d through .w are reserved. Paragraph .x would control parts, components, accessories, and attachments that are “specially designed” for such test, inspection and production equipment that are not enumerated on the USML or controlled by another “600 series” ECCN. Items in ECCN 7B611 would be controlled for NS, RS, AT, and UN reasons.
New ECCN 7D611 would control “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by 7A611 or 7B611. Such software would be controlled for NS, RS, AT, and UN reasons. Any software added to 7D611.y would be controlled for AT reasons only.
New ECCN 7E611 would control “technology” “required” for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of items controlled by 7A611, 7B611, or 7D611. Such technology would be controlled for NS, RS, AT, and UN reasons. Any technology added to 7E611.y would be controlled for AT reasons only. As described in proposed § 742.6(a)(8), the RS control would impose a license requirement for exports and reexports of technology in 7E611.a to all destinations, including Canada (all other technology in 7E611, other than 7E611.y, would be subject to an RS Column 1 control). BIS believes that this worldwide RS control would only affect technical data currently controlled in USML Category XII(f) that is not eligible for the Canadian exemption under Supplement No. 1 to part 126 of the ITAR. As described in § 742.6(b)(1), 7E611.a technology would be subject to the same licensing policy as other 600 series items. In addition, License Exception STA would not be available for 7E611.a technology but would be available for technology in 7E611.b or .c for exports or reexports to Country Group A:5.
The May 5 proposed rule included revisions to many existing dual-use ECCNs to provide cross references to controls for similar items subject to the ITAR under the proposed revisions to USML Category XII. This proposed rule includes revisions to the same ECCNs but updates many of the cross references to account for changes since the State Department's May 5 proposal.
ECCN 0A987 currently controls specified optical sighting devices, and this proposed rule would revise ECCN 0A987.f to specify that the entry controls laser aiming devices or laser illuminators “specially designed” for use on firearms, and having an operational wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 710 nm. A proposed note to ECCN 0A987.f would further specify that the entry does not control laser boresighting devices that must be placed in the bore or chamber to provide a reference for aligning the firearms sights. This proposed rule would also provide jurisdictional guidance in the Related Controls paragraph to more clearly delineate jurisdiction between USML Category XII and ECCN 0A987.
ECCN 2A984 currently controls concealed object detection equipment that operates in the frequency range from 30 GHz to 3000 GHz and has a spatial resolution of 0.5 milliradians up to and including 1 milliradian at a standoff distance of 100 meters. Under the Department of State's proposed revisions to USML Category XII, certain terahertz imaging systems would be enumerated under USML Category XII(c). Consequently, this proposed rule would add a reference to Category XII(c) in the Related Controls paragraph of ECCN 2A984.
ECCN 6A004 currently controls optical equipment and components, including gimbals meeting a number of parameters, including slew, bandwidth, angular pointing error, diameter, and angular acceleration. The Department of State proposes to control certain gimbals under Category XII(e). To aid in properly determining jurisdiction and classification of gimbals, this proposed rule would amend the Related Controls paragraph of ECCN 6A004 to reference gimbals controlled under USML Category XII(e).
ECCN 6A005 currently controls specified lasers, components and optical equipment. The Department of State's corresponding proposed rule would control certain laser systems and lasers under USML Category XII(b) and (e), respectively. To aid in properly determining jurisdiction and classification, this proposed rule would revise the Related Controls paragraph of ECCN 6A005 to refer readers back to USML Category XII(b) and (e) for laser systems or lasers subject to the ITAR. Additionally, this proposed rule would add a reference in the Related Controls paragraph to USML Category XVIII for certain laser-based directed energy weapon items.
ECCNs 6A007 and 6A107 currently control certain gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravity gradiometers. Under the State Department's proposed rule, certain gravity meters and gravity gradiometers subject to the ITAR would be controlled under USML Category XII(d). Consequently, this proposed rule would add references to the Related Controls paragraphs of ECCNs 6A007 and 6A107 to refer readers to that paragraph in Category XII. This proposed rule also adds a reference to ECCN 7A611 in the Related Controls paragraphs of those ECCNs.
ECCN 6A008 currently controls radar systems, equipment, and assemblies, including certain laser detection and ranging (LADAR) and light detection and ranging (LIDAR) equipment under ECCN 6A008.j. The Department of State's proposed rule would control certain LIDAR, LADAR, and range-gated systems in USML Category XII(b). Consequently, this proposed rule would amend the Related Controls paragraph of ECCN 6A008 to add references to those provisions of Category XII.
ECCNs 7A001 and 7A101 control certain accelerometers. The Department of State's proposed rule would control certain accelerometers subject to the ITAR under USML Category XII(e). Therefore, this proposed rule would amend the Related Controls paragraphs of ECCNs 7A001 and 7A101 to add references to USML Category XII(d). This proposed rule also adds references to ECCN 7A611 in the Related Controls paragraphs of those ECCNs.
ECCNs 7A002 and 7A102 control certain gyros or angular rate sensors. Under the State Department's proposed rule, certain gyros or angular rate sensors would be subject to the ITAR under USML Category XII(e). This proposed rule would amend the Related Controls paragraphs of ECCNs 7A002 and 7A102 to add references to USML Category XII(e). This proposed rule also adds references to ECCN 7A611. For the Related Controls paragraph in ECCN 7A102, this proposed rule would also add references to ECCNs 7A002 and 7A994.
ECCN 7A003 controls inertial measurement equipment or systems. Under the State Department's proposed rule, certain guidance or navigation systems would be subject to the ITAR under USML Category XII(d). This proposed rule would amend the Related Controls paragraph of ECCN 7A003 to add a reference to that USML entry. Also, this proposed rule would add a reference to ECCN 7A611.
ECCN 7A005 currently controls specified Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) receiving equipment. This proposed rule would amend the Related Controls section of ECCN 7A005 to use “GNSS” in place of “GPS” and to provide a reference to GNSS receiving equipment subject to the ITAR under USML Category XII.
To reflect the expansion of the scope of § 744.9 to apply to 8A002.d.1.c and .d.2 items, this proposed rule would add an additional sentence regarding § 744.9 to the Related Controls paragraph of 8A002.
The April 16 (initial implementation) rule imposed certain unique
Unless subject to the restrictions on the use of STA in § 740.20(b)(2), many of the fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control items described in this proposed rule would become eligible for several license exceptions, including STA, which would be available for exports to certain government agencies of NATO and other multi-regime allies. The exchange of information and statements required under STA is substantially less burdensome than the license application requirements currently required under the ITAR. Some items covered by this rule also would be eligible for the following license exceptions: LVS (limited value shipments), up to $1500, and RPL (servicing and parts replacement).
The Administration has stated since the beginning of the Export Control Reform Initiative that the reforms will be consistent with U.S. obligations to the multilateral export control regimes. Accordingly, the Administration will, in this proposed rule, exercise its national discretion to implement, clarify, and, to the extent feasible, align its controls with those of the regimes. USML Category XII encompasses multiple WAML categories, including ML 5 (
BIS seeks comments on this proposed rule. BIS will consider all comments received on or before April 4, 2016. All comments must be in writing and submitted via one or more of the methods listed under the
Although the Export Administration Act expired on August 20, 2001, the President, through Executive Order 13222 of August 17, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 783 (2002), as amended by Executive Order 13637 of March 8, 2013, 78 FR 16129 (March 13, 2013) and as extended by the Notice of August 7, 2015, 80 FR 48233 (August 11, 2015), has continued the Export Administration Regulations in effect under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. BIS continues to carry out the provisions of the Export Administration Act, as appropriate and to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to Executive Order 13222, as amended by Executive Order 13637.
1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distribute impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to, nor is subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
As stated in the proposed rule published on July 15, 2011 (76 FR 41958) (“July 15 proposed rule”), BIS initially believed that the combined effect of all rules to be published adding items to the EAR that will be removed from the ITAR as part of the administration's Export Control Reform Initiative would increase the number of license applications to be submitted by approximately 16,000 annually. As the review of the USML has progressed, the interagency group has gained more specific information about the number of items that will come under BIS jurisdiction and whether those items would be eligible for export under license exceptions. As of June 21, 2012, BIS revised that estimate to an increase in license applications of 30,000 annually, resulting in an increase in burden hours of 8,500 (30,000 transactions at 17 minutes each) under control number 0694-0088. BIS continues to believe that its revised estimate is accurate.
Some items formerly on the USML would become eligible for License
BIS expects that this increase in burden would be more than offset by a reduction in burden hours associated with approved collections related to the ITAR. This proposed rule addresses controls on fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control items. With few exceptions, most exports of such items, even when destined to NATO member states and other close allies, require State Department authorization. In addition, the exports of technology necessary to produce such items in the inventories of the United States and its NATO and other close allies require State Department authorizations. Under the EAR, as proposed, such technology that would be subject to the EAR would become eligible for export to NATO member states and other close allies under License Exception STA unless otherwise specifically excluded. Use of License Exception STA imposes a paperwork and compliance burden because, for example, exporters must furnish information about the item being exported to the consignee and obtain from the consignee an acknowledgement and commitment to comply with the EAR. However, the Administration believes that complying with the requirements of STA is likely less burdensome than applying for licenses. For example, under License Exception STA, a single consignee statement can apply to an unlimited number of products, need not have an expiration date, and need not be submitted to the government in advance for approval. Suppliers with regular customers can tailor a single statement and assurance to match their business relationship rather than applying repeatedly for licenses with every purchase order to supply reliable customers in countries that are close allies or members of export control regimes or both.
Control number 0694-0137 also includes thermal imaging camera reporting under § 743.3. This proposed rule would remove the reporting requirement in § 743.3. Thus, BIS estimates this elimination would reduce the total annual burden hours in control number 0694-0137 by 60 hours annually (60 reports at 1 hour each).
3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined under E.O. 13132.
4. The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 601
This proposed rule is part of the Administration's Export Control Reform Initiative, which seeks to revise the USML to a positive list—one that does not use generic, catch-all controls for items listed—and to move some items that the President has determined no longer merit control under the ITAR to control under the CCL.
Although BIS does not collect data on the size of entities that apply for and are issued export licenses, and is therefore unable to estimate the exact number of small entities—as defined by the Small Business Administration's regulations implementing the RFA—BIS acknowledges that some small entities may be affected by this proposed rule.
The main effects on small entities resulting from this rule will be in application times, costs, and delays in receiving licenses to export goods subject to the CCL. However, while small entities may experience some costs and time delays for exports due to the license requirements of the CCL, these costs and delays will likely be significantly less than they were for items previously subject to the USML. BIS believes that in fact this rule will result in significantly reduced administrative costs and delays for exports of items that will, upon this rule's implementation, be subject to the EAR rather than the ITAR. Currently, USML applicants must pay to use the USML licensing procedure even if they never actually are authorized to export. Registration fees for manufacturers and exporters of articles on the USML start at $2,250 per year, increase to $2,750 for organizations applying for one to ten licenses per year and further increases to $2,750 plus $250 per license application (subject to a maximum of three percent of total application value) for those who need to apply for more than ten licenses per year. By contrast, BIS is statutorily prohibited from imposing licensing fees. In addition, exporters and reexporters of goods that would become subject to the EAR under this rule would need fewer licenses because their transactions would become eligible for license exceptions that were not available under the ITAR. Additionally, the ITAR controls parts and components even when they are incorporated—in any amount—into a foreign-made product. That limitation on the use of U.S.-made goods subject to the ITAR discouraged foreign manufacturers from importing U.S. goods. However, the EAR has a
Even where an exporter or reexporter would need to obtain a license under the EAR, that process is both cheaper and the process is more flexible than obtaining a license under the ITAR. For example, unlike the ITAR, the EAR does not require license applicants to provide BIS with a purchase order with the application, meaning that small (or any) entities can enter into negotiations or contracts for the sale of goods without having to caveat any sale presentations with a reference to the need to obtain a license under the ITAR before shipment can occur. Second, the EAR allows license applicants to obtain licenses to cover all expected exports or reexports to a particular consignee over the life of a license, rather than having to obtain a new license for every transaction.
In short, BIS expects that the changes to the EAR proposed in this rule will have a positive effect on all affected
Administrative practice and procedure, Exports, Inventions and patents, Research science and technology.
Exports.
Administrative practice and procedure, Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Exports, Terrorism.
Administrative practice and procedure, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Terrorism.
Exports.
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730-774) are proposed to be amended as follows:
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
(a) * * *
(5) There is no
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
(a) * * *
(7) With the exception of License Exception GOV (§ 740.11(b)(2)), license exceptions are not available for the following 6E001 or 6E002 technology:
(i) Technology required for the “development” or “production” of photon detector, microbolometer detector, pyroelectric, or multispectral detector infrared focal plane arrays (IRFPAs), described in ECCN 6A002, having a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm, excluding lead sulfide or lead selenide IRFPAs having a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 5,000 nm and not exceeding 16 detector elements; or
(ii) Technology required for the “development” or “production” of third generation or greater (
(a) * * *
(2) The commodities being reexported are not controlled for NP, CB, MT, SI or CC reasons and are not military commodities described in ECCN 0A919; commodities described in 3A001.b.2 or b.3 (except those that are being reexported for use in civil telecommunications applications); or commodities described in ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, or 6A990; and
(b) * * *
(1) Eligible commodities may be reexported to and among destinations in Country Group A:1 and Hong Kong for use or consumption within a destination in Country Group A:1 (see Supplement No. 1 to part 740) or Hong Kong, or for reexport from such country in accordance with other provisions of the EAR.
(2) Commodities not eligible for reexport under paragraph (b)(1) are:
(i) Commodities controlled for nuclear nonproliferation or missile technology reasons;
(ii) Commodities in 3A001.b.2 or b.3 (except those that are being reexported for use in civil telecommunications applications);
(iii) “Military commodities” described in ECCN 0A919; or
(iv) Commodities described in ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, or 6A990, or commodities described in ECCN 0A987 incorporating an image intensifier tube.
(3) [RESERVED]
(b) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) License Exception STA may not be used for any item controlled under ECCNs 0A981, 0A982, 0A983, 0A985, 0E982, or 0E987.
(x) License Exception STA may not be used for items controlled by ECCNs 6A002; 6A990; 6D002 (software specially designed for the “use” of commodities controlled under 6A002.b); 6D003.c; 6D991 (software “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” or “use” of commodities controlled under 6A002, 6A003, or 6A990); 6E001 (“technology” for the “development” of commodities controlled under ECCNs 6A002 or 6A003); 6E002 “technology” (for the “production” of commodities controlled under ECCNs 6A002 or 6A003); or 6E990.
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
(a)
(a) * * *
(1) * * * Transactions described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are subject to the RS Column 1 license requirements set forth in that paragraph rather than the license requirements set forth in this paragraph (a)(1).
(8) Special worldwide RS license requirement for ECCN 7E611.a. A license is required to export or reexport items described in ECCN 7E611.a to all destinations, including Canada.
(b) * * *
(1) Licensing policy for RS Column 1 items and ECCN 7E611.a.
(i)
(ii)
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
(a)
(1) Used by a “military end-user,” as defined in paragraph (d) of this section; or
(2) Incorporated into a “military commodity” controlled by ECCN 0A919.
(b)
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
Note 1: * * * For purposes of “specially designed,” ECCNs 0B986, 0B999, 0D999, 1B999, 1C992, 1C995, 1C997, 1C999, 6A998 (except for .b), and 9A991 are treated as ECCNs controlled exclusively for AT reasons.
50 U.S.C. app. 2401
a. “Military commodities” produced and located outside the United States that are not subject to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 CFR parts 120-130) and having any of the following characteristics:
a.1. Incorporate one or more commodities classified under ECCNs 6A002, 6A003, 6A990, or 6A993.a (having a maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz and thus meeting the criterion of Note 3.a to 6A003.b.4);
a.2. Incorporate more than a
a.3. Are direct products of U.S.-origin “600 series” technology or software (see § 736.2(b)(3) of the EAR).
b. [Reserved]
f. Laser aiming devices or laser illuminators specially designed for use on firearms, and having an operational wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 710 nm.
0A987.f does not control laser boresighting devices that must be placed in the bore or chamber to provide a reference for aligning the firearms sights.
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
a. Read-out integrated circuits “specially designed” for “focal plane arrays” controlled by 6A002.a.3;
6A990.a does not control read-out integrated circuits “specially designed” for civil automotive applications.
b. [RESERVED]
The list of items controlled is contained in the ECCN heading.
(1) Items controlled for MT reasons;
(2) “Technology” for commodities controlled by 6A002, 6A003, 6A004.e, 6A008.j.1; or
(3) Exports or reexports to destinations outside of those countries listed in Country Group A:5 (See Supplement No. 1 to part 740 of the EAR) of “technology” for the “production” of the following: (a) Items controlled by 6A001.a.1.b, 6A001.a.1.e, 6A001.a.2.a.1, 6A001.a.2.a.2, 6A001.a.2.a.3, 6A001.a.2.a.5, 6A001.a.2.a.6, 6A001.a.2.b, 6A004.c, 6A004.d, 6A006.a.2, 6A006.c.1, 6A006.d, 6A006.e, 6A008.d, 6A008.h, 6A008.k, 6B008; and (b) Items controlled by 6A001.a.2.c and 6A001.a.2.f when “specially designed” for real time applications.
(See Part 740 for a description of all license exceptions)
a. Guidance, navigation, or control systems, not elsewhere specified on the USML, that are “specially designed” for a defense article on the USML or for a 600 series item.
b. Inertial measurement units (IMUs), not elsewhere specified on the USML, that are “specially designed” for a 600 series item.
c. Accelerometers, not elsewhere specified on the USML, that are “specially designed” for a defense article on the USML or for a 600 series item.
d. Gyros or angular rate sensors, not elsewhere specified on the USML, that are “specially designed” for a defense article on the USML or for a 600 series item.
e. Gravity meters (gravimeters), not elsewhere specified on the USML, that are “specially designed” for a defense article on the USML or for a 600 series item.
f. to w. [RESERVED]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or a defense article enumerated or otherwise described in Category XII and not elsewhere specified on the USML, in 7A611.y, or 3A611.y.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this ECCN or a defense article in Category XII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in the CCL, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1 [RESERVED]
(1) Typically commercially available GPS do not employ decryption or adaptive antenna and are classified as 7A994.
(See Part 740 for a description of all license exceptions)
(See Part 740 for a description of all license exceptions)
a. Test, inspection, and production end items and equipment “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities controlled in ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or commodities in USML Category XII that are not enumerated in USML Category XII or “600 series” ECCN.
b. Environmental test facilities “specially designed” for the certification, qualification, or testing of commodities controlled in ECCN 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or guidance and control equipment in USML Category XII that are not enumerated in USML Category XII or “600 series” ECCN.
c. Field test equipment “specially designed” to evaluate or calibrate the operation of systems described in USML Category XII(a), (b), or (c).
d. to w. [RESERVED]
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity listed in this entry and that are not enumerated on the USML or controlled by another “600 series” ECCN.
(See Part 740 for a description of all license exceptions)
a. “Software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities controlled by ECCNs 7A611 (except 7A611.y) or 7B611.
b. to x. [RESERVED]
y. Specific “software” “specially designed” for the “development,” “production,” operation, or maintenance of commodities described in 7A611.y.
(See Part 740 for a description of all license exceptions)
a. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of commodities controlled by ECCNs 7A611.a- .e.
b. “Technology” “required” for the “development” or “production” of commodities or “software” controlled by ECCNs 7A611 (except 7A611.a-.e or .y), 7B611, or 7D611.
c. “Technology” “required” for the operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of commodities or “software” controlled by ECCNs 7A611 (except 7A611.y), 7B611, or 7D611 (except 7D611.y).
d. through x. [RESERVED]
y. Specific “technology” “required” for the “production,” “development,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, or overhaul of commodities or software controlled by ECCNs 7A611.y or 7D611.y.
Department of State.
Proposed rule.
As part of the President's Export Control Reform effort, the Department of State proposes to amend the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) to revise Category XII (fire control, laser, imaging, and guidance and control equipment) of the U.S. Munitions List (USML) to describe more precisely the articles warranting control on the USML. The Department also proposes to amend USML Categories VIII, XIII, and XV to reflect that items now described in those Categories will be in the revised Category XII.
The Department of State will accept comments on this proposed rule until April 4, 2016.
Interested parties may submit comments within 45 days of the date of publication by one of the following methods:
• Email:
• Internet: At
Comments received after that date will be considered if feasible, but consideration cannot be assured. Those submitting comments should not include any personally identifying information they do not desire to be made public or any information for which a claim of confidentiality is asserted. All comments and transmittal emails will be made available for public inspection and copying after the close of the comment period via the Directorate of Defense Trade Controls Web site at
Mr. C. Edward Peartree, Director, Office of Defense Trade Controls Policy, Department of State, telephone (202) 663-2792; email
The Directorate of Defense Trade Controls (DDTC), U.S. Department of State, administers the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 CFR parts 120-130). The items subject to the jurisdiction of the ITAR,
The revisions contained in this rule are part of the Department of State's retrospective plan under E.O. 13563.
All references to the USML in this rule are to the list of defense articles that are controlled for the purpose of export or temporary import pursuant to the ITAR, and not to the defense articles on the USML that are controlled by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) for the purpose of permanent import under its regulations (see 27 CFR part 447). Pursuant to § 38(a)(1) of the Arms Export Control Act (AECA), all defense articles controlled for export or import are part of the USML under the AECA. For the sake of clarity, the list of defense articles controlled by ATF for the purpose of permanent import is the United States Munitions Import List (USMIL). The transfer of defense articles from the ITAR's USML to the EAR's CCL for the purpose of export control does not affect the list of defense articles controlled on the USMIL under the AECA for the purpose of permanent import.
The revision of USML Category XII was first published as a proposed rule (RIN 1400-AD32) on May 5, 2015, for public comment (see 80 FR 25821) (first proposed rule). The comment period ended July 6, 2015. One hundred twenty parties submitted public comments, which were reviewed and considered by the Department and other agencies.
The majority of the public comments stated that the proposed controls in USML Category XII included items that are in commercial and civil applications, identifying items that would largely be controlled under paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e), and requested that the Department limit the USML controls for most paragraphs to items specially designed for the military. The comments varied in level of detail and specific paragraphs addressed, if any, but the general tenor of the public comments was consistent. These comments led the Department to reevaluate USML Category XII in its entirety and to draft this second proposed rule to allow for public feedback on new proposed changes. Given the thorough redrafting of USML Category XII, the Department does not address each public comment in detail.
This second proposed rule revises USML Category XII, covering fire control, range finder, optical and guidance and control equipment, to advance the national security objectives of the President's Export Control Reform initiative and to more accurately
The most significant change from the first proposed rule to this second proposed rule is that, in response to a high number of substantive public comments, certain articles will be controlled based on the design intent of the manufacturer. This was decided because the Department found that certain articles could be used as components or as end items for the same military application. While applying the standard terminology “specially designed for a defense article” would apply to articles that operate as a component for a higher-level assembly, that terminology would not describe the same articles when used as end items on their own for the same military purpose. To address this concern, paragraphs (b)(6) and (c)(2)(iii) control articles if they are specially designed for a military end user. A military end user is defined in the new Note to Category XII as the national armed services, National Guard, national police, government intelligence or reconnaissance organizations, or any person or entity whose actions or functions are intended to support military end uses. An item is specially designed for a military end user if it was created for use by a military end user or users. If an item is created for both military and non-military end users, or if the item was created for no specific end user, then it is not specially designed for a military end user. Contemporaneous documents are required to support the design intent; otherwise, use by a military end user will establish that the item was specially designed for a military end user.
Paragraph (a) is revised to add subparagraphs (1) through (10) to more clearly describe the articles controlled in (a).
Paragraph (a)(1) is added for fire control systems. In response to one comment, the Department moved the control on “specially designed parts and components” to paragraph (e) for this paragraph and others, so that all parts and components are described in paragraph (e). None of the parts and components in paragraph (e) are designated significant military equipment. One comment requested clarification on the classification of defense articles enumerated elsewhere in the USML that are specially designed components of a fire control system, such as fire control computers for aircraft, described in USML Category VIII(h)(16). A control on “specially designed parts and components” is a catch all control for items that are not elsewhere specified in the USML, and items that are explicitly described elsewhere, such as USML Category VIII(h)(16), are controlled by that entry.
Paragraph (a)(2) is added for weapons sights and weapons aiming or imaging systems, with certain infrared focal plane arrays, image intensifier tubes, ballistic computers, or lasers, when specially designed for a defense article. The Department received multiple comments requesting revisions to this paragraph. These comments were not adopted, as these weapons sights and weapon aiming and imaging systems all relate to the sighting, aiming, or imaging for a defense article and therefore warrant USML control.
Paragraph (a)(3) is added for electronic or optical weapon positioning, laying, or spotting systems.
Paragraph (a)(4) is added for certain laser spot trackers and laser spot detectors that are for laser target designators or coded laser target markers controlled in paragraph (b)(1). The Department revised this control from the first proposed rule by tying it to paragraph (b)(1) to more specifically describe the kinds of items controlled by this paragraph.
Paragraph (a)(5) is added for bomb sights and bombing computers.
Paragraph (a)(6) is added for electro-optical missile or ordnance tracking systems.
Paragraph (a)(7) is added for electro-optical ordnance guidance systems.
Paragraph (a)(8) is added for electro-optical systems that automatically detect and locate weapons launch or fire.
Paragraph (a)(9) is added for remote wind sensing systems specially designed for ballistic-corrected aiming.
Paragraph (a)(10) is added for certain helmet mounted display (HMD) systems. In response to comments, the Department limited the scope of the control for HMD's with optical sights or slewing devices that control infrared imaging systems and end items from the first proposed rule, to those infrared systems and end items that are also defense articles themselves. This clarifies that HMDs for civilian firefighter systems are not described in this control.
Paragraph (b) is revised to add subparagraphs (1) through (7) to more clearly describe the articles controlled in (b). Controls on lasers and others parts and components of laser systems are moved to paragraph (e).
Paragraph (b)(1) is added for laser target designators or coded target markers that mediate the delivery of ordnance to a target. The Department made the control language from the first proposed rule more specific to more completely describe the defense articles controlled by this paragraph.
Paragraph (b)(2) is added for infrared laser target illumination systems having a variable beam divergence. The Department made the control language from the first proposed rule more specific to more completely describe the defense articles controlled by this paragraph.
Paragraph (b)(3) is added for certain laser range finders. In response to comments, the Department revised the control language from the first proposed rule to specify only laser ranger finders operating at a wavelength of 1064 nm and having a Q-switched pulse output, and laser ranger finders operating in excess of 1064 nm and meeting certain technical parameters.
Paragraph (b)(4) is added for certain targeting or target location systems. In response to public comments, the Department revised the control from the first proposed rule to require that the system use a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), guidance, or navigation defense article.
Paragraph (b)(5) is added for optical augmentation systems.
Paragraph (b)(6) is added for light detection and ranging (LIDAR), laser detection and ranging (LADAR), or range-gated systems specially designed for a military end user.
Paragraph (b)(7) is added for developmental lasers and laser systems funded by the Department of Defense, with certain exceptions.
Paragraph (c) is revised to add subparagraphs (1) through (9) to more clearly describe the articles controlled in (c). Controls on image intensifier tubes (IITs), infrared focal plane arrays (IRFPAs), IRFPA dewar cooler assemblies (IDCAs), gimbals, and other parts and components of imaging systems are moved to paragraph (e).
Paragraph (c)(1) is added for night vision or infrared cameras specially designed for defense articles. The Department revised this entry in response to comments regarding non-military uses of cameras and imaging systems described in the first proposed rule. As a specially designed component of another defense article, a camera, as defined in the Note to paragraph (c)(1), is eligible for paragraph (b) of specially designed in § 120.41.
Paragraph (c)(2) is added for certain binoculars, bioculars, monoculars, goggles, or head or helmet-mounted imaging systems. The Department revised this entry in response to comments regarding non-military uses of binocular, goggles, and other close eye systems described in the first proposed rule. For articles that employ third generation IITs or are sensor fused, the Department described the articles based on their technical characteristics. For articles with an IRFPA or infrared imaging camera, the articles are controlled if specially designed for a military end user.
Paragraph (c)(3) is added for targeting systems specially designed for defense articles.
Paragraph (c)(4) is added for infrared search and track (IRST) systems that utilize a longwave IRFPA and maintain positional or angular state of a target through time. The Department revised this control from the first proposed rule in response to public comments regarding non-military IRST systems.
Paragraph (c)(5) is added for certain infrared imaging systems, described in nine subparagraphs: (1) Mobile systems that provide real-time target location at ranges greater than 5 km; (2) airborne stabilized systems specially designed for military reconnaissance; (3) multispectral imaging systems that classify or identify military or intelligence targets or characteristics; (4) automated missile detection or warning systems; (5) systems hardened to withstand electromagnetic pulse (EMP) or chemical, biological, or radiological threats; (6) systems incorporating mechanisms to reduce signature; (7) certain aerial persistent surveillance systems; (8) certain gimbaled infrared systems; (9) systems specially designed for USML platforms. The Department revised this entry from the first proposed rule in response to comments regarding non-military imaging systems described in the proposed rule.
Paragraph (c)(6) is added for certain terahertz imaging systems. In response to public comments, the Department revised the technical parameter from the first proposed rule from 0.3 milliradians to 0.1 milliradians.
Paragraph (c)(7) is added for systems or equipment incorporating an infrared beacon or emitter specially designed for Combat Identification. The Department revised this entry to Combat Identification from Identification Friend or Foe (IFF) in the first proposed rule in response to public confusion regarding IFF.
Paragraph (c)(8) is added for systems that project radiometrically calibrated scenes directly into the entrance aperture of an electro-optical or infrared (EO/IR) sensor controlled in this subchapter within either the spectral band exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 400 nm, or the spectral band exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm.
Paragraph (c)(9) is added for developmental imaging systems funded by the Department of Defense.
Paragraph (d) is revised to include controls on GNSS equipment previously controlled in Category XV and to add subparagraphs (1) through (6) to more clearly describe the articles controlled in (d). Controls on inertial measurement units, accelerometers, gyroscopes, GNNS security devices, and other parts and components of navigation systems are moved to paragraph (e).
Paragraph (d)(1) is added for certain guidance or navigation systems. The Department did not adopt public comments to revise this entry to items specially designed for the military. Rather the Department has revised the technical parameters from the first proposed rule to a level that more clearly describes the military critical technology.
Paragraph (d)(2) is added for GNSS receiving equipment, moved from Category XV.
Paragraph (d)(3) is added for GNSS anti-jam systems specially designed for use with the anti-jam antennae described in USML Category XI(c)(10). In response to public comments, the Department revised the entry for anti-jam GNNS systems from the first proposed rule by expressly linking the control to the anti-jam antennae described in USML Category XI(c)(10).
Paragraph (d)(4) is added for certain mobile relative gravimeters.
Paragraph (d)(5) is added for certain mobile gravity gradiometers.
Paragraph (d)(6) is added for developmental guidance, navigation, or control systems funded by the Department of Defense.
Paragraph (e) is revised to add subparagraphs (1) through (23) to more clearly describe the parts and components for the systems in (a)-(d) that are controlled in (e).
Paragraph (e)(1) is added for parts and components specially designed for articles described in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(8).
Paragraph (e)(2) is added for lasers specially designed for defense articles. In response to public comments regarding the non-military uses of lasers described in the first proposed rule, the Department limited this entry to lasers that are specially designed for defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(3) is added for laser stacked arrays specially designed for defense articles. In response to public comments regarding the non-military uses of laser stacked arrays described in the first proposed rule, the Department limited this entry to laser stacked arrays that are unique to defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(4) is added for IRFPAs specially designed for defense articles. In response to public comments, the Department completely revised the controls on IRFPAs from the first proposed rule, limiting the USML control to those that are unique to defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(5) is added for certain charge multiplication focal plane arrays specially designed for defense articles. In response to public comments, the Department completely revised the controls on charge multiplication focal plane arrays from the first proposed rule, limiting the USML control to those that are unique to defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(6) is added for second generation and greater IITs specially designed for defense articles, and specially designed parts and components therefor. This control includes third generation IITs, EBAPS, night vision and thermal fused IITs, and all subsequent IIT designs. In response to public comments, the Department completely revised the controls on IITs from the first proposed rule, limiting the USML control to those that are unique to defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(7) is added for parts and components specially designed for articles described in paragraph (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(5)(vi)-(vii).
Paragraph (e)(8) is added for inertial measurement units specially designed for defense articles. In response to public comments, the Department revised the controls on inertial measurement units from the first proposed rule to a technical parameter based control to a control on all inertial measurement units that are unique to defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(9) is added for GNSS security devices, Selective Availability Anti-Spoofing Module (SAASM), Security Module (SM), and Auxiliary Output Chip (AOC) chips.
Paragraph (e)(10) is added for certain accelerometers that meet the technical parameters. In response to public comments regarding the non-military uses of accelerometers described in the first proposed rule, the Department revised this entry to more specifically describe the items warranting control on the USML.
Paragraph (e)(11) is added for certain gyroscopes and angular rate sensors that meet the technical parameters. In
Paragraph (e)(12) is added for optical sensors that have a spectral filter that is specially designed for items controlled in USML Category XI(a)(4) and optical sensor assemblies that provide threat warning or tracking for those items controlled in USML Category XI(a)(4). In response to public comments, the Department revised the control from the first proposed rule to add the specially designed control parameter.
Paragraph (e)(13) is added for read-out integrated circuits (ROICs) specially designed for defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(14) is added for IDCAs, with or without an IRFPA, specially designed for defense articles, other than those in USML Category XV, and specially designed parts and components therefor.
Paragraph (e)(15) is added for gimbals specially designed for defense articles in this category.
Paragraph (e)(16) is added for IRFPA Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating cryostats specially designed for defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(17) is added for infrared lenses, mirrors, beam splitters or combiners, filters, and treatments and coatings, specially designed for defense articles.
Paragraph (e)(18) is added for drive, control, signal, or image processing electronics specially designed for defense articles in this category.
Paragraph (e)(19) is added for near-to-eye displays specially designed for defense articles in this category.
Paragraph (e)(20) is added for resonators, receivers, transmitters, modulators, gain media, and drive electronics or frequency converters specially designed for defense articles in this category.
Paragraph (e)(21) is added for two-dimensional infrared scene projector emitter arrays (
Paragraph (e)(22) is added for classified parts, components, accessories, attachments, and associated equipment.
Paragraph (e)(23) is added for developmental IITs, FPAs, ROICs, accelerometers, gyroscopes, angular rate sensors, and inertial measurement units funded by the Department of Defense.
Paragraph (f) is revised to more clearly describe the technical data and defense services controlled in paragraph (f). In response to public comments, the Department significantly revised paragraph (f), so that it now mirrors the other technical data and defense services paragraphs in ECR-revised USML Categories.
A new (x) paragraph has been added to USML Category XII, allowing ITAR licensing for commodities, software, and technology subject to the EAR provided those commodities, software, and technology are to be used in or with defense articles controlled in USML Category XII
Finally, articles common to the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR) Annex and the USML are to be identified on the USML with the parenthetical “(MT)” at the end of each section containing such articles. A separate proposed rule will address the sections in the ITAR that include MTCR definitions.
The following definitions explain and amplify terms used in this Category and are provided to assist exporters in understanding the scope of the proposed control.
Charge multiplication is a form of electronic image amplification, the generation of charge carriers as a result of an impact ionization gain process.
Focal plane array is a linear or two-dimensional planar layer, or combination of planar layers, of individual detector elements, with or without readout electronics, which work in the focal plane.
This definition does not include a stack of single detector elements or any two, three, or four element detectors provided time delay and integration is not performed within the element.
Image intensifier tube refers to an imaging device that incorporates a photoemissive transducer (
Multispectral refers to producing discrete outputs associated with more than one spectral band of response.
As the U.S. Government works through the proposed revisions to the USML, some control parameters are proposed recognizing that they may control items in normal commercial use and on the Wassenaar Arrangement's Dual Use List. With the thought that multiple perspectives would be beneficial to the USML revision process, the Department welcomes the assistance of users of the lists and requests input on the following:
(1) A key goal of this rulemaking is to ensure the USML and the CCL together control all the items that meet Wassenaar Arrangement commitments embodied in Munitions List Categories 5, 11 and 15 (WA-ML15) and the relevant Dual Use List Categories including the IRFPAs in Category 6 (WA-DU 6.A.2). To that end, the public is asked to identify any potential lack of coverage brought about by the proposed rules for Category XII contained in this notice and the new and revised ECCNs published separately by the Department of Commerce when reviewed together.
(2) Another key goal of this rulemaking is to identify items proposed for control on the USML or the CCL that are not controlled on the Wassenaar Arrangement's Munitions or Dual Use List. The public is asked to identify any items proposed for control on the USML that are not controlled on the Wassenaar Arrangement's Munitions or Dual Use List.
(3) A third key goal of this rulemaking is to establish a “bright line” between the USML and the CCL for the control of these materials. The public is asked to provide specific examples of control criteria that do not clearly describe items that would be defense articles and thus do not establish a “bright line” between the USML and the CCL.
(4) Although the proposed revisions to the USML do not preclude the possibility that items in normal commercial use would or should be ITAR-controlled because,
(5) For any criteria the public believes control items in normal commercial use, the public is asked to identify parameters or characteristics that differentiate such items from items exclusively or primarily in military use.
(6) For any criteria the public believes control items in normal commercial use, the public is asked to identify the multilateral controls (such as the Wassenaar Arrangement's Dual Use
(7) The Department seeks public comment on each paragraph of the proposed USML Category XII.
The Department of State is of the opinion that controlling the import and export of defense articles and services is a foreign affairs function of the United States Government and that rules implementing this function are exempt from sections 553 (rulemaking) and 554 (adjudications) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA). Although the Department is of the opinion that this rule is exempt from the rulemaking provisions of the APA, the Department is publishing this rule with a 45-day provision for public comment and without prejudice to its determination that controlling the import and export of defense services is a foreign affairs function.
Since this rule is exempt from the rulemaking provisions of 5 U.S.C. 553, it does not require analysis under the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
This proposed amendment does not involve a mandate that will result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any year and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
This proposed amendment has been found not to be a major rule within the meaning of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996.
This proposed amendment will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this proposed amendment does not have sufficient federalism implications to require consultations or warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement. The regulations implementing Executive Order 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities do not apply to this proposed amendment.
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributed impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
The Department of State has reviewed the proposed amendment in light of Executive Order 12988 to eliminate ambiguity, minimize litigation, establish clear legal standards, and reduce burden.
The Department of State has determined that this rulemaking will not have tribal implications, will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments, and will not preempt tribal law. Accordingly, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this rulemaking.
Following is a listing of approved Department of State information collections that will be affected by revision of the U.S. Munitions List (USML) and the Commerce Control List pursuant to the President's Export Control Reform (ECR) initiative. The list of collections and the description of the manner in which they will be affected pertains to revision of the USML in its entirety, not only to the categories published in this rule. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, the Department of State will request comment on these collections from all interested persons at the appropriate time. In particular, the Department will seek comment on changes to licensing burden based on implementation of regulatory changes pursuant to ECR, and on projected changes based on continued implementation of regulatory changes pursuant to ECR. The information collections are as follows:
(1) Statement of Registration, DS-2032, OMB No. 1405-0002. The Department estimates that between 3,000 and 5,000 of the currently registered persons will not need to maintain registration following full revision of the USML. This would result in a burden reduction of between 6,000 and 10,000 hours annually, based on a revised time burden of two hours to complete a Statement of Registration.
(2) Application/License for Permanent Export of Unclassified Defense Articles and Related Unclassified Technical Data, DSP-5, OMB No. 1405-0003. The Department estimates that there will be 35,000 fewer DSP-5 submissions annually following full revision of the USML. This would result in a burden reduction of 35,000 hours annually.
(3) Application/License for Temporary Import of Unclassified Defense Articles, DSP-61, OMB No. 1405-0013. The Department estimates that there will be 200 fewer DSP-61 submissions annually following full revision of the USML. This would result in a burden reduction of 100 hours annually.
(4) Application/License for Temporary Export of Unclassified Defense Articles, DSP-73, OMB No. 1405-0023. The Department estimates that there will be 800 fewer DSP-73 submissions annually following full revision of the USML. This would result in a burden reduction of 800 hours annually.
(5) Application for Amendment to License for Export or Import of Classified or Unclassified Defense Articles and Related Technical Data, DSP-6, -62, -74, -119, OMB No. 1405-0092. The Department estimates that there will be 2,000 fewer amendment submissions annually following full revision of the USML. This would result in a burden reduction of 1,000 hours annually.
(6) Request for Approval of Manufacturing License Agreements, Technical Assistance Agreements, and Other Agreements, DSP-5, OMB No. 1405-0093. The Department estimates that there will be 1,000 fewer agreement submissions annually following full revision of the USML. This would result in a burden reduction of 2,000 hours annually.
(7) Maintenance of Records by Registrants, OMB No. 1405-0111. The requirement to actively maintain records pursuant to provisions of the ITAR will decline commensurate with the drop in the number of persons who will be required to register with the
Arms and munitions, Exports.
Accordingly, for the reasons set forth above, title 22, chapter I, subchapter M, part 121 is proposed to be amended as follows:
Secs. 2, 38, and 71, Pub. L. 90-629, 90 Stat. 744 (22 U.S.C. 2752, 2778, 2797); 22 U.S.C. 2651a; Pub. L. 105-261, 112 Stat. 1920; Section 1261, Pub. L. 112-239; E.O. 13637, 78 FR 16129.
The revision to read as follows:
* (a) Fire control and aiming systems, as follows:
(1) Fire control systems;
(2) Weapon sights, weapon aiming systems, and weapon imaging systems (
(i) An infrared focal plane array having a peak response at a wavelength exceeding 1,000 nm;
(ii) Second generation or greater image intensifier tubes;
(iii) A ballistic computer for adjusting the aim point display; or
(iv) Infrared laser having a wavelength exceeding 710 nm;
(3) Electronic or optical weapon positioning, laying, or spotting systems;
(4) Laser spot trackers and laser spot detection, location, or imaging systems, with an operational wavelength shorter than 400 nm or longer than 710 nm and that are for laser target designators or coded laser target markers controlled in paragraph (b)(1);
Note to paragraph (a)(4): For controls on LIDAR, see paragraph (b)(6) of this category.
(5) Bomb sights or bombing computers;
(6) Electro-optical missile or ordnance tracking systems,
(7) Electro-optical ordnance guidance systems;
(8) Electro-optical systems that automatically detect and locate weapons launch or fire;
(9) Remote wind-sensing systems specially designed for ballistic-corrected aiming; or
(10) Helmet mounted display (HMD) systems or end items, incorporating optical sights or slewing devices that aim, launch, track, or manage munitions, or control infrared imaging systems or end items described in this category, other than such items controlled in Category VIII (
* (b) Laser systems and end items, as follows:
(1) Laser target designators or coded target markers that mediate the delivery of ordnance to a target;
(2) Target illumination systems having a variable beam divergence, and a laser output wavelength exceeding 710 nm, to artificially light an area to search for or locate a target;
(3) Laser rangefinders having any of the following:
(i) Output wavelength of 1064 nm and any Q-switched pulse output; or
(ii) Output wavelength exceeding 1064 nm and any of the following:
(A) Single shot ranging capability of 3 km or greater against a standard 2.3 m x 2.3 m NATO target having 10% reflectivity and 23 km visibility; or
(B) Multiple shot ranging capability at 3 Hz or greater of 1 km or greater against a standard 2.3 m x 2.3 m NATO target having 10% reflectivity and 23 km visibility;
(4) Targeting systems and target location systems, incorporating or specially designed to incorporate a laser rangefinder and incorporating or specially designed to incorporate a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), guidance, or navigation defense article controlled in paragraph (d) of this category (MT if designed or modified for rockets, missiles, space launch vehicles (SLVs), drones, or unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km);
(5) Systems specially designed to use laser energy with an output wavelength exceeding 710 nm to exploit differential target-background retroreflectance in order to detect personnel or optical/electro-optical equipment (
(6) Light detection and ranging (LIDAR), laser detection and ranging (LADAR), or range-gated systems specially designed for a military end user (MT if designed or modified for rockets, missiles, SLVs, drones, or unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km); or
(7) Developmental lasers or laser systems funded by the Department of Defense via contract or other funding authorization;
This paragraph does not control lasers or laser systems: (a) In production, (b) determined to be subject to the EAR via a commodity jurisdiction determination (see § 120.4 of this subchapter), or (c) identified in the relevant Department of Defense contract or other funding authorization as being developed for both civil and military applications.
Note 1 does not apply to defense articles enumerated on the U.S. Munitions List, whether in production or development.
This provision is applicable to those contracts or other funding authorizations that are dated XXXX, 2017 or later.
* (c) Night vision, infrared, or terahertz imaging systems or end items, as follows:
(1) Night vision or infrared cameras specially designed for articles in this subchapter;
The articles controlled by this paragraph have sufficient electronics to enable at a minimum the output of an analog or digital signal once power is applied.
(2) Binoculars, bioculars, monoculars, goggles, or head or helmet-mounted imaging systems (including video-based articles having a separate near-to-eye display), as follows:
(i) Incorporating an autogated third generation image intensifier tube or a higher generation image intensifier tube;
(ii) Fusing output of an image intensifier tube and an infrared focal
(iii) Having an infrared focal plane array or imaging camera, and is specially designed for a military end user;
(3) Targeting systems specially designed for articles in this subchapter;
(4) Infrared search and track (IRST) systems, that:
(i) Incorporate or are specially designed to incorporate an infrared focal plane array or imaging camera, having a peak response within the wavelength range exceeding 3 microns or greater; and
(ii) Maintain positional or angular state of a target through time;
(5) Infrared imaging systems, as follows:
(i) Mobile reconnaissance, scout, or surveillance systems providing real-time target location at ranges greater than 5 km (
(ii) Airborne stabilized systems specially designed for military reconnaissance (
(iii) Multispectral imaging systems that classify or identify military or intelligence targets or characteristics;
(iv) Automated missile detection or warning systems;
(v) Systems hardened to withstand electromagnetic pulse (EMP) or chemical, biological, or radiological threats;
(vi) Systems incorporating mechanism(s) to reduce signature;
(vii) Persistent surveillance systems with a ground sample distance (GSD) of 0.5 m or better (smaller) at 10,000 ft AGL and a simultaneous coverage area of 3 km
(viii) Gimbaled infrared systems, as follows:
(A) Having a stabilization better (less) than 30 microradians RMS and a turret with a ball diameter of 15 inches or greater; or
(B) Specially designed for articles in this subchapter; or
(ix) Systems specially designed for military platforms controlled in this subchapter (MT if for determining bearings to specific electromagnetic sources (direction finding equipment) or terrain characteristics and designed or modified for rockets, missiles, SLVs, drones, or unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km);
(6) Terahertz imaging systems having a peak response in the frequency range exceeding 30 GHz but not exceeding 3000 GHz, and having a resolution less (better) than 0.1 milliradians at a standoff range of 100 m;
(7) Systems or equipment, incorporating an infrared (IR) beacon or emitter, specially designed for Combat Identification;
(8) Systems that project radiometrically calibrated scenes at a frame rate greater than 30 Hz directly into the entrance aperture of an electro-optical or infrared (EO/IR) sensor controlled in this subchapter within either the spectral band exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 400 nm, or the spectral band exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
(9) Developmental electro-optical, infrared, or terahertz systems funded by the Department of Defense.
This paragraph does not control electro-optical, infrared, or terahertz imaging systems: (a) In production, (b) determined to be subject to the EAR via a commodity jurisdiction determination (see § 120.4 of this subchapter, or (c) identified in the relevant Department of Defense contract or other funding authorization as being developed for both civil and military applications.
Note 1 does not apply to defense articles enumerated on the U.S. Munitions List, whether in production or development.
This provision is applicable to those contracts or other funding authorizations that are dated XXXX, 2017 or later.
(d) Guidance, navigation, and control systems or end items, as follows:
(1) Guidance or navigation systems (
(i) Having a circle of equal probability (CEP) of position error rate less (better) than 0.28 nautical miles per hour, without the use of positional aiding references;
(ii) Having a heading error or true north determination of less (better) than 0.28 mrad secant (latitude) (0.016043 degrees secant (latitude));
(iii) Having a CEP of position error rate less than 0.2 nautical miles in an 8 hour period, without the use of positional aiding references; or
(iv) Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 25 g;
For rocket, SLV, or missile flight control and guidance systems (including guidance sets), see Category IV(h).
Inertial measurement units are described in paragraph (e) of this category.
(2) Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) receiving equipment, as follows:
(i) GNSS receiving equipment specially designed for military applications (MT if designed or modified for airborne applications and capable of providing navigation information at speeds in excess of 600 m/s);
(ii) Global Positioning System (GPS) receiving equipment specially designed for encryption or decryption (
(iii) GPS receiving equipment specially designed for use with an antenna described in Category XI(c)(10) (MT if designed or modified for airborne applications); or
(iv) GPS receiving equipment specially designed for use with rockets, missiles, SLVs, drones, or unmanned air vehicle systems capable of delivering at least a 500 kg payload to a range of at least 300 km (MT);
“Payload” is the total mass that can be carried or delivered by the specified rocket, missile, SLV, drone or unmanned aerial vehicle that is not used to maintain flight. For definition of “range” as it pertains to rocket systems, see note 1 to paragraph (a) of USML Category IV. For definition of “range” as it pertains to aircraft systems, see note to paragraph (a) of USML Category VIII.
(3) GNSS anti-jam systems specially designed for use with an antenna described in Category XI(c)(10);
(4) Mobile relative gravimeters having automatic motion compensation, with an in-service accuracy of less (better) than 0.4 mGal (MT if designed or modified for airborne or marine use and having a time to steady-state registration of two minutes or less);
(5) Mobile gravity gradiometers having an accuracy of less (better) than 10 Eotvos squared per radian per second for any component of the gravity gradient tensor, and having a spatial gravity wavelength resolution of 50 m or less (MT if designed or modified for airborne or marine use);
“Eotvos” is a unit of acceleration divided by distance that was used in conjunction with the older centimeter-gram-second system of units. The Eotvos is defined as 1/1,000,000,000 Galileo (Gal) per centimeter.
(6) Developmental guidance, navigation, or control systems funded by the Department of Defense (MT if designed or modified for rockets, missiles, SLVs, drones, or unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km);
This paragraph does not control guidance, navigation, or control systems: (a) In production, (b) determined to be subject to the EAR via a commodity jurisdiction determination (see § 120.4 of this subchapter), or (c) identified in the relevant Department of Defense contract or other funding authorization as being developed for both civil and military applications.
Note 1 does not apply to defense articles enumerated on the U.S. Munitions List, whether in production or development.
This provision is applicable to those contracts or other funding authorizations that are dated XXXX, 2017, or later.
For definition of “range” as it pertains to rocket systems, see note 1 to paragraph (a) of USML Category IV. For definition of “range” as it pertains to aircraft systems, see note to paragraph (a) of USML Category VIII.
(e) Parts, components, accessories, or attachments, as follows:
(1) Parts and components specially designed for articles described in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(8) of this section;
(2) Lasers specially designed for articles in this subchapter;
(3) Laser stacked arrays specially designed for articles in this category;
(4) Infrared focal plane arrays (IRFPAs) specially designed for articles in this subchapter;
(5) Charge multiplication focal plane arrays exceeding 50 mA/W for any wavelength exceeding 760 nm and specially designed for articles described in this subchapter;
(6) Second generation and greater image intensifier tubes specially designed for articles in this subchapter, and specially designed parts and components therefore;
Second and third generation image intensifier tubes are defined as having a peak response within the 0.4 to 1.05 micron wavelength range and incorporating a microchannel plate for electron image amplification having a hole pitch (center-to-center spacing) of less than 25 microns and having either: (a) An S-20, S-25, or multialkali photo cathode; or (b) a GaAs, GaInAs, or other III-V compound semiconductor photocathode.
(7) Parts and components specially designed for articles described in paragraph (c)(3), (c)(4), or (c)(5)(vi)-(vii);
(8) Inertial measurement units specially designed for articles in this subchapter (MT for systems incorporating accelerometers specified in (e)(10) or gyroscopes or angular rate sensors specified in (e)(11) that are designated MT);
(9) GNSS security devices (
(10) Accelerometers having a bias repeatability of less (better) than 10 μg and a scale factor repeatability of less (better) than 10 parts per million, or capable of measuring greater than 100,000 g (MT);
For weapon fuze accelerometers, see Category III(d) or IV(h).
MT designation does not include accelerometers that are designed to measure vibration or shock.
(11) Gyroscopes or angular rate sensors as follows (MT if having a rated drift stability of less than 0.5 degrees (1 sigma or rms) per hour in a 1 g environment or specified to function at acceleration levels greater than 100 g):
(i) Having an angle random walk of less (better) than 0.001 degrees per square root hour; or
(ii) Mechanical gyroscopes or rate sensors having a bias repeatability less (better) than 0.0015 degrees per hour;
“Repeatability” is the closeness of agreement among repeated measurements of the same variable under the same operating conditions when changes in conditions or non-operating periods occur between measurements.
“Bias” is the accelerometer output when no acceleration is applied.
“Scale factor” is the ratio of change in output to a change in the input.
The measurement of “bias” and “scale factor” refers to one sigma standard deviation with respect to a fixed calibration over a period of one year.
“Drift Rate” is the component of gyro output that is functionally independent of input rotation and is expressed as an angular rate.
“Stability” is a measure of the ability of a specific mechanism or performance coefficient to remain invariant when continuously exposed to a fixed operating condition. (This definition does not refer to dynamic or servo stability.)
(12) Optical sensors having a spectral filter specially designed for systems or equipment controlled in USML Category XI(a)(4), or optical sensor assemblies that provide threat warning or tracking for systems or equipment controlled in Category XI(a)(4);
(13) Read-out integrated circuits (ROICs) specially designed for articles in this subchapter;
(14) Integrated IRFPA dewar cooler assemblies (IDCAs), with or without an IRFPA, specially designed for articles in this subchapter other than Category XV, and specially designed parts and components therefore;
(15) Gimbals specially designed for articles in this category;
(16) IRFPA Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating cryostats specially designed for articles controlled in this subchapter;
(17) Infrared lenses, mirrors, beam splitters or combiners, filters, and treatments and coatings, specially designed for articles controlled in this category;
(18) Drive, control, signal, or image processing electronics, specially designed for articles controlled in this category;
(19) Near-to-eye displays specially designed for articles controlled in this category;
(20) Resonators, receivers, transmitters, modulators, gain media, drive electronics, and frequency converters specially designed for laser systems controlled in this category;
(21) Two-dimensional infrared scene projector emitter arrays (
* (22) Any part, component, accessory, attachment, or associated equipment, that:
(i) Is classified;
(ii) Contains classified software;
(iii) Is manufactured using classified production data; or
(iv) Is being developed using classified information.
“Classified” means classified pursuant to Executive Order 13526, or predecessor order, and a security classification guide developed pursuant thereto or equivalent, or to the corresponding classification rules of another government.
(23) Developmental image intensification tubes, focal plane arrays, read-out-integrated circuits, accelerometers, gyroscopes, angular rate sensors and inertial measurement units funded by the Department of Defense (MT if designed or modified for rockets, missiles, SLVs, drones, or unmanned aerial vehicle systems capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km);
This paragraph does not control items: (a) In production, (b) determined to be subject to the EAR via a commodity jurisdiction determination (see § 120.4 of this subchapter), or (c) identified in the relevant Department of Defense contract or other funding authorization as being developed for both civil and military applications.
Note 1 does not apply to defense articles enumerated on the U.S. Munitions List, whether in production or development.
This provision is applicable to those contracts or other funding authorizations that are dated XXXX, 2017, or later.
(f) Technical data (see § 120.10) and defense services (see § 120.9) directly related to the defense articles enumerated in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this category and classified technical data directly related to items controlled in ECCNs 7A611, 7B611, and 7D611. (See § 125.4 for exemptions.) (MT for technical data and defense services related to articles designated as such.) Technical data directly related to manufacture or production of any defense articles enumerated elsewhere in this category that are designated as Significant Military Equipment (SME) shall itself be designated as SME.
(g)-(w) [Reserved]
(x) Commodities, software, and technology subject to the EAR (see § 120.42 of this subchapter) used in or with defense articles controlled in this category.
Use of this paragraph is limited to license applications for defense articles controlled in this category where the purchase documentation includes commodities, software, or technology subject to the EAR (see § 123.1(b) of this subchapter).
For purposes of determining whether an item (
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
This document contains proposed regulations regarding the prohibition on certain contributions to Type I and Type III supporting organizations and the requirements for Type III supporting organizations. The regulations reflect changes to the law made by the Pension Protection Act of 2006. The regulations will affect Type I and Type III supporting organizations and their supported organizations.
Written or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by May 19, 2016.
Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-118867-10), Room 5203, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-118867-10), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC, 20224 or sent electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Concerning the proposed regulations, Jonathan Carter at (202) 317-5800 or Mike Repass at (202) 317-4086; concerning submissions of comments and requests for a public hearing, Regina Johnson at (202) 317-6901 (not toll-free numbers).
The collection of information contained in this notice of proposed rulemaking has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)). Comments on the collection of information should be sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Attn: Desk Officer for the Department of the Treasury, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Washington, DC 20503, with copies to the Internal Revenue Service, Attn: IRS Reports Clearance Officer, SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC 20224. Comments on the collection of information should be received by April 19, 2016.
Comments are specifically requested concerning:
• Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the IRS, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• The accuracy of the estimated burden associated with the proposed collection of information;
• How the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected may be enhanced;
• How the burden of complying with the proposed collection of information may be minimized, including through forms of information technology; and
• Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
The collection of information in these proposed regulations is in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iv)(D) (written record of close cooperation and coordination by the governmental supported organizations) and § 1.509(a)-4(i)(6)(iii)(B) (written record of contributions received by the supported organization). Requiring the supporting organization to collect written records of its governmental supported organizations' close cooperation and coordination with each other and written records of the contributions its supported organizations directly received in response to solicitations by the supporting organization permits the IRS to determine whether the supporting organization satisfies the requirements to be a functionally integrated or non-functionally integrated Type III supporting organization. The record keepers are Type III supporting organizations.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration
This document contains proposed amendments to the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) regarding organizations described in section 509(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code). An organization described in section 501(c)(3) is classified as either a private foundation or a public charity. To be classified as a public charity, an organization must be described in section 509(a)(1), (2), or (3). Organizations described in section 509(a)(3) are known as “supporting organizations.” Supporting organizations achieve their public charity status by providing support to one or more organizations described in section 509(a)(1) or (2), which in this context are referred to as “supported organizations.”
To be described in section 509(a)(3), an organization must satisfy (1) an organizational test, (2) an operational test, (3) a relationship test, and (4) a disqualified person control test. The organizational and operational tests require that a supporting organization be organized and at all times thereafter operated exclusively for the benefit of, to perform the functions of, or to carry out the purposes of one or more supported organizations. The relationship test requires a supporting organization to establish one of three types of relationships with one or more supported organizations. A supporting organization that is operated, supervised or controlled by one or more supported organizations is known as a “Type I” supporting organization. The relationship of a Type I supporting organization with its supported organization(s) is comparable to that of a corporate parent-subsidiary relationship. A supporting organization that is supervised or controlled in connection with one or more supported organizations is known as a “Type II” supporting organization. The relationship of a Type II supporting organization with its supported organization(s) involves common supervision or control by the persons supervising or controlling both the supporting organization and the supported organization(s). A supporting organization that is operated in connection with one or more supported organizations is known as a “Type III” supporting organization and is discussed further in the remainder of this preamble. Finally, the disqualified person control test requires that a supporting organization not be controlled directly or indirectly by certain disqualified persons.
These proposed regulations focus primarily on the relationship test for Type III supporting organizations. Specifically, the proposed regulations reflect statutory changes enacted by sections 1241 through 1243 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Public Law 109-280 (120 Stat. 780) (2006) (PPA)), which made the following five changes to the requirements an organization must satisfy to qualify as a Type III supporting organization:
(1) Removed the ability of a charitable trust to rely on the special rule under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(2)(iii) of the regulations then in effect;
(2) Directed the Secretary of the Treasury to promulgate regulations under section 509 that establish a new distribution requirement for Type III supporting organizations that are not “functionally integrated” (a non-functionally integrated (NFI) Type III supporting organization) to ensure that a “significant amount” is paid to supported organizations (for this purpose the term “functionally integrated” means a Type III supporting organization that is not required under Treasury regulations to make payments to supported organizations, because the supporting organization engages in activities that relate to performing the functions of, or carrying out the purposes of, its supported organization(s));
(3) Required a Type III supporting organization to provide annually to each of its supported organizations the information required by the Treasury Department and the IRS to ensure that the supporting organization is responsive to the needs or demands of its supported organization(s);
(4) Prohibited a Type III supporting organization from supporting any supported organization not organized in the United States; and
(5) Prohibited a Type I or Type III supporting organization from accepting a gift or contribution from a person who, alone or together with certain related persons, directly or indirectly controls the governing body of a supported organization of the Type I or Type III supporting organization.
These proposed regulations set forth additional rules on the requirements for Type III supporting organizations, including additional requirements to meet the responsiveness test for all Type III supporting organizations; additional rules regarding the qualification of an organization as a functionally integrated Type III supporting organization under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4), including provisions for supporting organizations that support governmental entities; and additional rules regarding the required annual distributions under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(5) by a NFI Type III supporting organization. The proposed regulations also define the term “control” for purposes of section 509(f)(2), which prohibits a Type I supporting organization or a Type III supporting organization from accepting contributions from persons who control the governing body of its supported organization(s).
On August 2, 2007, the Treasury Department and the IRS published in the
On September 24, 2009, the Treasury Department and the IRS published in the
On December 28, 2012, the Treasury Department and the IRS published in the
The Treasury Department and the IRS published Notice 2014-4, 2014-2 I.R.B. 274, to provide additional transition relief for any Type III supporting organization that (1) supports at least one governmental supported organization to which the supporting organization is responsive within the meaning of § 1.509(a)-4(i)(3) and (2) engages in activities for or on behalf of the governmental supported organization that perform the functions of, or carry out the purposes of, the governmental supported organization and that, but for the involvement of the supporting organization, would normally be engaged in by the governmental supported organization itself. Notice 2014-4 provides that such an organization will be treated as a functionally integrated Type III supporting organization until the earlier of the date final regulations are published under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iv) in the
On December 23, 2015, the Treasury Department and the IRS published in the
This section describes the proposed provisions and addresses comments that the Treasury Department and the IRS received in response to the 2012 TD and Notice 2014-4.
Type I and Type III supporting organizations are prohibited from accepting a gift or contribution from a person who, alone or together with certain related persons, directly or indirectly controls the governing body of a supported organization of the Type I or Type III supporting organization, or from persons related to a person possessing such control. Section 509(f)(2) and § 1.509(a)-4(f)(5). For this purpose, related persons include family members and 35-percent controlled entities within the meaning of section 4958(f). Although the 2012 TD reserved § 1.509(a)-4(f)(5)(ii), “Meaning of control,” the preamble to the 2012 TD indicated that the Treasury Department and the IRS intended to issue proposed regulations that would provide such a definition.
These proposed regulations define “control” for this purpose consistently with § 1.509(a)-4(j), which relates to control by disqualified persons for purposes of the disqualified person control test. In general, under the proposed regulations, the governing body of a supported organization is considered “controlled” by a person if that person, alone or by aggregating his or her votes or positions of authority with certain related persons, as described in section 509(f)(2)(B)(ii) and (iii), may require the governing body of the supported organization to perform any act that significantly affects its operations or may prevent the governing body of the supported organization from performing any such act.
Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(1) provides that for each taxable year, a Type III supporting organization must satisfy (i) a notification requirement, (ii) a responsiveness test, and (iii) an integral part test provided in the regulations. These proposed regulations provide additional rules regarding each of these requirements.
Section 509(f)(1)(A) provides that an organization shall not be considered a Type III supporting organization unless the organization provides to each supported organization, for each taxable year, such information as the Secretary may require to ensure that the organization is responsive to the needs or demands of the supported organizations.
To satisfy this notification requirement, § 1.509(a)-4(i)(2) requires a Type III supporting organization to provide to each of its supported organizations for each taxable year: (1) A written notice addressed to a principal officer of the supported organization describing the type and amount of all of the support it provided to the supported organization during the supporting organization's preceding taxable year; (2) a copy of the supporting organization's most recently filed Form 990, “Return of Organization Exempt from Income Tax,” or other annual information return required to be filed under section 6033; and (3) a copy of the supporting organization's governing documents, including any amendments (unless previously provided and not subsequently amended). For NFI Type III supporting organizations, the description of support in the written notice includes all of the distributions described in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(6) to the supported organization.
The proposed regulations amend § 1.509(a)-4(i)(2) to clarify that a supporting organization must deliver the required documents to each of its supported organizations by the last day of the fifth month of the taxable year after the taxable year in which the supporting organization provided the support it is reporting. This proposed change is intended to reduce confusion, but does not substantively change the due date or the content of the required notification. Date of delivery is determined applying the general principles of section 7502.
Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(3)(i) provides that a supporting organization meets the responsiveness test if it is “responsive to the needs or demands of a supported organization.” To meet this responsiveness test, an organization must satisfy: (1) A relationship test described in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(3)(ii) under which the officers, directors, or trustees of the organization have a specified relationship with the officers, directors, or trustees (and in some cases the members) of the supported organization; and (2) a significant voice test described in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(3)(iii) under which the officers, directors, or trustees of the supported organization, by reason of this relationship, have a significant voice in the investment policies of the supporting organization, the timing of grants, the manner of making grants, and the selection of grant recipients by the supporting organization, and in otherwise directing the use of the income or assets of the supporting organization. The preamble to the 2012 TD stated that, in determining the appropriate distribution amount for NFI
In response to this proposal in the preamble to the 2012 TD, one commenter stated that a supporting organization should not be required to be responsive to all of its supported organizations because the resulting administrative burden would effectively limit the total number of organizations a supporting organization could support. The commenter suggested alternatives under which a supporting organization would be responsive to only a subset of its supported organizations that would vary from year to year.
The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the distinguishing characteristic of Type III supporting organizations, and the basis for their public charity classification, is that they are responsive to and significantly involved in the operations of their publicly supported organizations.
To illustrate how concerns about potential administrative burdens may be addressed consistent with the responsiveness test, the proposed regulations include a new example. The proposed example is intended to demonstrate one way in which a Type III supporting organization that supports multiple organizations may satisfy the responsiveness test in a manner that can be cost-effective. The example shows that a supporting organization can, with respect to each of its supported organizations, meet a different subset of the required relationships with the supporting organization's officers, directors, or trustees listed in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(3)(ii). It also shows how a supporting organization can organize and hold regular meetings, provide information, and encourage communication to help ensure that the supported organizations have a significant voice in the operations of the supporting organization.
Another commenter requested additional guidance regarding the ability of trusts to satisfy the significant voice requirement of the responsiveness test. The new Example 3 provides further illustration of how Type III supporting organizations, including charitable trusts, might satisfy the significant voice requirement of the responsiveness test. The Treasury Department and the IRS note that although the examples in the regulations relating to the responsiveness test may involve a Type III supporting organization that is organized as either a corporation or a trust, the applicable law and relevant regulatory provisions, as modified by the proposed regulations, are applicable to all Type III supporting organizations in the same manner, whether organized as a corporation or a trust. The Treasury Department and the IRS anticipate that Type III supporting organizations may be able to demonstrate they satisfy the responsiveness test in a variety of ways, and that the determination will be based on all the facts and circumstances.
As a result of the proposed changes to the responsiveness test, the proposed regulations also include conforming changes to examples and other regulatory provisions.
Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(1) provides that, for each taxable year, a Type III supporting organization must satisfy the integral part test. The integral part test is satisfied under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(1)(iii) by maintaining significant involvement in the operations of one or more supported organizations and providing support on which the supported organizations are dependent. To satisfy this test, a Type III supporting organization must meet the requirements either for a functionally integrated Type III supporting organization or for an NFI Type III supporting organization, as set forth in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4) or (5), respectively.
A Type III organization is functionally integrated under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4) if (1) it engages in activities substantially all of which directly further the exempt purposes of one or more supported organizations and otherwise meets the requirements described in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of that section, (2) it is the parent of each of its supported organizations as described in paragraph (i)(4)(iii) of that section, or (3) it supports a governmental supported organization and otherwise meets the requirements of paragraph (i)(4)(iv) of that section. The direct furtherance test is not addressed by these regulations.
Under the current regulations, a supporting organization is the parent of a supported organization if the supporting organization exercises a substantial degree of direction over the policies, programs, and activities of the supported organization and a majority of the officers, directors, or trustees of the supported organization is appointed or elected, directly or indirectly, by the governing body, members of the governing body, or officers (acting in their official capacities) of the supporting organization.
As noted in the preamble to the 2009 NPRM, the classification of a parent organization as functionally integrated was intended to “apply to supporting organizations that oversee or facilitate the operation of an integrated system, such as hospital systems.” To more fully accomplish this purpose, the proposed regulations amend § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iii) to clarify that in order for a supporting organization to qualify as the parent of each of its supported organizations, the supporting organization and its supported organizations must be part of an integrated system (such as a hospital system), and the supporting organization must engage in activities typical of the parent of an integrated system. Examples of these activities include (but are not limited to) coordinating the activities of the supported organizations and engaging in overall planning, policy development, budgeting, and resource allocation for the supported organizations. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on what activities are typical of the parent of an integrated system, and whether additional
The proposed regulations retain the requirement that the governing body, members of the governing body, or officers of the supporting organization must appoint or elect a majority of the officers, directors, or trustees of the supported organization. The Treasury Department and the IRS intend, as stated in the 2009 NPRM, the use of the phrase “appointed or elected, directly or indirectly” to mean the supporting organization could qualify as a parent of a second-tier (or lower) subsidiary. Thus, for example, if the directors of supporting organization A appoint a majority of the directors of supported organization B, which in turn appoints a majority of the directors of supported organization C, the directors of supporting organization A will be treated as appointing the majority of the directors of both supported organization B and supported organization C.
The preamble to the 2012 TD stated that the Treasury Department and the IRS intended that the new definition of parent would specifically address the power to remove and replace officers, directors, or trustees of the supported organization. The Treasury Department and the IRS interpret the existing requirement under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iii) that the parent organization have the power to appoint or elect a majority of the officers, directors, or trustees of each supported organization to include the requirement that the parent organization also have the power to remove and replace such officers, directors, or trustees, or otherwise have an ongoing power to appoint or elect with reasonable frequency. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on whether § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iii) should be amended to provide further clarification on this issue.
The 2009 NPRM proposed an exception to the general rules for qualifying as a functionally integrated Type III supporting organization if the supporting organization supported only one governmental entity, which was defined as an entity the assets of which are subject to the appropriations process of a federal, state, local, or Indian tribal government. The 2009 NPRM also provided that in order to be considered functionally integrated, a substantial part of the supporting organization's total activities had to directly further the exempt purpose(s) of its supported organization, and that exempt purposes are not directly furthered by fundraising, grantmaking, or investing and managing non-exempt-use assets. The Treasury Department and IRS received multiple comments regarding this proposal. The 2012 TD stated the Treasury Department and the IRS were continuing to consider the public comments on the 2009 NPRM regarding this governmental entity exception and reserved § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iv) for future guidance on how a Type III supporting organization can qualify as functionally integrated by supporting a governmental entity.
These proposed regulations take the prior comments into consideration and provide rules to qualify as functionally integrated both for new and existing Type III supporting organizations that support governmental supported organizations. These proposed rules also define the term “governmental supported organization.”
One commenter stated that the definition of a governmental supported organization in the 2009 NPRM was too complicated and difficult to understand and administer. This commenter proposed using the existing definition of a governmental unit in section 170(b)(1)(A)(v) and (c)(1).
The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with the commenter that for simplicity and administrability the term “governmental supported organization” should be defined by using an existing Code definition of a governmental unit. The proposed regulations define a governmental supported organization as a governmental unit described in section 170(c)(1), or an organization described in section 170(c)(2) and (b)(1)(A) (other than in clauses (vii) and (viii)) that is an instrumentality of one or more governmental units described in section 170(c)(1). The Treasury Department and the IRS further note that a governmental unit described in section 170(c)(1) includes all of the agencies, departments, and divisions of the governmental unit, and all such agencies, departments, and divisions will be treated as one governmental supported organization for purposes of § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iv). The Treasury Department and the IRS specifically request comments on the proposed definition of governmental supported organization.
Two commenters said that the 2009 NPRM's limit of only one governmental supported organization was too strict and instead recommended allowing a supporting organization to qualify for this exception if it supports at least one governmental supported organization, as Notice 2014-4 provides. One commenter noted that the 2009 NPRM's limit of only one governmental supported organization would adversely affect existing supporting organizations that support an additional supported organization that is not itself a governmental entity, but that has a substantial operational connection with the governmental supported organization. Another commenter said that the test in Notice 2014-4 was not sufficient because it did not cover activities, such as fundraising and grant making, that the governmental supported organization could not otherwise perform.
In response to these comments, the Treasury Department and the IRS propose a new test for Type III supporting organizations that support only governmental supported organizations to qualify as functionally integrated. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree it would be appropriate to treat a Type III supporting organization that supports two or more governmental supported organizations as functionally integrated, provided that the governmental supported organizations are themselves connected geographically or operationally, which will help ensure that the supported organizations provide sufficient input to and oversight of the supporting organization. Thus, the proposed regulations provide that a supporting organization that supports more than one governmental supported organization may be considered functionally integrated if all of its governmental supported organizations either: (1) Operate within the same geographic region (defined as a city, county, or metropolitan area); or (2) work in close coordination or collaboration with one another to conduct a service, program, or activity that the supporting organization supports. To satisfy the close cooperation or coordination requirement, the proposed regulations require a supporting organization to maintain on file a letter from each of the governmental supported organizations (or a joint letter from all of them) describing their collaborative or cooperative efforts with respect to the particular service, program, or activity. In addition, the proposed regulations incorporate the 2009 NPRM proposed requirement that a substantial part of the supporting organization's total activities must directly further the exempt purposes of its governmental supported organization(s). The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that using a substantial part requirement, instead of the substantially all requirement in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iv)(A), is appropriate when supporting
Two commenters stated that activities such as fundraising, grant-making, and managing non-exempt-use assets should be considered activities that directly further the exempt purposes of a governmental supported organization. The Treasury Department and the IRS note that the integral part test's definition of “directly further” in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(ii)(C) generally excludes fundraising, making grants, and investing and managing non-exempt-use assets. The Treasury Department and the IRS excluded these items because they determined that a Type III supporting organization should qualify as functionally integrated only if the supporting organization itself conducts activities that perform the functions of or carry out the purposes of the supported organization (as distinguished from providing financial support for the activities carried out by the supported organization). The Treasury Department and the IRS do not believe a different definition of “directly further” should apply to supporting organizations that support governmental supported organizations. Accordingly, the proposed regulations do not adopt this comment. However, under the proposed rules, these types of organizations would be considered functionally integrated if a substantial part, but not substantially all, of their total activities directly further the exempt purposes of their governmental supported organization(s). Accordingly, these proposed regulations allow these organizations to conduct more fundraising and other financial activities, if certain requirements are met, than is permitted under the substantially all test of § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(ii).
In response to comments, the proposed regulations also provide a special rule for existing Type III supporting organizations, provided that they support no more than one additional supported organization that is not a governmental supported organization. A Type III supporting organization in existence on or before February 19, 2016 is treated as functionally integrated if: (1) It supports one or more governmental supported organizations and no more than one supported organization that is not a governmental supported organization; (2) it designated each of its supported organizations as provided in § 1.509(a)-4(d)(4) on or before February 19, 2016; and (3) a substantial part of its total activities directly furthers the exempt purposes of its governmental supported organization(s).
The proposed regulations also further extend the transition relief provided in Notice 2014-4 and extended by the 2015 TD. Under the proposed regulations, a Type III supporting organization in existence on or before February 19, 2016 that continues to meet the requirements of Notice 2014-4 is treated as functionally integrated until the earlier of the first day of the organization's first taxable year beginning after the date final regulations under § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iv) are published or the first day of the organization's second taxable year beginning after February 19, 2016.
Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(5) generally provides that an NFI Type III supporting organization meets the integral part test if it satisfies the distribution requirement of paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of that section and the attentiveness requirement of paragraph (i)(5)(iii) of that section. Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(5)(ii) provides that, with respect to each taxable year, a supporting organization must distribute to or for the use of one or more supported organizations an amount equaling or exceeding its “distributable amount”. Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(6) provides the amount of a distribution made to a supported organization is the amount of cash or the fair market value of the property distributed.
For clarity and consistency, the proposed regulations revise § 1.509(a)-4(i)(5)(ii) to state that a supporting organization must make distributions as described in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(6) to satisfy the distribution requirement, and revise section 1.509(a)-4(i)(6) to describe in detail what distributions count towards the distribution requirement.
Section 1.509(a)-4(i)(5)(ii)(B) provides that the distributable amount is equal to the greater of 85 percent of an organization's adjusted net income for the immediately preceding taxable year (as determined by applying the principles of section 4942(f) and § 53.4942(a)-2(d)) or its minimum asset amount for the immediately preceding taxable year, reduced by the amount of taxes imposed on the supporting organization under subtitle A of the Code during the immediately preceding taxable year.
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that, because the taxes under subtitle A of the Code are imposed on a supporting organization's unrelated business taxable income (pursuant to section 511) and the activity that produces the unrelated business taxable income does not further the supported organization's exempt purposes, these taxes should not be treated as an amount distributed to a supported organization. Therefore, the proposed regulations remove the provision in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(5)(ii)(B) that reduces the distributable amount by the amount of taxes subtitle A of the Code imposed on a supporting organization during the immediately preceding taxable year.
As noted above, § 1.509(a)-4(i)(6) provides details on the distributions by a supporting organization that count toward satisfying the distribution requirement imposed in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(5)(ii). The current regulations provide that distributions include but are not limited to: (1) Any amount paid to a supported organization to accomplish the supported organization's exempt purposes; (2) any amount paid by the supporting organization to perform an activity that directly furthers the exempt purposes of the supported organization within the meaning of § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(ii), but only to the extent such amount exceeds any income derived by the supporting organization from the activity; (3) any reasonable and necessary administrative expenses paid to accomplish the exempt purposes of the supported organization(s), which do not include expenses incurred in the production of investment income; (4) any amount paid to acquire an exempt-use asset described in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(8)(ii); and (5) any amount set aside for a specific project that accomplishes the exempt purposes of a supported organization to which the supporting organization is responsive.
The preamble to the 2012 TD stated that the list in § 1.509(a)-4(i)(6) is not exhaustive and other distributions may count toward the distribution requirement. The preamble further stated the Treasury Department and the IRS intended to propose regulations that more fully describe the expenditures (including expenditures for administrative and additional charitable activities) that do and do not count toward the distribution requirement.
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that the non-exclusive list in the current regulations creates uncertainty
The 2012 TD clarified that reasonable and necessary administrative expenses paid to accomplish the exempt purposes of supported organizations, and not expenses incurred in the production of investment income, count toward the distribution requirement. For example, if a supporting organization conducts exempt activities that are for the benefit of, perform the functions of, or carry out the purposes of its supported organization(s) and also conducts nonexempt activities (such as investment activities or unrelated business activities), then the supporting organization's administrative expenses (such as salaries, rent, utilities and other overhead expenses) must be allocated between the exempt and nonexempt activities on a reasonable and consistently-applied basis. The administrative expenses attributable to the exempt activities are treated as distributions to its supported organization(s) if such expenses are reasonable and necessary. The administrative expenses and operating costs attributable to the nonexempt activities are not treated as distributions to the supported organization(s). The proposed regulations retain this provision, but also provide additional guidance on fundraising expenses.
The 2012 TD did not specifically address whether fundraising expenses count toward the distribution requirement. The proposed regulations specify that reasonable and necessary administrative expenses paid to accomplish the exempt purposes of a supported organization generally do not include fundraising expenses the supporting organization incurs. However, under the proposed regulations, reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the supporting organization to solicit contributions that a supported organization receives directly from donors count toward the distribution requirement, but only to the extent that the amount of such expenses does not exceed the amount of contributions actually received by the supported organization as a result of the solicitation activities of the supporting organization. The Treasury Department and the IRS believe this rule would provide greater consistency with the treatment of contributions that supporting organizations receive directly and then distribute to their supported organizations (net of the supporting organizations' solicitation expenses). To ensure that a supporting organization has the information it needs to calculate the allowable expenses, the proposed regulations require the supporting organization to obtain written substantiation from the supported organization of the amount of contributions the supported organization actually received as a result of the supporting organization's solicitations.
One commenter requested that program related investments (PRIs) count toward the distribution requirement. The preamble to the 2012 TD stated the 2012 final and temporary regulations did not specifically address whether or not PRIs may count toward the distribution requirement or are excluded in calculating a supporting organization's distributable amount for a taxable year. The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that private foundations may use PRIs in a variety of ways to accomplish their exempt purposes and that PRIs thus are treated as qualifying distributions under section 4942. However, because supporting organizations must be operated exclusively for the benefit of, to perform the functions of, or to carry out the purposes of their supported organizations, they differ from private foundations. For purposes of meeting the integral part test, the Treasury Department and the IRS do not believe that PRIs should be treated as distributions to supported organizations. The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that other provisions relating to the distribution requirement, such as the availability of set asides and the potential for carry-forwards of excess distributions, provide significant flexibility for supporting organizations to meet the current and future needs of their supported organizations. For these reasons, the proposed regulations do not adopt this comment.
These regulations are proposed to be effective on the date the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final or temporary regulations is published in the
The IRS Notice 2014-4 cited in this preamble is published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and is available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting the IRS Web site at
Certain IRS regulations, including this one, are exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory impact assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations.
In connection with the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6), it is hereby certified that the collection of information contained in the proposed regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This certification is based on the fact that the proposed regulations will not impact a substantial number of small entities.
Based on IRS Statistics of Income data for 2013, there are 1,052,495 active nonprofit charitable organizations recognized by the IRS under section 501(c)(3), of which only 7,872 organizations self-identified as Type III supporting organizations. The universe of organizations that would be affected by the collection of information under proposed § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iii) and § 1.509(a)-4(i)(6)(iii) is a subset of all Type III supporting organizations. Thus, the number of organizations that would be affected by the collection of information under proposed § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iii) and (i)(6)(iii), which is expected to be significantly less than 7,872, would not be substantial. Moreover, the time to complete the recordkeeping requirements is expected to be no more than 2 hours for each organization, which would not have a significant economic impact. Therefore, the collection of information under proposed § 1.509(a)-4(i)(4)(iii) and (i)(6)(iii) would not have a significant economic impact.
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, this regulation has been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business.
Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any electronic comments or written comments (a signed original and eight (8) copies) that are submitted timely to the IRS. The Treasury Department and
The principal authors of these regulations are Jonathan Carter and Mike Repass, Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Tax-Exempt and Government Entities). However, other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated in their development.
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(f) * * *
(5) * * *
(ii)
(i) * * *
(2) * * * (i)
(A) A written notice addressed to a principal officer of the supported organization describing the type and amount of all of the support (including all of the distributions described in paragraph (i)(6) of this section if applicable) the supporting organization provided to the supported organization during the supporting organization's taxable year immediately preceding the Reporting Year (and during any other taxable year of the supporting organization ending after December 28, 2012, for which such support information has not previously been provided);
(iii)
(3) * * * (i)
(iv) * * *
Z is described in section 501(c)(3). Z's organizational documents provide that it supports ten different organizations, each of which is described in section 509(a)(1). One of the directors of S (one of the supported organizations) is a voting member of Z's board of directors and participates in Z's regular board meetings. Officers of Z hold regular face-to-face or telephonic meetings during the year to which officers of all the supported organizations are invited. Z's meetings with the supported organizations may be held jointly or separately. Prior to the meetings, Z makes available to the supported organizations (including by email) up-to-date information about its activities including its assets and liabilities, receipts and distributions, and investment policies and returns. In the meetings, officers of each of the supported organizations have an opportunity to ask questions and discuss with officers of Z the projected needs of their organizations, as well as Z's investment and grant making policies and practices. In addition to holding these meetings with the supported organizations, Z provides the contact information of one of its officers to each of the supported organizations and encourages them to contact that officer if they have questions, or if they wish to schedule additional meetings to discuss the projected needs of their organization and how Z should distribute its income and invest its assets. Z provides the information required under paragraph (i)(2) of this section and a copy of its annual audited financial statements to the principal officers of the supported organizations. Z meets the relationship test of paragraph (i)(3)(ii)(B) or (C) of this section with respect to each of its supported organizations. Based on these facts, Z also satisfies the significant voice requirement of paragraph (i)(3)(iii) of this section, and therefore meets the responsiveness test of this paragraph (i)(3) with respect to each of its ten supported organizations.
(4) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) * * *
(
(B)
(iii)
(iv)
(
(
(
(
(B)
(
(
(C)
(D)
(E)
(
(
(
(F)
(
(
(5) * * *
(ii) * * * (A)
(B)
(iii) * * * (A)
(D) * * *
(6)
(iii) Any reasonable and necessary—
(A) Administrative expenses paid to accomplish the exempt purposes of the supported organization, which do not include expenses incurred in the production of investment income or the conduct of fundraising activities, except as provided in paragraph (i)(6)(iii)(B) of this section; and
(B) Expenses incurred to solicit contributions that are received directly by a supported organization, but only to the extent the amount of such expenses does not exceed the amount of contributions actually received by the supported organization as a result of the solicitation, as substantiated in writing by the supported organization;
(v) Any amount set aside for a specific project that accomplishes the exempt purposes of a supported organization, with such set-aside counting toward the distribution requirement for the taxable year in which the amount is set aside but not in the year in which it is actually paid, if at the time of the set-aside, the supporting organization—
(l)
(i) Paragraphs (i)(4)(ii)(C), (i)(5)(ii)(C) and (D), (i)(6)(iv), (i)(7)(ii), and (i)(8) of this section are applicable on December 21, 2015; and
(ii) Paragraphs (f)(5)(ii), (i)(2)(i) and (iii), (i)(3)(i), (i)(4)(ii)(A)(1), (i)(4)(ii)(B), (i)(4)(iii) and (iv), (i)(5)(ii)(A) and (B), (i)(5)(iii)(A), (i)(6)(i), (iii) and (v) of this section,
(2) See paragraphs (i)(5)(ii)(B) and (C) and (i)(8) of § 1.509(a)-4T contained in 26 CFR part 1, revised as of April 1, 2015, for certain rules regarding non-functionally integrated Type III supporting organizations effective before December 21, 2015. See paragraphs (i)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) and (i)(5)(iii)(D) of § 1.509(a)-4 (as effective December 21, 2015), for certain rules regarding non-functionally integrated Type III supporting organizations effective before the date the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final or temporary regulations is published in the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve most elements of the five State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submittals from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico to demonstrate that the State meets the requirements of section 110(a)(1) and (2) of the Clean Air Act (CAA) for the 1997 and 2008 ozone, 1997 and 2006 fine particulate matter (PM
Written comments must be received on or before March 21, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID Number EPA-R02-OAR-2016-0060 at
Raymond K. Forde, Air Programs Branch, Environmental Protection Agency, 290 Broadway, 25th Floor, New York, New York 10007-1866, (212) 637-3716, or by email at
The
On July 18, 1997, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) promulgated a revised national ambient air quality standard (NAAQS or standards) for ozone (62 FR 38856) and a new NAAQS for fine particle matter (PM
On October 17, 2006 (71 FR 61144), effective December 18, 2006, EPA revised the 24-hour average PM
On March 27, 2008 (73 FR 16436) EPA strengthened its NAAQS for ground-level ozone, revising the 8-hour primary ozone standard to 0.075 ppm. EPA also strengthened the secondary 8-hour ozone standard to the level of 0.075 ppm making it identical to the revised primary standard.
On November 12, 2008 (73 FR 66964), EPA promulgated a revised NAAQS for lead. The Agency revised the level of the primary lead standard from 1.5 µg/m
Pursuant to section 110(a)(1) of the CAA, states are required to submit SIPs meeting the applicable requirements of section 110(a)(2) within three years after promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS or within such shorter period as EPA may prescribe. Section 110(a)(2) requires states to address basic SIP elements such as requirements for monitoring, basic program requirements, and legal authority that are designed to assure attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS. Section 110(a) imposes the obligation upon states to make a SIP submission to EPA for a new or revised NAAQS, but the contents of that submission may vary depending upon the facts and circumstances. In particular, the data and analytical tools available at the time the state develops and submits the SIP for a new or revised NAAQS affects the content of the submission. The content of such SIP submission may also vary depending upon what provisions the state's existing SIP already contains.
More specifically, section 110(a)(1) provides the procedural and timing requirements for SIPs. Section 110(a)(2) lists specific elements that states must meet for “infrastructure” SIP requirements related to a newly established or revised NAAQS. As mentioned earlier, these requirements include basic SIP elements such as requirements for monitoring, basic program requirements, and legal authority that are designed to assure attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS.
The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico through the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico Environmental Quality Board (PREQB) submitted five revisions to its SIP to satisfy the requirements of section 110(a)(2) of the CAA for the five different NAAQS. On November 29, 2006, PREQB submitted SIP revisions addressing the infrastructure requirements for the 1997 ozone and PM
EPA is acting upon Puerto Rico's SIP submissions that address the infrastructure requirements of section 110(a)(1) and (2) of the CAA for the 1997 and 2008 ozone, 1997 and 2006 PM
EPA has historically referred to these SIP submissions made for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of section 110(a)(1) and (2) as “infrastructure SIP” submissions. Although the term “infrastructure SIP” does not appear in the CAA, EPA uses the term to distinguish this particular type of SIP submission from submissions that are intended to satisfy other SIP requirements under the CAA, such as “nonattainment SIP” or “attainment plan SIP” submissions to address the nonattainment planning requirements of part D of Title I of the CAA, “regional haze SIP” submissions required by EPA rule to address the visibility protection requirements of section 169A of the CAA, and nonattainment new source review permit program submissions to address the permit requirements of CAA, Title I, part D.
Section 110(a)(1) addresses the timing and general requirements for infrastructure SIP submissions and section 110(a)(2) provides more details concerning the required contents of these submissions. The list of required elements provided in section 110(a)(2) contains a wide variety of disparate provisions, some of which pertain to required legal authority, some of which pertain to required substantive program provisions, and some of which pertain to requirements for both authority and substantive program provisions.
The following examples of ambiguities illustrate the need for EPA to interpret some section 110(a)(1) and section 110(a)(2) requirements with respect to infrastructure SIP submissions for a given new or revised NAAQS. One example of ambiguity is that section 110(a)(2) requires that “each” SIP submission must meet the list of requirements therein, while EPA has long noted that this literal reading of the statute is internally inconsistent and would create a conflict with the nonattainment provisions in part D of Title I of the CAA, which specifically address nonattainment SIP
Another example of ambiguity within section 110(a)(1) and (2) with respect to infrastructure SIPs pertains to whether states must meet all of the infrastructure SIP requirements in a single SIP submission, and whether EPA must act upon such SIP submission in a single action. Although section 110(a)(1) directs states to submit “a plan” to meet these requirements, EPA interprets the CAA to allow states to make multiple SIP submissions separately addressing infrastructure SIP elements for the same NAAQS. If states elect to make such multiple SIP submissions to meet the infrastructure SIP requirements, EPA can elect to act on such submissions either individually or in a larger combined action.
Ambiguities within section 110(a)(1) and (2) may also arise with respect to infrastructure SIP submission requirements for different NAAQS. Thus, EPA notes that not every element of section 110(a)(2) would be relevant, or as relevant, or relevant in the same way, for each new or revised NAAQS. The states' attendant infrastructure SIP submissions for each NAAQS therefore could be different. For example, the monitoring requirements that a state might need to meet in its infrastructure SIP submission for purposes of section 110(a)(2)(B) could be very different for different pollutants, because the content and scope of a state's infrastructure SIP submission to meet this element might be very different for an entirely new NAAQS than for a minor revision to an existing NAAQS.
EPA notes that interpretation of section 110(a)(2) is also necessary when EPA reviews other types of SIP submissions required under the CAA. Therefore, as with infrastructure SIP submissions, EPA also has to identify and interpret the relevant elements of section 110(a)(2) that logically apply to these other types of SIP submissions. For example, section 172(c)(7) requires attainment plan SIP submissions required by part D to meet the “applicable requirements” of section 110(a)(2); thus, attainment plan SIP submissions must meet the requirements of section 110(a)(2)(A) regarding enforceable emission limits and control measures and section 110(a)(2)(E)(i) regarding air agency resources and authority. By contrast, it is clear that attainment plan SIP submissions required by part D would not need to meet the portion of section 110(a)(2)(C) that pertains to the PSD program required in part C of Title I of the CAA, because PSD does not apply to a pollutant for which an area is designated nonattainment and thus subject to part D planning requirements. As this example illustrates, each type of SIP submission may implicate some elements of section 110(a)(2) but not others.
Given the potential for ambiguity in some of the statutory language of section 110(a)(1) and section 110(a)(2), EPA believes that it is appropriate to interpret the ambiguous portions of section 110(a)(1) and section 110(a)(2) in the context of acting on a particular SIP submission. In other words, EPA assumes that Congress could not have intended that each and every SIP submission, regardless of the NAAQS in question or the history of SIP development for the relevant pollutant, would meet each of the requirements, or meet each of them in the same way. Therefore, EPA has adopted an approach under which it reviews infrastructure SIP submissions against the list of elements in section 110(a)(2), but only to the extent each element applies for that particular NAAQS.
Historically, EPA has elected to use guidance documents to make recommendations to states for infrastructure SIPs, in some cases conveying needed interpretations on newly arising issues and in some cases conveying interpretations that have already been developed and applied to individual SIP submissions for particular elements.
As an example, section 110(a)(2)(E)(ii) is a required element of section 110(a)(2) for infrastructure SIP submissions. Under this element, a state must meet the substantive requirements of section 128, which pertain to state boards that approve permits or enforcement orders and heads of executive agencies with similar powers. Thus, EPA reviews infrastructure SIP submissions to ensure that the state's SIP appropriately addresses the requirements of section 110(a)(2)(E)(ii) and section 128. The 2013 Guidance explains EPA's interpretation that there may be a variety of ways by which states can appropriately address these substantive statutory requirements, depending on the structure of an individual state's permitting or enforcement program (
As another example, EPA's review of infrastructure SIP submissions with respect to the PSD program requirements in section 110(a)(2)(C), (D)(i)(II), and (J) focuses upon the structural PSD program requirements contained in part C and EPA's PSD regulations. Structural PSD program requirements include provisions necessary for the PSD program to address all regulated sources and NSR pollutants, including Green House Gases (GHGs). By contrast, structural PSD program requirements do not include provisions that are not required under EPA's regulations at 40 CFR 51.166 but are merely available as an option for the state, such as the option to provide grandfathering of complete permit applications with respect to the PM
For other section 110(a)(2) elements, however, EPA's review of a state's infrastructure SIP submission focuses on assuring that the state's SIP meets basic structural requirements. For example, section 110(a)(2)(C) includes,
With respect to certain other issues, EPA does not believe that an action on a state's infrastructure SIP submission is necessarily the appropriate type of action in which to address possible deficiencies in a state's existing SIP. These issues include: (i) Existing provisions related to excess emissions from sources during periods of startup, shutdown, or malfunction (SSM) that may be contrary to the CAA and EPA's policies addressing such excess emissions; (ii) existing provisions related to “director's variance” or “director's discretion” that may be contrary to the CAA because they purport to allow revisions to SIP-approved emissions limits while limiting public process or not requiring further approval by EPA; and (iii) existing provisions for PSD programs that may be inconsistent with current requirements of EPA's “Final NSR Improvement Rule,” 67 FR 80186 (December 31, 2002), as amended by 72 FR 32526 (June 13, 2007) (NSR Reform). Thus, EPA believes it may approve an infrastructure SIP submission without scrutinizing the totality of the existing SIP for such potentially deficient provisions and may approve the submission even if it is aware of such existing provisions.
EPA's approach to review of infrastructure SIP submissions is to identify the CAA requirements that are logically applicable to that submission. EPA believes that this approach to the review of a particular infrastructure SIP submission is appropriate, because it would not be reasonable to read the general requirements of section 110(a)(1) and the list of elements in section 110(a)(2) as requiring review of each and every provision of a state's existing SIP against all requirements in the CAA and EPA regulations merely for purposes of assuring that the state in question has the basic structural elements for a functioning SIP for a new or revised NAAQS. Because SIPs have grown by accretion over the decades as statutory and regulatory requirements under the CAA have evolved, they may include some outmoded provisions and historical artifacts. These provisions, while not fully up to date, nevertheless may not pose a significant problem for the purposes of “implementation, maintenance, and enforcement” of a new or revised NAAQS when EPA evaluates adequacy of the infrastructure SIP submission. EPA believes that a better approach is for states and EPA to focus attention on those elements of section 110(a)(2) of the CAA most likely to warrant a specific SIP revision due to the promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS or other factors.
For example, EPA's 2013 Guidance gives simpler recommendations with respect to carbon monoxide than other NAAQS pollutants to meet the visibility requirements of section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II), because carbon monoxide does not affect visibility. As a result, an infrastructure SIP submission for any future new or revised NAAQS for carbon monoxide need only state this fact in order to address the visibility prong of section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II).
Finally, EPA believes that its approach with respect to infrastructure SIP requirements is based on a reasonable reading of section 110(a)(1) and (2) because the CAA provides other
Section 110(k)(6) authorizes EPA to correct errors in past actions, such as past approvals of SIP submissions.
In this rulemaking action, EPA is proposing approval of Puerto Rico's infrastructure SIP submittals for the 1997 and 2008 ozone, 1997 and 2006 PM
On February 1, 2016, PREQB submitted rules from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico Statutes, “Environmental Public Policy Act,” Act No. 416 (2004, as amended), Section 7.A, and Section 7.D and “Puerto Rico Government Ethics Law,” Act. No 1 (approved January 3, 2012), Section 5, for incorporation into the SIP to address the requirements of Sections 110(a)(2)(E)(ii) and 128 of the CAA. Among other things, these collective provisions prohibit members of the Commonwealth's Environmental Quality Board from having any “conflicts of interests that might interfere with the discharge their offices,” and require disclosure of potential conflicts of interest. EPA is proposing to approve these submissions, which are intended to apply to any person subject to CAA 128, for inclusion into the SIP as meeting CAA obligations under section 110(a)(2)(E)(ii) for the 1997 ozone, 1997 PM
EPA Region 2 is the permitting authority for Puerto Rico's PSD Major Source Program. The sources affected by PSD Program are subject to the Federal Implementation Plan PSD control requirements in 40 CFR Sections 52.21. Puerto Rico does not have its own state adopted PSD program, its infrastructure submission is not approvable with respect to this element. Therefore, EPA is disapproving the following infrastructure SIP elements as they relate to the PSD program for lack of a State adopted PSD rule to satisfy section 110(a)(2) for the 1997 and 2008 ozone, 1997 and 2006 PM
Section 110(a)(2)(J) requires SIPs to meet applicable requirements of part C of the CAA related to visibility. Puerto Rico's submittal does not address the visibility portion of J, including submission of any visibility measures under this sub-element. As indicated in EPA's September 2013 Infrastructure Guidance, although states are subject to visibility and regional haze program requirements under part C, the visibility and regional haze program requirements under part C do not change due to promulgation of, or revision to, a NAAQS. The SIP is not required to be revised with respect to visibility protection since there are no new visibility obligations. Accordingly, air agencies do not need to address the visibility sub-element of section 110(a)(2)(J) in infrastructure SIP submissions. Since Puerto Rico did not make a submission addressing the visibility portion of (J), action on this sub-element is not applicable.
EPA is not acting on section 110(a)(2)(I), plan revisions for nonattainment areas. Specific SIP submissions for nonattainment areas, as required under CAA title I part D, are subject to a different submission schedule
A detailed analysis of EPA's review and rationale for proposing to approve and disapprove elements of the infrastructure SIP submittals as addressing these CAA requirements may be found in the Technical Support Document (TSD) for this proposed rulemaking action which is available on line at
EPA is soliciting public comments on the issues discussed in this document. These comments will be considered before taking final action.
EPA is proposing to approve Puerto Rico's infrastructure submittals dated November 29, 2006, January 22 and 31, 2013, April 16, 2005 and February 1, 2016, for the 1997 and 2008 ozone, 1997 and 2006 PM
EPA is proposing to incorporate the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico's “Environmental Public Policy Act”, Act No. 416 (2004, as amended), Section 7.A, and Section 7.D and the “Puerto Rico Government Ethics Law,” Act. No. 1 (approved January 3, 2012), Section 5,
EPA is disapproving the following infrastructure SIP requirements as they relate to the PSD program for lack of a State adopted PSD rule to satisfy section 110(a)(2) for the 1997 and 2008 ozone NAAQS, 1997 and 2006 PM
In this rule, EPA is proposing to include in a final EPA rule regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is proposing to incorporate by reference Puerto Rico's “Environmental Public Policy Act,” Act No. 416 (2004, as amended), Section 7.A, and Section 7.D and “Puerto Rico Government Ethics Law,” Act. No. 1 (approved January 3, 2012), Section 5. These provisions are intended to apply to any person subject to CAA Section 128. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, these documents generally available electronically through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely proposes to approve state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this proposed action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this proposed rulemaking action, pertaining to Puerto Rico's section 110(a)(2) infrastructure requirements for the 1997 and 2008 ozone NAAQS, 1997 and 2006 PM
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Nitrogen dioxide, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve some elements of a state implementation plan (SIP) submission from Wisconsin regarding the infrastructure requirements of section 110 of the Clean Air Act (CAA) for the 2012 fine particulate matter (PM
Comments must be received on or before March 21, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2015-0529 at
Jenny Liljegren, Physical Scientist, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-6832,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
This rulemaking addresses a submission from the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR). The state submitted its infrastructure SIP for the 2012PM
Under section 110(a)(1) and (2) of the CAA, states are required to submit infrastructure SIPs to ensure that their SIPs provide for implementation, maintenance and enforcement of the NAAQS, including the 2012 PM
EPA highlighted this statutory requirement in an October 2, 2007, guidance document entitled “Guidance on SIP Elements Required Under Sections 110(a)(1) and (2) for the 1997 8-hour Ozone and PM
EPA is acting upon the SIP submission from Wisconsin that addresses the infrastructure requirements of CAA section 110(a)(1) and (2) for the 2012 PM
EPA has historically referred to these SIP submissions made for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of CAA section 110(a)(1) and (2) as “infrastructure SIP” submissions. Although the term “infrastructure SIP” does not appear in the CAA, EPA uses the term to distinguish this particular type of SIP submission from submissions that are intended to satisfy other SIP requirements under the CAA, such as SIP submissions that address the nonattainment planning requirements of part D and the Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) requirements of part C of title I of the CAA, and “regional haze SIP” submissions required to address the visibility protection requirements of CAA section 169A.
This rulemaking will not cover three substantive areas that are not integral to acting on a state's infrastructure SIP submissions: (i) Existing provisions related to excess emissions during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction (”SSM”) at sources, that may be contrary to the CAA and EPA's policies addressing such excess emissions; (ii) existing provisions related to “director's variance” or “director's discretion” that purport to permit revisions to SIP-approved emissions limits with limited public notice or without requiring further approval by EPA, that may be contrary to the CAA; and, (iii) existing provisions for PSD programs that may be inconsistent with current requirements of EPA's “Final NSR Improvement Rule,” 67 FR 80186 (December 31, 2002), as amended by 72 FR 32526 (June 13, 2007) (“NSR Reform”). Instead, EPA has the authority to address each one of these substantive areas in separate rulemakings. A detailed history, interpretation, and rationale as they relate to infrastructure SIP requirements can be found in EPA's May 13, 2014, proposed rule entitled, “Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, Wisconsin; Infrastructure SIP Requirements for the 2008 Lead NAAQS” in the section, “What is the scope of this rulemaking?” (
EPA's guidance for this infrastructure SIP submission is embodied in the 2007 Guidance referenced previously. Specifically, attachment A of the 2007 Guidance (Required Section 110 SIP Elements) identifies the statutory elements that states need to submit in order to satisfy the requirements for an infrastructure SIP submission. As discussed, EPA issued additional guidance, the most recent being the 2013 Guidance that further clarifies aspects of infrastructure SIPs that are not NAAQS specific.
Pursuant to section 110(a), states must provide reasonable notice and opportunity for public hearing for all infrastructure SIP submissions. WDNR provided notice of a public comment period on May 19, 2015, held a public hearing at WDNR state Headquarters on June 17, 2015, and closed the public comment period on June 19, 2015. No comments were received during the WDNR's public comment period.
Wisconsin provided a detailed synopsis of how various components of its SIP meet each of the applicable requirements in section 110(a)(2) for the 2012 PM
This section requires SIPs to include enforceable emission limits and other control measures, means or techniques, as well as schedules and timetables for compliance, and other related matters. However, EPA has long interpreted emission limits and control measures
Under Wisconsin Statutes (
Specifically, authority for WNDR to create new rules and regulations is found in
The 2013 Guidance states that to satisfy section 110(a)(2)(A) requirements, “an air agency's submission should identify existing EPA-approved SIP provisions or new SIP provisions that the air agency has adopted and submitted for EPA approval that limit emissions of pollutants relevant to the subject NAAQS, including precursors of the relevant NAAQS pollutant where applicable.” The following current Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapters Natural Resources (NR) contain existing emission limits and control requirements that apply to particulate emissions:
On January 1, 2015, EPA began implementing the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR). Wisconsin is subject to CSAPR's requirements regarding annual oxides of nitrogen (NO
In this rulemaking, EPA is not proposing to approve any new provisions in NR 415 or NR 431 that have not been previously approved by EPA. EPA is also not proposing to approve or disapprove any existing state provisions or rules related to start-up, shutdown or malfunction or director's discretion in the context of section 110(a)(2)(A). EPA proposes that Wisconsin has met the infrastructure SIP requirements of section 110(a)(2)(A) with respect to the 2012 PM
This section requires SIPs to include provisions to provide for establishing and operating ambient air quality monitors, collecting and analyzing ambient air quality data, and making these data available to EPA upon request. This review of the annual monitoring plan includes EPA's determination that the state: (i) Monitors air quality at appropriate locations throughout the state using EPA-approved Federal Reference Methods or Federal Equivalent Method monitors; (ii) submits data to EPA's Air Quality System (AQS) in a timely manner; and, (iii) provides EPA Regional Offices with prior notification of any planned changes to monitoring sites or the network plan.
WDNR continues to operate an extensive air monitoring network, which is used to determine compliance with the NAAQS. Furthermore, WDNR submits yearly monitoring network plans to EPA, and EPA approved WDNR's Annual Air Monitoring Network Plan on October 31, 2014. Monitoring data from WDNR are entered into EPA's AQS in a timely manner, and the state provides EPA with prior notification when changes to its monitoring network or plan are being considered. EPA proposes that Wisconsin has met the infrastructure SIP requirements of section 110(a)(2)(B) with respect to the 2012 PM
This section requires each state to provide a program for enforcement of control measures. Section 110(a)(2)(C) also includes various requirements relating to PSD.
1. Program for enforcement of control measures.
States are required to include a program providing for enforcement of all SIP measures and the regulation of construction of new or modified stationary sources to meet new source review (NSR) requirements under PSD and nonattainment new source review (NNSR) programs. Part C of the CAA (sections 160-169B) addresses PSD, while part D of the CAA (sections 171-193) addresses NNSR requirements.
WDNR maintains an enforcement program to ensure compliance with SIP requirements. The Bureau of Air Management houses an active statewide compliance and enforcement team that works in all geographic regions of the state. WDNR refers actions as necessary to the Wisconsin Department of Justice with the involvement of WDNR. Under
2. PSD.
Section 110(a)(2)(C) includes various PSD requirements: identification of NO
Section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires SIPs to include provisions prohibiting any source or other type of emissions activity in one state from contributing significantly to nonattainment, or interfering with maintenance, of the NAAQS in another state. Section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II) requires SIPs to include provisions prohibiting any source or other type of emissions activity in one state from interfering with measures required to prevent significant deterioration of air quality or to protect visibility in another state.
1. Interstate transport—significant contribution.
In this rulemaking, EPA is not evaluating section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) requirements relating to significant contribution to transport for the 2012 PM
2. Interstate transport—interfere with maintenance.
In this rulemaking, EPA is not evaluating section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) requirements relating to interference with maintenance for the 2012 PM
3. Interstate transport—prevention of significant deterioration.
Section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II) requires SIPs to include provisions prohibiting interference with PSD. In this rulemaking, we are not taking action on the state's satisfaction of PSD requirements. Instead, EPA will evaluate Wisconsin's compliance with PSD requirements in separate rulemakings.
4. Interstate transport—protect visibility.
With regard to the applicable requirements for visibility protection of section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II), states are subject to visibility and regional haze program requirements under part C of the CAA (which includes sections 169A and 169B). The 2013 Guidance states that these requirements can be satisfied by an approved SIP addressing reasonably attributable visibility impairment, if required, or an approved SIP addressing regional haze.
On August 7, 2012, EPA published its final approval of Wisconsin's regional haze plan (
5. Interstate and international pollution abatement.
Section 110(a)(2)(D)(ii) requires each SIP to contain adequate provisions requiring compliance with the applicable requirements of section 126 and section 115 of the CAA (relating to interstate and international pollution abatement, respectively).
Section 126(a) requires new or modified sources to notify neighboring states of potential impacts from the source. The statute does not specify the method by which the source should provide the notification. States with SIP-approved PSD programs must have a provision requiring such notification by new or modified sources. A lack of such a requirement in state rules would be grounds for disapproval of this element.
Wisconsin has provisions in the EPA-approved portion of its PSD program requiring new or modified sources to notify neighboring states of potential negative air quality impacts. Wisconsin's submission references these provisions as being adequate to meet the requirements of section 126(a). Wisconsin has no pending obligations under section 115. Therefore, EPA is proposing that Wisconsin has met all applicable infrastructure SIP requirements of section 110(a)(2)(D)(ii) with respect to the 2012 PM
This section requires each state to provide for adequate personnel, funding, and legal authority under state law to carry out its SIP, and related issues. Section 110(a)(2)(E)(ii) also requires each state to comply with the requirements respecting state boards under section 128.
1. Adequate resources.
Wisconsin's biennial budget ensures that EPA grant funds as well as state funding appropriations are sufficient to administer its air quality management program, and WDNR has routinely demonstrated that it retains adequate personnel to administer its air quality management program. Wisconsin's Environmental Performance Partnership Agreement with EPA documents certain funding and personnel levels at WDNR. As discussed in previous sections, basic duties and authorities in the state are outlined in
2. State board requirements.
Section 110(a)(2)(E) also requires each SIP to contain provisions that comply with the state board requirements of section 128 of the CAA. That provision contains two explicit requirements: (i) That any board or body which approves permits or enforcement orders under this chapter shall have at least a majority of members who represent the public interest and do not derive any significant portion of their income from persons subject to permits and enforcement orders under this chapter, and (ii) that any potential conflicts of interest by members of such board or body or the head of an executive agency with similar powers be adequately disclosed.
On July 2, 2015, WDNR submitted rules from
Under section 128(a)(2) of the CAA, the head of the executive agency with the power to approve permits or enforcement orders must adequately disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In Wisconsin, this power is vested in the Secretary of the WDNR.
States must establish a system to monitor emissions from stationary sources and submit periodic emissions reports. Each plan shall also require the installation, maintenance, and replacement of equipment, and the
WDNR requires regulated sources to submit various reports, dependent on applicable requirements and the type of permit issued, to the Bureau of Air Management Compliance Team. The frequency and requirements for report review are incorporated as part of NR 438 and NR 439. Additionally, WDNR routinely submits quality-assured analyses and data obtained from its stationary source monitoring system for review and publication by EPA. Basic authority for Wisconsin's Federally mandated Compliance Assurance Monitoring reporting structure is provided in
This section requires that a plan provide for authority that is analogous to what is provided in section 303 of the CAA, and adequate contingency plans to implement such authority. The 2013 Guidance states that infrastructure SIP submissions should specify authority, rested in an appropriate official, to restrain any source from causing or contributing to emissions which present an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare, or the environment.
This section requires states to have the authority to revise their SIPs in response to changes in the NAAQS, availability of improved methods for attaining the NAAQS, or an EPA finding that the SIP is substantially inadequate.
The CAA requires that each plan or plan revision for an area designated as a nonattainment area meet the applicable requirements of part D of the CAA. Part D relates to nonattainment areas.
EPA has determined that section 110(a)(2)(I) is not applicable to the infrastructure SIP process. Instead, EPA takes action on part D attainment plans through separate processes.
The evaluation of the submission from Wisconsin with respect to the requirements of section 110(a)(2)(J) are described below.
1. Consultation with government officials.
States must provide a process for consultation with local governments and Federal Land Managers carrying out NAAQS implementation requirements.
2. Public notification.
Section 110(a)(2)(J) also requires states to notify the public if NAAQS are exceeded in an area and to enhance public awareness of measures that can be taken to prevent exceedances of the NAAQS. WDNR maintains portions of its Web site specifically for issues related to the 2012 PM
3. PSD.
States must meet applicable requirements of section 110(a)(2)(C) related to PSD. Wisconsin's PSD program in the context of infrastructure SIPs has already been discussed in the paragraphs addressing section 110(a)(2)(C) and (a)(2)(D)(i)(II). EPA will evaluate Wisconsin's compliance with the various PSD and GHG infrastructure SIP requirements of section 110(a)(2)(J) in a separate rulemaking.
4. Visibility protection.
With regard to the applicable requirements for visibility protection, states are subject to visibility and regional haze program requirements under part C of the CAA (which includes sections 169A and 169B). In the event of the establishment of a new NAAQS, the visibility and regional haze program requirements under part C do not change. Thus, we find that there is no new visibility obligation “triggered” under section 110(a)(2)(J) when a new NAAQS becomes effective. However, as EPA discussed in section D, Wisconsin has a fully approved regional haze plan. This plan also meets the visibility requirements of section 110(a)(2)(J). EPA proposes that Wisconsin has satisfied the infrastructure SIP requirements of this portion of section 110(a)(2)(J) with respect to the 2012 PM
SIPs must provide for the performance of air quality modeling for predicting effects on air quality of emissions from any NAAQS pollutant and the submission of such data to EPA upon request.
WDNR maintains the capability to perform computer modeling of the air quality impacts of emissions of all criteria pollutants, including both source-oriented dispersion models and more regionally directed complex photochemical grid models. WDNR
This section requires SIPs to mandate each major stationary source to pay permitting fees to cover the cost of reviewing, approving, implementing, and enforcing a permit.
WDNR implements and operates the title V permit program, which EPA approved on December 4, 2001 (66 FR 62951). EPA approved revisions to the program on February 28, 2006 (71 FR 9934). NR 410 contains the provisions, requirements, and structures associated with the costs for reviewing, approving, implementing, and enforcing various types of permits. EPA proposes that Wisconsin has met the infrastructure SIP requirements of section 110(a)(2)(L) for the 2012 PM
States must consult with and allow participation from local political subdivisions affected by the SIP.
In addition to the measures outlined in the paragraph addressing WDNR's submittals regarding consultation requirements of section 110(a)(2)(J), as contained in
EPA is proposing to approve most elements of the submission from Wisconsin certifying that its current SIP is sufficient to meet the required infrastructure elements under section 110(a)(1) and (2) for the 2012 PM
EPA's proposed actions for the state's satisfaction of infrastructure SIP requirements, by element of section 110(a)(2) and NAAQS, are contained in the table below.
In the above table, the key is as follows:
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Proposed rule; request for comments.
NMFS proposes to approve changes to the Pacific Halibut Catch Sharing Plan (Plan) and codified regulations for the International Pacific Halibut Commission's (IPHC or Commission) regulatory Area 2A off Washington, Oregon, and California (Area 2A). In addition, NMFS proposes to implement the portions of the Plan and management measures that are not implemented through the IPHC. These measures include the sport fishery allocations and management measures for Area 2A. These actions are intended to conserve Pacific halibut, provide angler opportunity where available, and minimize bycatch of overfished groundfish species.
Comments on the proposed changes to the Plan and the codified regulations, and on the proposed domestic Area 2A Pacific halibut management measures must be received by March 10, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by NOAA-NMFS-2015-0166, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Sarah Williams, phone: 206-526-4646, fax: 206-526-6736, or email:
This rule is accessible via the Internet at the Office of the Federal Register Web site at
The Northern Pacific Halibut Act (Halibut Act) of 1982, 16 U.S.C. 773-773K, gives the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) general responsibility for implementing the provisions of the Halibut Convention between the United States and Canada (Halibut Convention) (16 U.S.C. 773c). It requires the Secretary to adopt regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and objectives of the Halibut Convention and the Halibut Act. Section 773c of the Halibut Act also authorizes the regional fishery management councils to develop regulations in addition to, but not in conflict with, regulations of the IPHC to govern the Pacific halibut catch in their corresponding U.S. Convention waters.
Each year between 1988 and 1995, the Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) developed and NMFS implemented a catch sharing plan in accordance with the Halibut Act to allocate the total allowable catch (TAC) of Pacific halibut between treaty Indian and non-Indian harvesters and among non-Indian commercial and sport fisheries in Area 2A. In 1995, NMFS implemented the Pacific Council-recommended long-term Plan (60 FR 14651, March 20, 1995). Every year since then, minor revisions to the Plan have been made to adjust for the changing needs of the fisheries.
For 2016, the Council recommendation includes minor modifications to sport fisheries to better match the needs of the fishery, and updates to the inseason procedures to reflect current practices. The Council also recommended changes to the codified regulations to remove coordinates that are described in groundfish regulations, match the changes to the Plan, and update descriptions of tribal treaty fishing areas. This rule does contain some dates for the sport fisheries based on the 2016 Plan as recommended by the Council because the affected states are holding public meetings to gather public input on final season dates given the final 2A TAC. The states will submit final season dates following their public meetings. Incidental Halibut Retention in the Sablefish Primary Fishery North of Pt. Chehalis, WA
The Plan provides that incidental halibut retention in the sablefish primary fishery north of Pt. Chehalis, WA, will be allowed when the Area 2A TAC is greater than 900,000 lb (408.2 mt), provided that a minimum of 10,000 lb (4.5 mt) is available above a Washington recreational TAC of 214,100 lb (97.1 mt). The 2016 TAC of 1,140,000 lb (517 mt) is sufficient to provide for this opportunity; therefore the Council will recommend landing restrictions at its March 2016 meeting. Following this meeting, NMFS will publish the restrictions in the
Through this proposed rule, NMFS requests public comments on the Pacific Council's recommended modifications to the Plan and the resulting proposed domestic fishing regulations by March 10, 2016. A 20 day comment period is necessary to allow adequate time for the final rule to be effective by April 1st when the incidental fisheries begin. The States of Washington, Oregon, and California will conduct public workshops in February to obtain input on the sport season dates. Following the proposed rule comment period, NMFS will review public comments and comments from the states, and issue a final rule. Either that final rule or an additional rule will include the IPHC regulations and regulations for the West Coast and Alaska.
Each year, the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW), Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife (ODFW), California Department of Fish and Game (CDFG), and the tribes with treaty fishing rights for halibut consider whether to pursue changes to the Plan to meet the needs of the fishery. In determining whether changes are needed, the state agencies hold public meetings prior to the Council's September meeting. Subsequently, they recommend changes to the Council at its September meeting. In 2015, fishery managers from all three
At its November 13-19, 2015, meeting the Council considered the results of state-sponsored workshops on the recommended changes to the Plan and public input provided at the September and November Council meetings, and made its final recommendations for modifications to the Plan. NMFS proposes to adopt all of the Council's recommended changes to the Plan as further discussed below. NMFS also proposed to make changes to the codified regulations.
1. In section (b), Allocations, add a statement that all allocations and subquotas are described in net weight. The goal of this change is to clarify that the Plan allocations and subquotas are described in net weight consistent with the IPHC's use of net weight.
2. In section (d), Treaty Indian Fisheries, modify the description of subarea 2A-1 to account for a recent court order (United States v. Washington, 2:09-sp-00001-RSM (W.D. Wash. Sept. 3, 2015)) regarding boundaries of tribal usual and accustomed fishing grounds; specifically, the western boundary for the Quinault Tribe's fishing area and the northern boundary of the Quileute Tribe's fishing area;
3. In section (f)(1)(ii), Washington North Coast subarea, this rule proposes several changes. The changes would modify the opening day in this area from the first Thursday in May to the first Saturday in May with a second opening the following week on Thursday and Saturday and a closure during the third week of May. The goal of this change is to allow for a longer season while giving WDFW time to assess the catch and provide adequate time for public notice of any later reopenings.
4. In section (f)(1)(v), Oregon central coast subarea, this rule proposes several changes to the text to implement several measures. First, there is a change to the Central Coast allocation so that the Oregon sport allocation is divided clearly among the Columbia River, Central Coast, and Southern Oregon subareas, instead of allocating to the Columbia River subarea first then dividing the remaining allocation between the Southern Oregon and Central Coast subareas. Second, the Council is added to the list of consulting agencies consistent with inseason procedures. Third, the opening date for the nearshore fishery is changed from July 1 to June 1 to allow for a longer season.
5. In section (f)(1)(vi), Southern Oregon subarea, this rule proposes changes to the allocations for this subarea, as stated above for the Central Coast subarea. The allocation is modified from 4.0 to 3.91 percent of the Oregon sport allocation. Also, incidental retention of sablefish, Pacific cod, and flatfish species in areas closed to fishing targeting groundfish is allowed in this subarea, to make incidental retention rules consistent throughout Oregon.
6. In section (f)(5)(iii)(B), Notice procedures, this rule proposes to remove the Notice to Mariners requirement because these are not used in the halibut fishery. The proposed change to the Plan reflects current practice.
7. In section (f)(6), Sport fishery closure provisions, this rule proposes to modify this section to state that closure determinations made by IPHC are done after consultation with NMFS, Council, and the affected state agencies. The goal of this change is for the Plan to reflect current practice.
NMFS proposes to approve the Council's recommendations and to implement the changes described above. A version of the Plan including these changes can be found at
1. Modify Tribal fishing area descriptions at § 300.64(i) to account for a recent court order (United States v. Washington, 2:09-sp-00001-RSM (W.D. Wash. Sept. 3, 2015)) regarding boundaries of tribal usual and accustomed fishing grounds; specifically, the western boundary for the Quinault Tribe's fishing area and the northern boundary of the Quileute Tribe's fishing area;
2. Remove the coordinates for the 30 fm depth contour at § 300.63(f) and 100 fm depth contour at § 300.63(g) and refer to groundfish regulations at § 660.71 for the 30 fm depth contour and § 660.73 for the 100 fm depth contour. This change is necessary because the halibut and groundfish fisheries use the same coordinates and they should be listed in one location;
3. Update the shoreward boundary of the non-trawl Rockfish Conservation Area listed in § 300.63(e) to the boundary line approximating the 30 fm depth contour. This closed area applies to commercial halibut fishing when retaining incidentally caught groundfish. The shoreward boundary of this closed area was modified through the 2015-2016 groundfish harvest specifications; and
4. Remove Notice to Mariners notice procedures at § 300.63(c)(3)(ii) to match modifications to Plan.
NMFS also proposes sport fishery management measures, including season dates and bag limits that are necessary to implement the Plan in 2016. The annual domestic management measures are published each year through a final rule. For the 2015 fishing season, the final rule for Area 2A sport fisheries was published on April 1, 2015 (80 FR 17344) and the final rule for the commercial fisheries was published on March 17, 2015 (80 FR 13771) along with the IPHC regulations. Therefore, the section numbers for the commercial fisheries below refer to sections in the March 17 final rule, and the section numbers for the recreational fisheries refer to sections in the April 1 final rule. Where season dates are not indicated, those dates will be provided in the final rule, following consideration of the 2016 TAC and consultation with the states and the public.
In Section 8 of the annual domestic management measures published on March 17, 2015, “Fishing Periods,” paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) are proposed to read as follows:
(1) * * *
(2) Each fishing period in the Area 2A directed fishery shall begin at 0800 hours and terminate at 1800 hours local time on June 22, July 6, July 20, August 3, August 17, August 31, September 14, and September 28, unless the Commission specifies otherwise.
(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (7) of section 11, an incidental catch fishery is authorized during the sablefish seasons in Area 2A in accordance with regulations promulgated by NMFS. This fishery will occur between 1200 hours local time on March 19 and 1200 hours local time on November 7.
(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), and paragraph (7) of section 11, an incidental catch fishery is authorized during salmon troll seasons in Area 2A in accordance with regulations promulgated by NMFS. This fishery will
In section 26 of the annual domestic management measures, “Sport Fishing for Halibut” paragraph (8) is proposed to read as follows:
(8) * * *
(a) The area in Puget Sound and the U.S. waters in the Strait of Juan de Fuca, east of a line extending from 48°17.30′ N. lat., 124°23.70′ W. long. north to 48°24.10′ N. lat., 124°23.70′ W. long., is not managed in-season relative to its quota. This area is managed by setting a season that is projected to result in a catch of 57,393 lb (26.03 mt).
(i) The fishing season in eastern Puget Sound (east of 123°49.50′ W. long., Low Point) is (season dates will be inserted when final rule is published). The fishing season in western Puget Sound (west of 123°49.50′ W. long., Low Point) is open (season dates will be inserted when final rule is published).
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut of any size per day per person.
(b) The quota for landings into ports in the area off the north Washington coast, west of the line described in paragraph (2)(a) of section 26 and north of the Queets River (47°31.70′ N. lat.) (North Coast subarea), is 108,030 lb (49 mt).
(i) The fishing seasons are:
(A) Fishing is open May 7, 12, and 14. Any openings after May 14 will be based on available quota and announced on the NMFS hotline.
(B) If sufficient quota remains the fishery will reopen until there is not sufficient quota for another full day of fishing and the area is closed by the Commission. After May 14, any fishery opening will be announced on the NMFS hotline at 800-662-9825. No halibut fishing will be allowed after May 14 unless the date is announced on the NMFS hotline.
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut of any size per day per person.
(iii) Recreational fishing for groundfish and halibut is prohibited within the North Coast Recreational Yelloweye Rockfish Conservation Area (YRCA). It is unlawful for recreational fishing vessels to take and retain, possess, or land halibut taken with recreational gear within the North Coast Recreational YRCA. A vessel fishing with recreational gear in the North Coast Recreational YRCA may not be in possession of any halibut. Recreational vessels may transit through the North Coast Recreational YRCA with or without halibut on board. The North Coast Recreational YRCA is a C-shaped area off the northern Washington coast intended to protect yelloweye rockfish. The North Coast Recreational YRCA is defined in groundfish regulations at § 660.70(a).
(c) The quota for landings into ports in the area between the Queets River, WA (47°31.70′ N. lat.), and Leadbetter Point, WA (46°38.17′ N. lat.)(South Coast subarea), is 42,739 lb (19.39 mt).
(i) This subarea is divided between the all-waters fishery (the Washington South coast primary fishery), and the incidental nearshore fishery in the area from 47°31.70′ N. lat. south to 46°58.00′ N. lat. and east of a boundary line approximating the 30 fm depth contour. This area is defined by straight lines connecting all of the following points in the order stated as described by the following coordinates (the Washington South coast, northern nearshore area):
(1) 47°31.70′ N. lat, 124°37.03′ W. long;
(2) 47°25.67′ N. lat, 124°34.79′ W. long;
(3) 47°12.82′ N. lat, 124°29.12′ W. long;
(4) 46°58.00′ N. lat, 124°24.24′ W. long.
The south coast subarea quota will be allocated as follows: 40,739 lb (18.48 mt) for the primary fishery and 2,000 lb (0.91 mt) for the nearshore fishery. The primary fishery commences on May 1, and continues 2 days a week (Sunday and Tuesday) until May 17. If the primary quota is projected to be obtained sooner than expected, the management closure may occur earlier. Beginning on May 29 the primary fishery will be open at most 2 days per week (Sunday and/or Tuesday) until the quota for the south coast subarea primary fishery is taken and the season is closed by the Commission, or until September 30, whichever is earlier. The fishing season in the nearshore area commences on May 1, and continues 7 days per week. Subsequent to closure of the primary fishery, the nearshore fishery is open 7 days per week, until 42,739 lb (19.39 mt) is projected to be taken by the two fisheries combined and the fishery is closed by the Commission or September 30, whichever is earlier. If the fishery is closed prior to September 30, and there is insufficient quota remaining to reopen the northern nearshore area for another fishing day, then any remaining quota may be transferred in-season to another Washington coastal subarea by NMFS via an update to the recreational halibut hotline.
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut of any size per day per person.
(iii) Seaward of the boundary line approximating the 30-fm depth contour and during days open to the primary fishery, lingcod may be taken, retained and possessed when allowed by groundfish regulations at 50 CFR 660.360, subpart G.
(iv) Recreational fishing for groundfish and halibut is prohibited within the South Coast Recreational YRCA and Westport Offshore YRCA. It is unlawful for recreational fishing vessels to take and retain, possess, or land halibut taken with recreational gear within the South Coast Recreational YRCA and Westport Offshore YRCA. A vessel fishing in the South Coast Recreational YRCA and/or Westport Offshore YRCA may not be in possession of any halibut. Recreational vessels may transit through the South Coast Recreational YRCA and Westport Offshore YRCA with or without halibut on board. The South Coast Recreational YRCA and Westport Offshore YRCA are areas off the southern Washington coast established to protect yelloweye rockfish. The South Coast Recreational YRCA is defined at 50 CFR 660.70(d). The Westport Offshore YRCA is defined at 50 CFR 660.70(e).
(d) The quota for landings into ports in the area between Leadbetter Point, WA (46°38.17′ N. lat.), and Cape Falcon, OR (45°46.00′ N. lat.) (Columbia River subarea), is 11,009 lb (4.99 mt).
(i) This subarea is divided into an all-depth fishery and a nearshore fishery. The nearshore fishery is allocated 500 pounds of the subarea allocation. The nearshore fishery extends from Leadbetter Point (46°38.17′ N. lat., 124°15.88′ W. long.) to the Columbia River (46°16.00′ N. lat., 124°15.88′ W. long.) by connecting the following coordinates in Washington 46°38.17′ N. lat., 124°15.88′ W. long. 46°16.00′ N. lat., 124°15.88′ W. long and connecting to the boundary line approximating the 40 fm (73 m) depth contour in Oregon. The nearshore fishery opens May 2, and continues 3 days per week (Monday-Wednesday) until the nearshore allocation is taken, or September 30, whichever is earlier. The all depth fishing season commences on May 1, and continues 4 days a week (Thursday-Sunday) until 10,509 lb (4.77 mt) are estimated to have been taken and the season is closed by the Commission, or September 30, whichever is earlier. Subsequent to this closure, if there is insufficient quota remaining in the Columbia River subarea for another fishing day, then any remaining quota may be transferred inseason to another Washington and/or Oregon subarea by NMFS via an update to the recreational halibut hotline. Any remaining quota would be transferred to each state in proportion to its contribution.
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut of any size per day per person.
(iii) Pacific Coast groundfish may not be taken and retained, possessed or landed when halibut are on board the vessel, except sablefish, Pacific cod, and flatfish species when allowed by Pacific Coast groundfish regulations, during days open to the all depth fishery only.
(iv) Taking, retaining, possessing, or landing halibut on groundfish trips is only allowed in the nearshore area on days not open to all-depth Pacific halibut fisheries.
(e) The quota for landings into ports in the area off Oregon between Cape Falcon (45°46.00′ N. lat.) and Humbug Mountain (42°40.50′ N. lat.) (Oregon Central Coast subarea), is 206,410 lb (93.63 mt).
(i) The fishing seasons are:
(A) The first season (the “inside 40-fm” fishery) commences June 1, and continues 7 days a week, in the area shoreward of a boundary line approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth contour, or until the sub-quota for the central Oregon “inside 40-fm” fishery of 24,769 lb (11.24 mt), or any in-season revised subquota, is estimated to have been taken and the season is closed by the Commission, whichever is earlier. The boundary line approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth contour between 45°46.00′ N. lat. and 42°40.50′ N. lat. is defined at § 660.71(k).
(B) The second season (spring season), which is for the “all-depth” fishery, is open (season dates will be inserted when final rule is published). The allocation to the all-depth fishery is 181,641 lb (82.4 mt). If sufficient unharvested quota remains for additional fishing days, the season will re-open. Notice of the re-opening will be announced on the NMFS hotline (206) 526-6667 or (800) 662-9825. No halibut fishing will be allowed on the re-opening dates unless the date is announced on the NMFS hotline.
(C) If sufficient unharvested quota remains, the third season (summer season), which is for the “all-depth” fishery, will be open (season dates will be inserted when final rule is published) or until the combined spring season and summer season quotas in the area between Cape Falcon and Humbug Mountain, OR, are estimated to have been taken and the area is closed by the Commission, or October 31, whichever is earlier. NMFS will announce on the NMFS hotline in July whether the fishery will re-open for the summer season in August. No halibut fishing will be allowed in the summer season fishery unless the dates are announced on the NMFS hotline. Additional fishing days may be opened if sufficient quota remains after the last day of the first scheduled open period. If, after this date, an amount greater than or equal to 60,000 lb (27.2 mt) remains in the combined all-depth and inside 40-fm (73-m) quota, the fishery may re-open every Friday and Saturday, beginning (insert date of first back up dates) and ending October 31. If after September 7, an amount greater than or equal to 30,000 lb (13.6 mt) remains in the combined all-depth and inside 40-fm (73-m) quota, and the fishery is not already open every Friday and Saturday, the fishery may re-open every Friday and Saturday, beginning September 9 and 10, and ending October 31. After September 4, the bag limit may be increased to two fish of any size per person, per day. NMFS will announce on the NMFS hotline whether the summer all-depth fishery will be open on such additional fishing days, what days the fishery will be open and what the bag limit is.
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut of any size per day per person, unless otherwise specified. NMFS will announce on the NMFS hotline any bag limit changes.
(iii) During days open to all-depth halibut fishing, no Pacific Coast groundfish may be taken and retained, possessed or landed, when halibut are on board the vessel, except sablefish, Pacific cod, and flatfish species, when allowed by Pacific Coast groundfish regulations.
(iv) When the all-depth halibut fishery is closed and halibut fishing is permitted only shoreward of a boundary line approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth contour, halibut possession and retention by vessels operating seaward of a boundary line approximating the 40-fm (73-m) depth contour is prohibited.
(v) Recreational fishing for groundfish and halibut is prohibited within the Stonewall Bank YRCA. It is unlawful for recreational fishing vessels to take and retain, possess, or land halibut taken with recreational gear within the Stonewall Bank YRCA. A vessel fishing in the Stonewall Bank YRCA may not possess any halibut. Recreational vessels may transit through the Stonewall Bank YRCA with or without halibut on board. The Stonewall Bank YRCA is an area off central Oregon, near Stonewall Bank, intended to protect yelloweye rockfish. The Stonewall Bank YRCA is defined at § 660.70(f).
(f) The quota for landings into ports in the area south of Humbug Mountain, OR (42°40.50′ N. lat.) to the Oregon/California Border (42°00.00′ N. lat.) (Southern Oregon subarea) is 8,605 lb (3.9 mt).
(i) The fishing season commences on May 1, and continues 7 days per week until the subquota is taken, or October 31, whichever is earlier.
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut per person with no size limit.
(iii) No Pacific Coast groundfish may be taken and retained, possessed or landed, except sablefish, Pacific cod, and flatfish species, in areas closed to groundfish, if halibut are on board the vessel.
(g) The quota for landings into ports south of the Oregon/California Border (42°00.00′ N. lat.) and along the California coast is 29,640 lb (13.44 mt).
(i) The fishing season will be open (season dates will be inserted when final rule is published), or until the subarea quota is estimated to have been taken and the season is closed by the Commission, or October 31, whichever is earlier. NMFS will announce any closure by the Commission on the NMFS hotline (206) 526-6667 or (800) 662-9825.
(ii) The daily bag limit is one halibut of any size per day per person.
Regulations governing the U.S. fisheries for Pacific halibut are developed by the IPHC, the Pacific Fishery Management Council, the North Pacific Fishery Management Council, and the Secretary of Commerce. Section 5 of the Northern Pacific Halibut Act of 1982 (Halibut Act, 16 U.S.C. 773c) provides the Secretary of Commerce with the general responsibility to carry out the Convention between Canada and the United States for the management of Pacific halibut, including the authority to adopt regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and objectives of the Convention and Halibut Act. This proposed rule is consistent with the Secretary of Commerce's authority under the Halibut Act.
This proposed rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 603
The main management objective for the Pacific halibut fishery in Area 2A is to manage fisheries to remain within the TAC for Area 2A. Another objective is to allow each commercial, recreational (sport), and tribal fishery to target halibut in the manner that is appropriate to meet both the conservation requirements for species that co-occur with Pacific halibut. A third objective is to meet the needs of fishery participants in particular fisheries and fishing areas.
Each year, the states of Washington, Oregon, California, and the treaty tribes that fish for halibut meet with their fishery participants to review halibut management under the Plan. Based on feedback from these meetings and experience from the previous year's fishing season, the states or the tribes may propose changes to the Plan. Proposed changes to the Plan are intended to remedy any problems encountered during the previous year's management, problems with other fisheries with overlapping management jurisdiction (
The 2A Halibut Catch Sharing Plan, as outlined above, allocates the TAC at various levels. The commercial fishery is further divided into a directed commercial fishery that is allocated 85 percent of the commercial allocation of the Pacific halibut TAC, and the other 15 percent is allocated for incidental catch in the salmon troll fishery. The directed commercial fishery in Area 2A is confined to southern Washington (south of 46°53.30′ N. lat.), Oregon, and California. North of 46°53.30′ N. lat. (Pt. Chehalis), the Plan allows for incidental halibut retention in the sablefish primary fishery when the overall Area 2A halibut TAC is above 900,000 lb (408.2 mt). The Plan also divides the sport fisheries into seven geographic subareas, each with separate allocations, seasons, and bag limits. The non-tribal allocation is divided into four shares. At the first level, there are specific percentage allocations for tribal and non-tribal fisheries. The non-tribal portion is then allocated to commercial components and to recreational components. The commercial component is then apportioned into directed, incidental troll, and incidental sablefish fisheries. The recreational portions for Oregon and Washington are furthered apportioned into area subquotas, and these subquotas are further split into seasonal or depth fisheries (nearshore vs all depths). There may be gear restrictions and other management measures established as necessary to minimize the potential of exceeding these allocations.
At the September meeting, the Council adopted a range of Plan alternatives for public review. For 2016, the Council adopted two types of changes that are discussed separately below. The first were the routine recreational fishery adjustments to the Plan proposed by the states each year to accommodate the needs of their fisheries. The second were changes to the Plan and codified regulations proposed by NMFS which do not have alternatives, because they are either mandated by a recent court decision or are administrative in nature. At its November meeting, the Council made final Plan change recommendations from the range of alternatives for the recreational fishery adjustments; which is described in detail below.
The proposed changes to the Plan are expected to slightly increase fishing opportunities in some areas and at some times and to slightly decrease fishing opportunities in other areas and at other times. The Council's recommended changes to the Plan modify the opening dates for the sport fisheries in Washington and Oregon with the goal of extending the seasons and increasing opportunity. The change to the tribal Usual &Accustomed (U&A) boundaries is made to comply with a court order, and NMFS has no discretion to do otherwise. Thus this change is not analyzed here. The Council considered changes to the Washington North Coast, Columbia River, Oregon Central Coast, and Southern Oregon subareas:
(1) For the Washington North Coast the Council considered two opening dates, the first Thursday in May or the first Saturday in May. The Council recommended and NMFS proposes opening this fishery on the first Saturday in May. This is a minor change that will not reduce overall fishing opportunity in this area.
(2) For the Columbia River subarea the Council considered two season structures, status quo (4 days per week Thursday through Sunday) and a seven day a week fishery. The Council recommended the status quo season structure because ODFW did not receive definitive public support for this change and felt it was not necessary at this time; therefore this rule does not propose changes to the Columbia River subarea.
(3) For the Oregon Central Coast subarea the Council considered two season allocation alternatives, status quo (12 percent nearshore, 63 percent spring, 25 percent summer) and Alternative 1 (81.75 percent spring and summer combined, 18.25 percent nearshore). The Council recommended the status quo season allocations because ODFW felt given the magnitude of this change more time was needed to allow public input; therefore this rule does not propose any change to the Oregon Central Coast season allocations.
(4) For the Oregon Central Coast nearshore fishery the Council considered a change to the season dates: (1) Status quo fishery opens July 1, seven days per week until October 31; (2) fishery opens May 1, seven days per week, until October 31; (3) fishery opens May 1, seven days per week until October 31 or quota attainment, with 25 percent of the nearshore fishery allocation set-aside and available beginning July 1; and (4) fishery opens May 1, seven days per week until October 31 or quota attainment, with 50 percent of the nearshore fishery allocation set-aside and available beginning July 1. The Council recommended and NMFS proposes an alternative that is within the range listed above that would open the fishery on June 1, seven days per week, until October 31. This is a minor change that will not reduce overall fishing opportunity in this area.
(5) For the Southern Oregon subarea the Council considered two incidental retention alternatives, status quo (no bottomfish species retention outside of 30 fathoms) and Alternative 1 (allow retention of other species of flatfish, Pacific cod, and sablefish outside 30 fathoms, when fishing for halibut) and an allocation modification from 4 percent to 3.91 percent of the Oregon sport allocation. The Council recommended and NMFS proposes to implement the change to the subarea allocation and Alternative 1 with a slight modification to describe this allowance as allowed when groundfish retention is closed not at a specific depth. The changes to the Southern Oregon incidentally landed species allowances are expected to increase recreational opportunities by turning previously discarded incidental flatfish catch into landed catch.
The Small Business Administration defines a “small” harvesting business as one with annual receipts, not in excess of $20.5 million. For related fishprocessing businesses, a small business is one that employs 500 or fewer persons. For wholesale businesses, a small business is one that employs not more than 100 people. For marinas and charter/party boats, a small business is one with annual receipts, not in excess of $7.5 million. This rule directly affects charterboat operations, and participants in the non-treaty directed commercial fishery off the coast of Washington, Oregon, and California. Applying the SBA's size standard for small businesses, NMFS
Specific data on the economics of halibut charter operations is unavailable. However, in January 2004, the Pacific States Marine Fisheries Commission (PSMFC) completed a report on the overall West Coast charterboat fleet. In surveying charterboat vessels concerning their operations in 2000, the PSMFC estimated that there were about 315 charterboat vessels in operation off Washington and Oregon. In 2000, IPHC licensed 130 vessels to fish in the halibut sport charter fishery. Comparing the total charterboat fleet to the 130 and 142 IPHC licenses in 2000 and 2007, respectively, approximately 41 to 45 percent of the charterboat fleet could participate in the halibut fishery. The PSMFC has developed preliminary estimates of the annual revenues earned by this fleet and they vary by size class of the vessels and home state. Small charterboat vessels range from 15 to 30 feet and typically carry 5 to 6 passengers. Medium charterboat vessels range from 31 to 49 feet in length and typically carry 19 to 20 passengers. (Neither state has large vessels of greater than 49 feet in their fleet.) Average annual revenues from all types of recreational fishing, whalewatching and other activities ranged from $7,000 for small Oregon vessels to $131,000 for medium Washington vessels. These data confirm that charterboat vessels qualify as small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act. This analysis continues the main conclusions developed in previous analyses that charterboats and the non-treaty directed commercial fishing vessels are small businesses. See 77 FR 5477 (Feb 3, 2012) and 76 FR 2876 (Jan 18, 2011). In 2015, 512 vessels were issued IPHC licenses to retain halibut. IPHC issues licenses for: the directed commercial fishery and the incidental fishery in the sablefish primary fishery in Area 2A (22 licenses in 2015); incidental halibut caught in the salmon troll fishery (363 licenses in 2015); and the charterboat fleet (127 licenses in 2013, the most recent year available). No vessel may participate in more than one of these three fisheries per year. These license estimates overstate the number of vessels that participate in the fishery. IPHC estimates that 60 vessels participated in the directed commercial fishery, 100 vessels in the incidental commercial (salmon) fishery, and 13 vessels in the incidental commercial (sablefish) fishery. Although recent information on charterboat activity is not available, prior analysis indicated that 60 percent of the IPHC charterboat license holders may be affected by these regulations.
Commercial harvest vessels in West Coast fisheries are generally “small businesses,” unless they are associated with a catcher-processor company or affiliated with a large shorebased processing company. Catcher-processors cannot target halibut or keep halibut as bycatch. NOAA is unaware that any “large” seafood processing companies are affiliated with any of the IPHC permit holders.
The major effect of halibut management on small entities will be from the Area 2A TAC which is set by the IPHC, an international body. Based on the recommendations of the states, the Council and NMFS are proposing minor changes to the Plan to provide increased recreational and commercial opportunities under the allocations that result from the TAC. There are no large entities involved in the halibut fisheries; therefore, none of these changes will have a disproportionate negative effect on small entities versus large entities. These minor proposed changes to the Plan are not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This proposed rule does not contain a collection of information requirement subject to review and approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA).
There are no projected reporting or recordkeeping requirements associated with this action.
There are no relevant Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this action.
Pursuant to Executive Order 13175, the Secretary recognizes the sovereign status and co-manager role of Indian tribes over shared Federal and tribal fishery resources. Section 302(b)(5) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act establishes a seat on the Pacific Council for a representative of an Indian tribe with federally recognized fishing rights from California, Oregon, Washington, or Idaho.
The U.S. Government formally recognizes that the 13 Washington Tribes have treaty rights to fish for Pacific halibut. In general terms, the quantification of those rights is 50 percent of the harvestable surplus of Pacific halibut available in the tribes' usual and accustomed fishing areas (described at 50 CFR 300.64). Each of the treaty tribes has the discretion to administer their fisheries and to establish their own policies to achieve program objectives. Accordingly, tribal allocations and regulations, including the proposed changes to the Plan, have been developed in consultation with the affected tribe(s) and, insofar as possible, with tribal consensus.
In 2014, a Biological Opinion (BiOp) was completed for the 2014-2016 Area 2A Pacific Halibut Catch Sharing Plan. The BiOp concluded that the continued implementation of the Plan was not likely to adversely affect southern resident killer whales, leatherback sea turtles, humpback whales, blue whales, fin whales, Guadalupe fur seals, north Pacific right whales, sei whales, sperm whales, and steller sea lions. Further the BiOp concluded that continuing implementation of the Plan was likely to adversely affect but not likely to jeopardize Puget Sound/Georgia basin bocaccio, canary rockfish, and yelloweye rockfish, southern green sturgeon, lower Columbia River Chinook, and Puget Sound Chinook. The BiOp also concluded that the continued implementation of the Plan was not likely to adversely modify critical habitat of southern resident killer whales, leatherback sea turtles, Puget Sound/Georgia basin bocaccio, canary rockfish, and yelloweye rockfish, southern green sturgeon, lower Columbia River Chinook, and Puget Sound Chinook. Because the halibut fishery does not overlap with the critical habitat for the remaining listed species it was determined that, an evaluation of the effects on critical habitat was not applicable. Finally, in a letter dated March 12, 2014, NMFS determined that fishing activities conducted under the Plan would have no effect on eulachon. None of the Council's recommended changes to the Plan proposed in this rule change the determinations made in the BiOp because they do not result in changes to fishing behavior such that the impacts to listed species is anticipated to change. NMFS is currently conducting informal consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service regarding the ongoing implementation of the Catch Sharing Plan and its effects on short-tailed and black-footed albatross, California least tern, marbled murrelet, bull trout, and sea otters.
Administrative practice and procedure, Antarctica, Canada, Exports, Fish, Fisheries, Fishing, Imports, Indians, Labeling, Marine resources, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Russian Federation, Transportation, Treaties, Wildlife.
16 U.S.C. 951
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 300, subpart E, is proposed to be amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 773-773k.
(c) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) Actual notice of inseason management actions will be provided by a telephone hotline administered by the West Coast Region, NMFS, at 206-526-6667 or 800-662-9825. Since provisions of these regulations may be altered by inseason actions, sport fishers should monitor the telephone hotline for current information for the area in which they are fishing.
(e) * * *
(1) Non-treaty commercial vessels operating in the directed commercial fishery for halibut in Area 2A are required to fish outside of a closed area, known as the Rockfish Conservation Area (RCA), that extends along the coast from the U.S./Canada border south to 40°10′ N. lat. Between the U.S./Canada border and 46°16′ N. lat., the eastern boundary of the RCA, is the shoreline. Between 46°16′ N. lat. and 40°10′ N. lat., the RCA is defined along an eastern boundary by a line approximating the 30-fm (55-m) depth contour. Coordinates for the 30-fm (55-m) boundary are listed at 50 CFR 660.71(e). Between the U.S./Canada border and 40°10′ N. lat., the RCA is defined along a western boundary approximating the 100-fm (183-m) depth contour. Coordinates for the 100-fm (183-m) boundary are listed at 50 CFR 660.73(a).
(i) The following table sets forth the fishing areas of each of the 13 treaty Indian tribes fishing pursuant to this section. Within subarea 2A-1, boundaries of a tribe's fishing area may be revised as ordered by a Federal Court.
Food and Nutrition Service (FNS), USDA.
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice invites the general public and other interested parties to comment on a proposed information collection. This collection is a revision of a currently approved collection. This information collection will conduct research in support of FNS' goal of delivering science-based nutrition education to targeted audiences. From development through testing of materials and tools with the target audience, FNS plans to conduct data collections that involve formative research including focus groups, interviews (dyad, triad, telephone,
Written comments must be received on or before April 19, 2016.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments may be sent to Lynnette Thomas, Food and Nutrition Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 3101 Park Center Drive, Room 1014, Alexandria, VA 22302. Comments will also be accepted through the Federal eRulemaking Portal. Go to
All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval. All comments will be a matter of public record.
Requests for additional information should be directed to Lynnette Thomas at 703-305-2119.
Interventions need to be designed so that they can be delivered through different types of media and in a variety of formats for diverse audiences.
FNS develops a variety of resources to support nutrition education and promotion activities. These resources are designed to convey science-based, behavior-focused nutrition messages about healthy eating and physical activity to children and adults eligible to participate in FNS nutrition assistance programs and to motivate them to consume more healthful foods as defined by the Dietary Guidelines for Americans (DGA). This includes education materials, messages, promotion tools and interventions for the diverse population served by the Federal nutrition programs including WIC, Team Nutrition, Food Distribution and other programs.
Obtaining formative input and feedback is fundamental to FNS' success in delivering science-based nutrition messages and reaching diverse segments of the population in ways that are meaningful and relevant. This includes conferring with the target audience, individuals who serve the target audience, and key stakeholders on the communication strategies and interventions that will be developed and on the delivery approaches that will be used to reach consumers. The formative research and testing activities described will help in the development of effective education and promotion tools and communication strategies. Collection of this information will increase FNS' ability to formulate nutrition education interventions that resonate with the intended target population, in particular low-income families.
Formative research methods and information collection will include focus groups, interviews (dyad, triad, telephone,
Findings from all data collection will be included in summary reports submitted to USDA-FNS. The reports will describe the data collection methods, findings, conclusions, implications, and recommendations for the development and effective
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Wisconsin Advisory Committee (Committee) will hold a meeting on Wednesday, March 16, 2016, at 2:00 p.m. CST for the purpose of preparing a public hearing to receive current testimony on hate crime in the state.
This meeting is open to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 888-438-5524, conference ID: 4234857. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. The conference call operator will ask callers to identify themselves, the organization they are affiliated with (if any), and an email address prior to placing callers into the conference room. Callers can expect to incur regular charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, according to their wireless plan. The Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Member of the public are also invited and welcomed to make statements during the scheduled open comment period. In addition, members of the public may submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Regional Programs Unit, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 55 W. Monroe St., Suite 410, Chicago, IL 60615. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (312) 353-8324, or emailed to Carolyn Allen at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
The meeting will be held on Wednesday, March 16, 2016, at 2:00 p.m. CST.
Melissa Wojnaroski, DFO, at 312-353-8311 or
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Michigan Advisory Committee (Committee) will hold a meeting on Tuesday, March 8, 2016, at 10:00 a.m. EST for the purpose of discussing preparations for a public hearing regarding the civil rights impact of civil asset forfeiture in the State.
The meeting will be held on Tuesday, March 8, 2016, at 10:00 a.m. EST.
This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 888-539-3696, conference ID: 4625695. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. An open comment period will be provided to allow members of the public to make a statement at the end of the meeting. The conference call operator will ask callers to identify themselves, the organization they are affiliated with (if any), and an email address prior to placing callers into the conference room. Callers can expect to incur regular charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines according to their wireless plan, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Melissa Wojnaroski at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Illinois Advisory Committee (Committee) will hold a meeting on Wednesday March 09, 2016, from 10:30 a.m. until 7:15 p.m. CST at the National Museum of Mexican Art, 1852 W. 19th Street in Chicago, IL 60608. The purpose of this meeting is to hear testimony regarding civil rights and environmental justice in the State. This study is in support of the Commission's nationally focused 2016 statutory enforcement study on the same topic.
This meeting is free and open to the public. Any interested member of the public may attend. An open comment period will be provided beginning at 6:20 p.m. to allow members of the public to make a statement. Persons with disabilities requiring reasonable accommodations should contact the Regional Programs Unit at 312-353-8311 a minimum of ten days prior to the meeting to make arrangements.
Members of the public are also entitled to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Regional Programs Unit, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 55 W. Monroe St., Suite 410, Chicago, IL 60615. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (312) 353-8324, or emailed to Carolyn Allen at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
The meeting will be held on Wednesday March 09, 2016, from 10:30 a.m.-7:15 p.m. CST
Meeting Location: National Museum of Mexican Art, 1852 W. 19th Street in Chicago, IL 60608.
Melissa Wojnaroski at
Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission), and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), that an orientation and planning meeting of the Maryland State Advisory Committee to the Commission (MD State Advisory Committee) will convene at 12:30 p.m. (EST) on Friday, March 18, 2016, by conference call. The purpose of the orientation meeting is to inform the newly appointed members about the rules of operation for the advisory committee. The purpose of the planning meeting is to discuss project planning, the selection of additional committee officers and plans for future meetings.
Interested members of the public may listen to the discussion by calling the following toll-free conference call number 1-888-364-3109 and conference call ID code: 8302334#. Please be advised that before placing them into the conference call, the conference call operator will ask callers to provide their names, their organizational affiliations (if any), and email addresses (so that callers may be notified of future meetings). Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number.
Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the discussion by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-888-364-3109 and provide the operator with the conference call number: 1-888-364-3109 and conference call ID code: 8302334#.
Members of the public are invited to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office by Monday, April 18, 2016. Written comments may be mailed to the Eastern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 1150, Washington, DC 20425, faxed to (202) 376-7548, or emailed to Evelyn Bohor at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing as they become available at
Friday, March 18, 2016 at 12:30 p.m. (EST).
Ivy L. Davis, at
Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission), and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), that an Orientation and Planning meeting of the West Virginia Advisory Committee to the Commission (WV State Advisory Committee) will convene at 10:00 a.m. (EST) on Thursday, March 17, 2016, by conference call. The purpose of the orientation meeting is to inform the newly appointed members about the rules of operation for the advisory committee. The purpose of the planning meeting is to discuss project planning, selection of additional committee officers and plans for upcoming meetings.
Interested members of the public may listen to the discussion by calling the following toll-free conference call number 1-888-438-5525 and conference call ID code: 1446325#. Please be advised that before placing them into the conference call, the conference call operator will ask callers to provide their names, their organizational affiliations (if any), and email addresses (so that callers may be notified of future meetings). Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number.
Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the discussion by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-888-438-5525 and provide the operator with the conference call number: And conference call ID code: 1446325#.
Members of the public are invited to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office by Monday, April 18, 2016. Written comments may be mailed to the Eastern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 1150, Washington, DC 20425, faxed to (202) 376-7548, or emailed to Evelyn Bohor at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing as they become available at
Thursday, March 17, 2016 at 10:00 a.m. (EST).
The meeting will be held via teleconference.
Ivy L. Davis, at
Economic Development Administration, Commerce.
Notice.
The National Advisory Council on Innovation and Entrepreneurship (NACIE) will hold a public meeting on Thursday, March 3, 2016, 2:00-2:45 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) and Friday, March 4, 2016, 8:45 a.m.-12:00 p.m. ET. During this time, members will continue to work on various Council initiatives which include: Innovation, entrepreneurship and workforce talent.
Nashville Entrepreneur Center, 41 Peabody St., Nashville, TN 37210.
Teleconference: March 3-4, 2016, Dial-In: 1-800-593-8978, Passcode: 5807298.
Julie Lenzer, Office of Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Room 78018, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; email:
The Council was chartered on November 10, 2009 to advise the Secretary of Commerce on matters related to innovation and entrepreneurship in the United States. NACIE's overarching focus is recommending transformational policies to the Secretary that will help U.S. communities, businesses, and the workforce become more globally competitive. The Council operates as an independent entity within the Office of Innovation and Entrepreneurship (OIE), which is housed within the U.S. Commerce Department's Economic Development Administration. NACIE members are a diverse and dynamic group of successful entrepreneurs, innovators, and investors, as well as leaders from nonprofit organizations and academia.
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the Council's planned work initiatives in three focus areas: Workforce/talent, entrepreneurship, and innovation. The final agenda will be posted on the NACIE Web site at
On December 5, 2014, in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Georgia, Viacheslav Zhukov (“Zhukov”) was convicted of violating the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701,
Section 766.25 of the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR” or “Regulations”)
BIS has received notice of Zhukov's conviction for violating IEEPA, and in accordance with Section 766.25 of the Regulations, BIS has provided notice and an opportunity for Zhukov to make a written submission to BIS. BIS has received a submission from Zhukov.
Based upon my review and consultations with BIS's Office of Export Enforcement, including its Director, and the facts available to BIS, I have decided to deny Zhukov's export privileges under the Regulations for a period of seven (7) years and three (3) months from the date of Zhukov's conviction. I have also decided to revoke all licenses issued pursuant to the Act or Regulations in which Zhukov had an interest at the time of his conviction.
Accordingly, it is hereby ORDERED:
A. Applying for, obtaining, or using any license, License Exception, or export control document;
B. Carrying on negotiations concerning, or ordering, buying, receiving, using, selling, delivering, storing, disposing of, forwarding, transporting, financing, or otherwise servicing in any way, any transaction involving any item exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or in any other activity subject to the Regulations; or
C. Benefitting in any way from any transaction involving any item exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or in any other activity subject to the Regulations.
A. Export or reexport to or on behalf of the Denied Person any item subject to the Regulations;
B. Take any action that facilitates the acquisition or attempted acquisition by the Denied Person of the ownership, possession, or control of any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States, including financing or other support activities related to a transaction whereby the Denied Person acquires or attempts to acquire such ownership, possession or control;
C. Take any action to acquire from or to facilitate the acquisition or attempted acquisition from the Denied Person of any item subject to the Regulations that has been exported from the United States;
D. Obtain from the Denied Person in the United States any item subject to the Regulations with knowledge or reason to know that the item will be, or is intended to be, exported from the United States; or
E. Engage in any transaction to service any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States and which is owned, possessed or controlled by the Denied Person, or service any item, of whatever origin, that is owned, possessed or controlled by the Denied Person if such service involves the use of any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States. For purposes of this paragraph, servicing means installation, maintenance, repair, modification or testing.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meetings and hearings.
The Western Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold its 122nd Scientific and Statistical Committee (SSC) meeting and its 165th Council meeting to take actions on fishery management issues in the Western Pacific Region. The Council will also convene meetings of the Pelagic and International Standing Committee, Program Planning and Research Standing Committee, and Executive and Budget Standing Committee.
The 122nd SSC meeting will be held between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. on March 8-10, 2016. The Council's Pelagic and International Standing Committee will be held between 9 a.m. and 12 noon, Program Planning and Research Standing Committee between 1 p.m. and 3 p.m., and Executive and Budget Standing Committee between 3 p.m. and 5 p.m. on March 14, 2016. The 165th Council meeting will be held between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. on March 15-17, 2016. In addition, the Council will host a Fishers Forum on March 15, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m. For specific times and agendas, see
The 122nd SSC, the Pelagic and International Standing Committee, Program Planning and Research Standing Committee, and Executive and Budget Standing Committee meetings will be held at the Council office, 1164 Bishop Street, Suite 1400, Honolulu, HI 96813, phone: (808) 522-8220. The 165th Council meeting will be held at Laniakea YWCA, Fuller Hall, 1040 Richards St., Honolulu, HI 96813, phone: (808) 538-7061. The Fishers Forum will be held at the Ala Moana Hotel, 410 Atkinson Dr., Honolulu, HI 96814; phone: (808) 956-4262.
Kitty M. Simonds, Executive Director; phone: (808) 522-8220.
In addition to the agenda items listed here, the SSC and Council will hear recommendations from Council advisory groups. Public comment
Fishers Forum—Future of Main Hawaiian Island Bottomfish Research and Management
Non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before the Council for discussion and formal Council action during its 163rd meeting. However, Council action on regulatory issues will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this document and any regulatory issue arising after publication of this document that requires emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take action to address the emergency.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kitty M. Simonds, (808) 522-8220 (voice) or (808) 522-8226 (fax), at least days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meetings.
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold meetings of the: Protected Resources Committee; Joint Dolphin Wahoo and Snapper Grouper Committees; Advisory Panel Selection Committee (Partially Closed Session); Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) Committee (Partially Closed Session); Law Enforcement Committee; Snapper Grouper Committee; King and Spanish Mackerel Committee; Data Collection Committee; Executive Finance Committee; and a meeting of the Full Council. The Council will also hold a meeting of its Law Enforcement Advisory Panel. The Council will also hold a formal public comment session. The Council will take action as necessary.
The Council meeting will be held from 1:30 p.m. on Monday, March 7, 2016 until 12 p.m. on Friday, March 11, 2016.
Kim Iverson, Public Information Officer, SAFMC; phone: (843) 571-4366 or toll free: (866) SAFMC-10; fax: (843) 769-4520; email:
The items of discussion in the individual meeting agendas are as follows:
1. The Law Enforcement Advisory Panel (AP) will receive updates on developing and recently implemented amendments and provide recommendations as appropriate. The AP will discuss enforcement of new fillet regulations, proposed hogfish
1. The Committee will receive updates on Protected Resources issues and the Right Whale Critical Habitat Final Rule and provide recommendations as appropriate.
2. The Committee will review the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and Magnuson-Stevens Act (MSA) Integration Agreement, discuss the agreement and provide recommendations relative to its approval. The Committee will also receive an update on issues relative to Protected Resources involving the Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and provide recommendations as appropriate.
1. The Committee will receive status updates from NOAA Fisheries on commercial and recreational catches versus annual catch limits (ACLs) for dolphin and wahoo and amendments currently under Secretarial review.
2. The Committee will receive an overview of Amendment 10 to the Dolphin Wahoo Fishery Management Plan (FMP)/Amendment 44 to the Snapper Grouper FMP addressing allocations for dolphin and yellowtail snapper and provide recommendations.
1. The Committee will receive an overview of the non-government organization representation on species-specific advisory panels, discuss term limits, and other policy issues, and provide recommendations as appropriate.
2. The Committee will review applications for open advisory panel seats and provide recommendations as appropriate (Closed Session).
1. The Committee will recommend participants for the upcoming Blueline Tilefish Stock Identification Workshop (Closed Session).
2. The Committee will discuss the Blueline Tilefish Stock Assessment schedule and receive updates on SEDAR projects.
1. The Committee will review recommendations from the Law Enforcement Advisory Panel and take action as appropriate.
1. The Committee will receive updates from NOAA Fisheries on the status of commercial and recreational catches versus quotas for species under ACLs, and the status of amendments currently under Secretarial review.
2. The Committee will receive a presentation on the results of a black sea bass pot selectivity study conducted by Dr. Paul Rudershausen, discuss and take action as appropriate.
3. The Committee will receive a report from its Scientific and Statistical Committee.
4. The Committee will receive an overview of Snapper Grouper Amendment 37 addressing measures for hogfish, consider public hearing comments, modify the document as appropriate, select preferred alternatives and approve all actions.
5. The Committee will review Snapper Grouper Amendment 41 addressing management measures for mutton snapper, consider public scoping comments, modify the document as appropriate and provide guidance to staff.
6. The Committee will receive an overview of the System Management Plan for Deepwater Marine Protected Areas, modify the document as necessary and approve the plan.
7. The Committee will review the Oculina Review Report, modify the report as necessary and approve the report.
8. The Committee will review Snapper Grouper Amendment 36 to establish Spawning Special Management Zones (SMZs) and the System Management Plan for Spawning SMZs, modify the document as necessary, and provide recommendations for approval for Secretarial Review.
9. The Committee will receive an overview of management items to be considered in developing Snapper Grouper Amendment 43 addressing red snapper, discuss and provide direction to staff.
10. The Committee will receive a summary of prioritized action items for development of the draft Fisheries Seasonality/Retention Regulatory Amendment, discuss and provide direction to staff.
1. The Committee will receive a report from NOAA Fisheries on the recreational and commercial catches versus ACLs, a report from the Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council meeting, and a report from the King and Spanish Mackerel Advisory Panel.
2. The Committee will receive an overview of Amendment 26 to the Coastal Migratory Pelagic FMP addressing modifications to management boundaries, ACLs, allocations, and other management measures, consider public hearing comments, modify the document as appropriate, select preferred alternatives, and provide recommendations for approval for Secretarial review.
3. The Committee will also receive an overview of Atlantic
1. The Committee will receive a report from NOAA Fisheries on Bycatch Monitoring and provide direction to staff.
2. The Committee will receive an update on the Commercial Logbook Pilot Study from NOAA Fisheries, discuss and take action as appropriate.
3. The Committee will receive an overview of the Implementation Plan for Commercial Logbook Electronic Reporting, the status of eTrips, discuss and provide direction to staff.
4. The Committee will also receive an overview of the Atlantic For-Hire Reporting Amendment, a demonstration of the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources' Electronic For-Hire Logbook reporting process, review public hearing input, discuss and modify the document as appropriate and approve all actions.
5. The Committee will receive an update on the Council's Citizen Science Workshop, an overview of the draft Citizen Science Blueprint, discuss and take action as appropriate.
1. The Committee will receive an update on the Calendar Year (CY) 2015 budget expenditures, the Draft Activity Schedule, the Status of the CY 2016 budget, and the Council Follow-up and priorities, and take action as appropriate.
2. The Committee will discuss standards and procedures for participating in Council webinar meetings, receive a report from the Council Coordinating Committee meeting, address other issues, and take action as appropriate.
3:45-4 p.m.: Call the meeting to order, adopt the agenda, and approve the December 2015 meeting minutes.
4-5 p.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Snapper Grouper Committee, approve/disapprove Snapper Grouper Amendment 36 (Spawning Special Management Zones) for formal Secretarial Review; approve/disapprove the Oculina Review Report, and approve/disapprove the System Management Plan for Marine Protected Areas. The Council will consider other Committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
8:30-9 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Mackerel Committee, approve/disapprove Amendment 26 to the Coastal Migratory Pelagics FMP for formal Secretarial review, consider other Committee recommendations, and take action as appropriate.
9-9:10 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Law Enforcement Committee, consider recommendations and take actions as appropriate.
9:10-9:30 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Joint Dolphin Wahoo and Snapper Grouper Committees, consider recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9:30-9:40 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Protected Resources Committee, approve/disapprove the ESA/MSA Integration Agreement, consider other recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9:40-9:50 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the SEDAR Committee, consider Committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
9:50-10 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Data Collection Committee, consider Committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
10-10:10 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the AP Selection Committee, consider committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
10:10-10:30 a.m.: The Council will receive a report from the Executive Finance Committee, approve the Council activity schedule, approve the Council Follow-Up and Priorities, consider other Committee recommendations and take action as appropriate.
10:30-12 noon: The Council will receive a presentation on proposed scoping measures for the Monitor National Marine Sanctuary, status reports from NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office and the Southeast Fisheries Science Center; review and develop recommendations on Experimental Fishing Permits as necessary; receive agency and liaison reports; and discuss other business and upcoming meetings.
Documents regarding these issues are available from the Council office (see
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Commerce.
Notice of availability of a Final Programmatic Damage Assessment and Restoration Plan and Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement.
In accordance with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA) and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the
Courtney Groeneveld at
On April 20, 2010, the
Oil spread from the deep ocean to the surface and nearshore environment, from Texas to Florida. The oil came into contact with and injured natural resources as diverse as deep-sea coral, fish and shellfish, productive wetland habitats, sandy beaches, birds, endangered sea turtles, and protected marine life. The oil spill prevented people from fishing, going to the beach, and enjoying their typical recreational activities along the Gulf. Extensive response actions, including use of dispersants, cleanup activities, and actions to try to prevent the oil from reaching sensitive resources, were undertaken to try to reduce harm to people and the environment. However, many of these response actions had collateral impacts on the environment. The oil and other substances released from the well in combination with the extensive response actions together make up the
The Trustees conducted the natural resource damage assessment for the
The Trustees
• National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, on behalf of the U.S. Department of Commerce;
• U.S. Department of the Interior, as represented by the National Park Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and Bureau of Land Management;
• U.S. Department of Agriculture;
• U.S. Environmental Protection Agency;
• State of Louisiana Coastal Protection and Restoration Authority, Oil Spill Coordinator's Office, Department of Environmental Quality, Department of Wildlife and Fisheries, and Department of Natural Resources;
• State of Mississippi Department of Environmental Quality;
• State of Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources and Geological Survey of Alabama;
• State of Florida Department of Environmental Protection and Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission; and
• For the State of Texas: Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, Texas General Land Office, and Texas Commission on Environmental Quality.
Notice of availability of the Draft PDARP/PEIS was published in the
The Final PDARP/PEIS is being released in accordance with the OPA, the Natural Resources Damage Assessment (NRDA) regulations found in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 15 CFR part 990, and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321
In the Final PDARP/PEIS, the
The four alternatives under the Final PDARP/PEIS are as follows:
• Alternative A (Preferred Alternative): Comprehensive Integrated Ecosystem Restoration Plan based on programmatic Trustee goals;
• Alternative B: Resource-Specific Restoration Plan based on programmatic Trustee goals;
• Alternative C: Continued Injury Assessment and Defer Comprehensive Restoration Plan; and
• Alternative D: No Action/Natural Recovery.
These programmatic alternatives are comprised of restoration types and
The Trustees' proposed decision is to select a comprehensive restoration plan to guide and direct subsequent restoration planning and implementation during the coming decades. The Final PDARP/PEIS is programmatic; it describes the framework by which subsequent project specific restoration plans will be identified and developed, and sets forth the types of projects the Trustees will consider in each of the described restoration areas. The subsequent restoration plans will identify, evaluate, and select specific restoration projects for implementation that are consistent with the restoration framework laid out by the Final PDARP/PEIS.
The Trustees considered this programmatic restoration planning decision in light of the proposed settlement among BP, the United States, and the States of Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, Florida, and Texas to resolve BP's liability for natural resource damages associated with the
In accordance with NEPA, a Federal agency must prepare a concise public Record of Decision (ROD) at the time the agency makes a decision in cases involving an EIS (40 CFR 1505.2). The Trustees will issue a ROD pursuant to NEPA regulations at 40 CFR 1505.2 and OPA regulations at 15 CFR 990.23. Accordingly, the ROD for the Final PDARP/PEIS will provide and explain the Trustees' decisions regarding the selection of a preferred alternative. The Trustees will issue the ROD no earlier than 30 days after the Environmental Protection Agency publishes a notice in the
The documents included in the Administrative Record can be viewed electronically at the following location:
The Trustees opened a publicly available Administrative Record for the NRDA for the
The authority of this action is the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 U.S.C. 2701
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice.
The Department of Commerce, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Written comments must be submitted on or before April 19, 2016.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Dr. Danielle Schwarzmann, 301-713-7254
This request is for a new information collection.
Through a partnership with The Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science at the University of Miami, we will collect information from recreational fishers to complete quantitative economic valuations of ecosystem goods and services produced for recreational fisheries in Florida's Gulf Coast. The survey will utilize the stated choice method to estimate the marginal value of a change in catch rates and other biological or economic attributes of the recreational fishery. These may include; size, type of fish and/or method of fishing.
This information will be utilized by Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission (FFWCC) and the National Marine Fisheries Service, Southeast Fisheries Science Center (SEFSC) fisheries scientists and managers to enhance the scope of information used for stock assessment. Additionally, this economic data will be integrated into the recreational fisheries management decision-making processes. The information will directly benefit Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS), as it will help us to identify socioeconomic indicators for recreational fishing that we can incorporate into management process/decisions and future condition reports to evaluate the status and trends of the recreational fishing ecosystem service.
Internet and mail.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection; they also will become a matter of public record.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Proposed additions to and deletions from the Procurement List.
The Committee is proposing to add products and services to the Procurement List that will be furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products previously furnished by such agency.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia, 22202-4149.
This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503(a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.
If the Committee approves the proposed additions, the entities of the Federal Government identified in this notice will be required to procure the products and services listed below from nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
The following products and services are proposed for addition to the Procurement List for production by the nonprofit agencies listed:
The following products are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:
10:00 a.m., Friday, February 26, 2016.
Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC, 9th Floor Commission Conference Room.
Closed.
Surveillance, enforcement, and examinations matters. In the event that the time, date, or location of this meeting changes, an announcement of the change, along with the new time, date, and/or place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's Web site at
Christopher Kirkpatrick, 202-418-5964.
Wednesday, February 24, 2016, 10:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m.
Room 837-C, Enter on the Fourth Floor, Bethesda Towers, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, Maryland.
Commission Meeting—Open to the Public.
Decisional Matters:
A live webcast of the Meeting can be viewed at
Todd A. Stevenson, Office of the Secretary, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814, (301) 504-7923.
Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 3501
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before April 19, 2016.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Freddie Cross, 202-502-7489.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a combined meeting of the Environmental Monitoring and Remediation Committee and Waste Management Committee of the Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board (EM SSAB), Northern New Mexico (known locally as the Northern New Mexico Citizens' Advisory Board [NNMCAB]). The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the
Wednesday, March 9, 2016, 2:00 p.m.-4:00 p.m.
NNMCAB Office, 94 Cities of Gold Road, Santa Fe, NM 87506.
Menice Santistevan, Northern New Mexico Citizens' Advisory Board, 94 Cities of Gold Road, Santa Fe, NM 87506. Phone (505) 995-0393; Fax (505) 989-1752 or Email:
Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a meeting of the Environmental Management Site-Specific Advisory Board (EM SSAB), Oak Ridge Reservation. The Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of this meeting be announced in the
Wednesday, March 9, 2016, 6:00 p.m.
Department of Energy Information Center, Office of Science and Technical Information, 1 Science.gov Way, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830.
Melyssa P. Noe, Federal Coordinator, Department of Energy Oak Ridge Operations Office, P.O. Box 2001, EM-90, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Phone (865) 241-3315; Fax (865) 576-0956 or email:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Red Horse III, LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is March 1, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of RDAF Energy Solutions's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is March 1, 2016.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal Agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Pursuant to the provisions of the “Government in the Sunshine Act” (5 U.S.C. 552b), notice is hereby given that at 10:23 a.m. on Wednesday, February 17, 2016, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation met in closed session to consider matters related to the Corporation's supervision, corporate, and resolution activities.
In calling the meeting, the Board determined, on motion of Vice Chairman Thomas M. Hoenig, seconded by Director Thomas J. Curry (Comptroller of the Currency), concurred in by Director Richard Cordray (Director, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau), and Chairman Martin J. Gruenberg, that Corporation
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Notice is hereby given of the final approval of proposed information collections by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) under OMB delegated authority. Board-approved collections of information are incorporated into the official OMB inventory of currently approved collections of information. Copies of the Paperwork Reduction Act Submission, supporting statements and approved collection of information instrument(s) are placed into OMB's public docket files. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection that has been extended, revised, or implemented on or after October 1, 1995, unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Federal Reserve Board Acting Clearance Officer—Nuha Elmaghrabi—Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551 (202) 452-3829. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.
OMB Desk Officer—Shagufta Ahmed—Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503.
Additionally, because all survey respondents are currently registered as bank holding companies, this survey is also authorized under section 5(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1844(c)).
Because the release of this information would cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the entity from whom the information was obtained, the information collected on the FR 2436 may be granted confidential treatment under exemption (b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), which protects from disclosure “trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential.”
Because the Federal Reserve believes the release of this information would cause substantial harm to the competitive position of the entity from whom the information was obtained, the information collected on the FR 3036 may be granted confidential treatment under exemption (b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4), which protects from disclosure “trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person and privileged or confidential.”
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
On June 15, 1984, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) its approval authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), to approve of and assign OMB numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board. Board-approved collections of information are incorporated into the official OMB inventory of currently approved collections of information. Copies of the PRA Submission, supporting statements and approved collection of information instruments are placed into OMB's public docket files. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection that has been extended, revised, or implemented on or after October 1, 1995, unless it displays a currently valid OMB number.
Comments must be submitted on or before April 19, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by Reg Z, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at
A copy of the PRA OMB submission, including the proposed reporting form and instructions, supporting statement, and other documentation will be placed into OMB's public docket files, once approved. These documents will also be made available on the Federal Reserve Board's public Web site at:
Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer—Nuha Elmaghrabi—Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551 (202) 452-3829. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.
The following information collection, which is being handled under this delegated authority, has received initial Board approval and is hereby published for comment. At the end of the comment period, the proposed information collection, along with an analysis of comments and recommendations received, will be submitted to the Board for final approval under OMB delegated authority. Comments are invited on the following:
a. Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions, including whether the information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy of the Federal Reserve's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
Creditors are required to comply with Regulation Z's disclosure and other requirements unless the transaction is exempt.
First, the Federal Reserve proposes to modify Reg Z to account for new required rules issued by the CFPB to implement the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act).
• Combined closed-end mortgage disclosures under TILA and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA);
• A requirement that creditors must run a credit check on loan originators;
• Requirements that creditors verify documents used to determine “qualified mortgage” status;
• Mortgage payoff statement requirements;
• Revised and additional adjustable rate mortgage (ARM) disclosures;
• Periodic statements for closed-end residential mortgages;
• Revised and additional disclosures for high-cost mortgages under the Home Ownership Equity Protection Act
Second, the Federal Reserve proposes to clarify and add several information collection elements for regulatory requirements that previously were accounted for as part of a more general category of information collections or were not previously included because institutions for whose burden the Federal Reserve accounts did not engage in the relevant line of business to a material degree.
These include:
• A requirement that creditors of open-end (not home-secured) credit have policies to comply with requirements for the timely settlement of estate debts;
• A requirement that creditors of open-end (not home-secured) credit have policies to comply with requirements to account for a consumer's ability to repay a the debt;
• Separate disclosures for open-end (not home-secured) and open-end (home-secured) credit;
• Reverse mortgage disclosures.
Other proposed changes to Reg Z are non-substantive and intended for clarity.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
On June 15, 1984, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) its approval authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), to approve of and assign OMB numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board. Board-approved collections of information are incorporated into the official OMB inventory of currently approved collections of information. Copies of the PRA Submission, supporting statements and approved collection of information instruments are placed into OMB's public docket files. The Federal Reserve may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection that has been extended, revised, or implemented on or after October 1, 1995, unless it displays a currently valid OMB number.
Comments must be submitted on or before April 19, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by
•
•
•
•
•
All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at
Additionally, commenters may send a copy of their comments to the OMB Desk Officer—Shagufta Ahmed—Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503 or by fax to (202) 395-6974.
A copy of the PRA OMB submission, including the proposed reporting form and instructions, supporting statement, and other documentation will be placed into OMB's public docket files, once approved. These documents will also be made available on the Federal Reserve Board's public Web site at:
Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer—Nuha Elmaghrabi—Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551 (202) 452-3829. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.
The following information collections, which are being handled under this delegated authority, have received initial Board approval and are hereby published for comment. At the end of the comment period, the proposed information collections, along with an analysis of comments and recommendations received, will be submitted to the Board for final approval under OMB delegated authority. Comments are invited on the following:
a. Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions; including whether the information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy of the Federal Reserve's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or start up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
• The terms of private contractual obligations;
• The liquid or illiquid nature of assets proposed to be divested by the regulated entity;
• The total exposure of the covered entity to the activity or investment, and its materiality to the institution;
• The risks and costs of disposing of, or maintaining, the activity or investment; and
• The impact of divestiture or conformance of the activity or investment on any duty owed by the institution to a client, customer, or counterparty.
This information is the type of confidential commercial and financial information that may be withheld under Exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4). As
The restrictions and prohibitions of section 13 of the BHC Act became effective on July 21, 2012,
Section 13 also gives nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board the same general two-year conformance period with the potential of up to three, one-year extensions to bring their activities into compliance with any requirements or limits established. Consistent with the conformance period available to banking entities, the Board has the ability to extend this two-year period by up to three additional one-year periods, if the Board determines that such an extension is consistent with the purpose of the Volcker Rule and would not be detrimental to the public interest.
On February 2011, the Board adopted a final rule to implement the conformance period provisions of section 13 (“Conformance Rule”) during which banking entities and nonbank financial companies supervised by the Board must bring their activities and investments into compliance with the Volcker Rule and implementing regulations. The information collections associated with the Conformance Rule are located in sections 225.181(c) and 225.182(c) of Regulation Y. Sections 225.181(c) and 225.182(c) permit a banking entity and nonbank financial company, respectively, to request an extension of time to conform their activities to the Volcker Rule. The Conformance Rule became effective April 1, 2011.
The Board is also authorized to require that state member banks and their departments file reports with the Board pursuant to section 11(a)(1) of the Federal Reserve Act, 12 U.S.C. 248(a)(1). Branches and agencies of foreign banks are also subject to the reporting requirements of section 11(a)(1) of the Federal Reserve Act pursuant to section 7(c)(2) of the International Banking Act, 12 U.S.C. 3105(c)(2). In addition, section 10(b)(2) of the Home Owners' Loan Act authorizes the Board to require SLHCs to file “such reports as may be required by the Board” and instructs that such reports “shall contain such information concerning the operations of such savings and loan holding company and its subsidiaries as the Board may require.” 12 U.S.C. 1467a(b)(2), as
The obligation to file the forms with the Board is mandatory for those financial institutions for which the Board serves as the ARA, and the filing of both forms is event generated.
The data collected on Forms MSD-4 and MSD-5 is compiled in a “system of records” within the meaning of the Privacy Act. 5 U.S.C. 552a(a)(5). In 1977, the Board formally designated a system of records for Forms MSD-4 and MSD-5.
On August 4, 2014, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB) (MSRB Notice 2014-13) announced the creation of a new designation of registered person—Limited Representative—Investment Company and Variable Contracts Products—which is a sub-category of Municipal Securities Representative.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806 or Email:
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
2.
The related provisions are finalized in the final regulations titled “Final Rules Under the Affordable Care Act for Grandfathered Plans, Preexisting Condition Exclusions, Lifetime and Annual Limits, Rescissions, Dependent Coverage, Appeals, and Patient Protections”. The final regulations also require that, if State law prohibits balance billing, or a plan or issuer is contractually responsible for any amounts balanced billed by an out-of-network emergency services provider, a plan or issuer must provide a participant, beneficiary or enrollee adequate and prominent notice of their lack of financial responsibility with respect to amounts balanced billed in order to prevent inadvertent payment by the individual.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), federal agencies are require; to publish notice in the
Comments must be received by April 19, 2016.
When commenting, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be submitted in any one of the following ways:
1.
2.
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
This notice sets out a summary of the use and burden associated with the following information collections. More detailed information can be found in each collection's supporting statement and associated materials (see
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires federal agencies to publish a 60-day notice in the
1.
2.
3.
Section 2794 directs the Secretary to ensure the public disclosure of information and justification relating to unreasonable rate increases. Section 2794 requires that health insurance issuers submit justification for an unreasonable rate increase to CMS and the relevant state prior to its implementation. Additionally, section 2794 requires that rate increases effective in 2014 (submitted for review in 2013) be monitored by the Secretary, in conjunction with the states. To those ends, Section 154 of the CFR establishes various reporting requirements for health insurance issuers, including a Preliminary Justification for a proposed rate increase, a Final Justification for any rate increase determined by a state or CMS to be unreasonable, and a notification requirement for unreasonable rate increases which the issuer will not implement.
In order to obtain the information necessary to monitor premium increases of health insurance coverage offered through an Exchange and outside of an Exchange, 45 CFR 154.215 would require health insurance issuers to submit the Unified Rate Review Template for all single risk pool coverage products in the individual or small group (or merged) market, regardless of whether any plan within a product is subject to a rate increase. That regulation would also require health insurance issuers to submit an Actuarial Memorandum (in addition to the Unified Rate Review Template) when a plan within a product is subject to a rate increase. Although the two required documents are submitted at the risk pool level, the requirement to submit is based on increases at the plan level.
In order to conduct a review to assess reasonableness when a plan within a product has a rate increase that is subject to review, health insurance issuers would be required to submit a written description justifying the increase (in addition to the Unified Rate Review Template and Actuarial Memorandum). Although the required documents are submitted at the risk pool level, the requirement to submit is based on increases at the plan level.
4.
The 2015 MLR Reporting Form and Instructions reflect changes for the 2015 reporting/benefit year and beyond. In 2016, it is expected that issuers will submit fewer reports and send fewer notices to policyholders and subscribers, which will reduce burden on issuers. On the other hand, it is expected that issuers will send more rebate checks in the mail to individual market policyholders, which will increase burden for some issuers. It is estimated that there will be a net reduction in total burden from 271,600 to 235,148.
Copies of the proposed collection may be obtained by writing to the Administration for Children and Families, Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, 330 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20201. Attention Reports Clearance Officer. All requests should be identified by the title of the information collection. Email address:
OMB is required to make a decision concerning the collection of information between 30 and 60 days after publication of this document in the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Immunogenicity-Related Considerations for Low Molecular Weight Heparin.” This guidance discusses how applicants for low molecular weight heparin (LMWH) products should provide information on impurities and their potential impact on immunogenicity.
Submit either electronic or written comments on Agency guidances at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper
Submit written requests for single copies of this guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the
Daniela Verthelyi, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Silver Spring, MD 20993, 240-402-7450.
FDA is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Immunogenicity-Related Considerations for Low Molecular Weight Heparin.” It finalizes the draft guidance entitled “Immunogenicity-Related Considerations for the Approval of Low Molecular Weight Heparin for New Drug Applications and Abbreviated New Drug Applications” that published on April 9, 2014 (79 FR 19621). FDA has considered the comments submitted to the public docket and modified statements and added terms for clarity.
This guidance provides recommendations to applicants for new drug applications (NDAs) and abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) regarding impurities and their potential effect on immunogenicity for LMWH. This guidance also includes recommendations for ANDA applicants on meeting the requirement for active ingredient sameness, because a demonstration of active ingredient sameness helps to address immunogenicity considerations in this context. In addition, this guidance discusses how to address changes in the source material or other component, or when there are modifications to the manufacturing process after completion of supporting clinical studies, either before or after approval of the application.
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). This guidance represents the Agency's current thinking on immunogenicity considerations for low molecular weight heparin. It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
This guidance refers to a previously approved collection of information that is subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collection of information in 21 CFR part 314 has been approved under OMB control number 0910-0001.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the guidance at either
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; request for comments.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of public advisory committees of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Stephanie L. Begansky at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is making available the summary report of the public comments received during the open period from November 4 to December 4, 2014, on FDA activities under the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA), Patient Participation in Medical Product Discussions. The purpose of this notice is to announce the public availability of the report on stakeholder views based on the comments received in the docket.
An electronic copy of the summary report is available at
The summary report is also available in Docket No. FDA-2014-N-1698.
Andrea Furia-Helms, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 32, Rm. 5319, Silver Spring MD 20993-0002,
On July 9, 2012, the President signed into law FDASIA (Pub. L. 112-144). FDASIA expands FDA's authorities and strengthens the Agency's ability to safeguard and advance public health in several areas including increasing stakeholder involvement in FDA regulatory processes. Specifically, section 1137 of FDASIA directs the Secretary of Health and Human Services to develop and implement strategies to solicit the views of patients during the medical product development process and consider the perspectives of patients during regulatory discussions, including by fostering participation of a patient representative who may serve as a special government employee in appropriate Agency meetings with medical product sponsors and investigators and exploring means to provide for identification of patient representatives who do not have any, or have minimal, financial interests in the medical products industry.
FDA formed an Agency-wide working group to explore approaches and procedures as well as to align strategies across the Agency for patient participation in accordance with the statute.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of a document entitled “Recommendations for Donor Screening, Deferral, and Product Management to Reduce the Risk of Transfusion-Transmission of Zika Virus: Guidance for Industry.” The guidance document provides blood establishments that collect blood and blood components with recommendations for donor screening, donor deferral, and product management to reduce the risk of transfusion-transmitted Zika virus (ZIKV). The guidance applies to the collection of Whole Blood and blood components intended for transfusion. The guidance does not apply to the collection of Source Plasma.
The Agency is soliciting public comment, but is implementing this guidance immediately because the Agency has determined that prior public participation is not feasible or appropriate. Submit either electronic or written comments on Agency guidances at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
• Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Submit written requests for single copies of the draft guidance to the Office of Communication, Outreach and Development, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER), Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 3128, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist the office in processing your requests. The draft guidance may also be obtained by mail by calling CBER at 1-800-835-4709 or 240-402-8010. See the
Valerie Butler, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 7301, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-7911.
FDA is announcing the availability of a guidance document entitled “Recommendations for Donor Screening, Deferral, and Product Management to Reduce the Risk of Transfusion-Transmission of Zika Virus; Guidance for Industry.” The guidance document provides blood establishments that collect blood and blood components with recommendations for donor screening, donor deferral, and product management to reduce the risk of transfusion-transmitted ZIKV. The guidance applies to the collection of Whole Blood and blood components intended for transfusion. The guidance does not apply to the collection of Source Plasma, which is used for further manufacture of plasma-derived products. Viral inactivation and removal methods are currently used to clear
ZIKV is an arbovirus from the Flaviviridae family, genus
The most common ZIKV disease symptoms include fever, arthralgia, maculopapular rash, and conjunctivitis. Neurological manifestations and congenital anomalies have been associated with ZIKV disease outbreaks. Association of ZIKV infection with Guillain-Barré syndrome cases has been reported during outbreaks in Polynesia and in Brazil. In Brazil there has also been a marked increase in the incidence of microcephaly in regions most affected by the ZIKV epidemic.
ZIKV reached the Americas in early 2015 with local transmission first reported in Brazil and as of February 10, 2016, there are 30 countries and territories worldwide with active local transmission of the virus. As of February 10, 2016, local mosquito-borne transmission of ZIKV has not been reported in the continental United States, but cases have been reported in travelers returning to the United States from areas with local transmission.
Consistent with existing regulations and applicable guidance, donors must be in good health at the time of donation § 640.3(b) (21 CFR 640.3(b)) as indicated by, among other things, freedom from any disease transmissible by blood transfusion, as can be determined by history and examination (§ 640.3(b)(6)). Standard operating procedures that are already in place should result in the deferral of individuals who have symptoms consistent with ZIKV infection at the time of donation. The recommendations in the guidance are intended to reduce the risk of collecting blood and blood components from at-risk donors who could be potentially infected with ZIKV and do not display clinical symptoms during the incubation period or have an asymptomatic infection.
The guidance recommends that blood collection establishments in areas without active transmission of ZIKV defer donors at risk for ZIKV infection as follows: Defer for 4 weeks after the resolution of symptoms a donor with a history of ZIKV infection or a donor who reports symptoms suggestive of ZIKV within 2 weeks of departure from an area with active transmission of ZIKV; defer for 4 weeks after the last sexual contact a donor who has had sexual contact with a man who has been diagnosed with ZIKV or who traveled to or resided in an area with active transmission of ZIKV in the 3 months prior to that instance of sexual contact; and defer for 4 weeks from the date of his or her departure, a donor who has been a resident of or has travelled to an area with active transmission of ZIKV.
For areas with active transmission of ZIKV, the guidance recommends that blood collection establishments obtain blood and blood components from areas of the United States without active transmission of ZIKV to fulfill orders. However, a blood establishment may collect platelets and plasma locally if the blood establishment implements FDA-approved pathogen reduction technology for platelets and plasma. Further, blood establishments in areas of active transmission may collect blood components locally provided the establishment tests blood donations with an FDA-licensed blood donor screening test for ZIKV, when such a test becomes available.
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). FDA is issuing this guidance for immediate implementation in accordance with 21 CFR 10.115(g)(2) without initially seeking prior comment because the Agency has determined that prior public participation is not feasible or appropriate. The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on “Recommendations for Donor Screening, Deferral, and Product Management to Reduce the Risk of Transfusion-Transmission of Zika Virus.” It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR 601.12 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0338; and the collections of information in 21 CFR 606.100(b), 606.160(b)(1), and 640.3(a) have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0116.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the guidance at either
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the
Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by April 19, 2016.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
• Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION”. The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, 8455 Colesville Rd., COLE-14526, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002,
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.
The Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (the Tobacco Control Act) was enacted on June 22, 2009, amending the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) and providing FDA with the authority to regulate tobacco products (Pub. L. 111-31; 123 Stat. 1776). Section 3 of the Comprehensive Smokeless Tobacco Health Education Act of 1986 (the Smokeless Tobacco Act) (15 U.S.C. 4402), as amended by section 204 of the Tobacco Control Act, requires, among other things, that all smokeless tobacco product packages and advertisements bear one of four required warning statements. Section 3(b)(3)(A) of the Smokeless Tobacco Act requires that the warnings be displayed on packaging and advertising for each brand of smokeless tobacco “in accordance with a plan submitted by the tobacco product manufacturer, importer, distributor, or retailer” to, and approved by, FDA.
This information collection—the submission to FDA of warning plans for smokeless tobacco products—is statutorily mandated. The warning plans will be reviewed by FDA, as required by the Smokeless Tobacco Act, to determine whether the companies' plans for the equal distribution and display of warning statements on packaging and the quarterly rotation of warning statements in advertising for each brand of smokeless tobacco products comply with section 3 of the Smokeless Tobacco Act, as amended.
Based on the Federal Trade Commission's (FTC's) previous experience with the submission of warning plans and FDA's experience, FDA estimates that there are 52 companies affected by this information collection. To account for the entry of new smokeless tobacco companies that may be affected by this information
When the FTC requested an extension of their approved warning plan information collection in 2007, based on over 20 years implementing the warning plan requirements and taking into account increased computerization and improvements in electronic communication, the FTC estimated submitting an initial plan would take 60 hours. Based on FDA's experience over the past several years, FDA believes the estimate of 60 hours to complete an initial rotational plan continues to be reasonable.
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
FDA estimates a total of 100 respondents will respond to this collection of information and take 60 hours to complete a rotational warning plan for a total of 6,000 burden hours. In addition, capital costs are based on 100 respondents mailing in their submission at a postage rate of $12 for a 5-pound parcel (business parcel post mail delivered from the furthest delivery zone). Therefore, FDA estimates that the total postage cost for mailing the rotational warning plans to FDA to be $1,200.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA).
Fax written comments on the collection of information by March 21, 2016.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, 8455 Colesville Rd., COLE-14526, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
Section 502(x) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 352(x)), which was added by the Dietary Supplement and Nonprescription Drug Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 109-462), requires the label of a nonprescription drug product marketed without an approved application in the United States to include a domestic address or domestic telephone number through which a manufacturer, packer, and distributor may receive a report of a serious adverse event associated with the product. The guidance document contains questions and answers relating to this labeling requirement and provides guidance to industry on the following topics: (1) The meaning of “domestic address” for purposes of the labeling requirements of section 502(x) of the FD&C Act; (2) FDA's recommendation for the use of an introductory statement before the domestic address or phone number that is required to appear on the product label under section 502(x) of the FD&C Act; and (3) FDA's intent regarding enforcing the labeling requirements of section 502(x) of the FD&C Act.
In the
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; request for comments.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of a public advisory committee of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The meeting will be open to the public.
FDA is establishing a public docket [Docket No. FDA-2016-N-0567] to receive input on pediatric-focused safety reviews and appropriate pediatric development plans for prescription opioid drugs. Comments about the upcoming September advisory committee meeting should not be submitted to the docket number listed at the top of this
In addition, FDA will be providing information on a proposed public advisory committee meeting for September 15 and 16, 2016, on appropriate pediatric development plans for prescription opioid drugs. Prior to the safety reviews and the open public hearing (see later in this section for further information), FDA will present, from approximately 8:30 to 9:30 a.m., a framework of current plans for a 2-day joint meeting of the PAC, the Anesthetic and Analgesic Drug Products Advisory Committee, and the Drug Safety and Risk Management Advisory Committees.
Elsewhere in this issue of the
The pediatric-focused safety reviews for the Centers will then occur. The PAC will meet to discuss the following products (listed by FDA Center):
In addition to the agenda items, the PAC will remain in public session over the lunch hour on April 12, 2016, to hear a presentation and provide feedback on an FDA proposal for a risk-based approach to the pediatric-focused safety reviews mandated by the Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act and the Pediatric Research Equity Act. The working lunch currently is scheduled between approximately 12:30 p.m. and 1:15 p.m.
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDA's advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require accommodations due to a disability, please contact Marieann Brill at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Determining the Extent of Safety Data Collection Needed in Late-Stage Premarket and Postapproval Clinical Investigations.” The guidance is intended to help sponsors determine the amounts and types of safety data to collect in late-stage premarket and postapproval clinical investigations based on what is already known about a drug's safety profile. Sponsors collect extensive safety data in clinical investigations of drug and biological products conducted to support marketing approval (premarket) and after approval (postapproval). FDA believes that selective safety data collection may be possible for some late-stage premarket and postapproval clinical investigations because certain aspects of a drug's safety profile will be sufficiently well-established and comprehensive data collection is not needed. This guidance finalizes the draft guidance issued in February 2012.
Submit either electronic or written comments on Agency guidances at any time.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Submit written requests for single copies of this guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002; or to the Office of Communication, Outreach and Development, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER), Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 3128, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist the office in processing your requests. See the
Ebla Ali Ibrahim, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6302, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-3691; or Stephen Ripley, Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 71, Rm. 7301, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-7911.
FDA is announcing the availability of a guidance for industry entitled “Determining the Extent of Safety Data Collection Needed in Late-Stage Premarket and Postapproval Clinical Investigations.” The guidance is intended to help sponsors determine the amounts and types of safety data to collect during late-stage premarket and postapproval clinical investigations (
If the drug's safety profile is well-established before completion of clinical development or for marketed drugs used in postmarketing clinical trials, it may no longer be necessary in some cases to collect certain types of safety data. In some cases, collection of data that do not contribute to better characterizing the safety profile of a drug may have negative consequences. Additionally, excessive safety data collection practices may discourage the conduct of certain types of trials by increasing the resources needed to perform the trials and may also be a disincentive to investigator and patient participation in clinical trials. FDA believes that selective safety data collection may: (1) Facilitate the conduct of larger trials without compromising the integrity and the validity of trial results or losing important information, (2) facilitate investigators' and patients' participation in clinical trials, and (3) help contain costs by making more-efficient use of clinical trial resources.
The guidance outlines the circumstances where selective data collection may be appropriate and the types of safety data that may be eligible for selective collection. The guidance provides recommendations on maintaining a balance between eliminating the collection of data that will not be useful and collecting sufficient data to allow adequate characterization of the safety profile of a drug in scenarios where selective safety data collection is appropriate. The guidance also strongly encourages sponsors to work closely with the relevant FDA review division or divisions to establish and implement selective safety data collection.
In the
This guidance is being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). The guidance represents the current thinking of FDA on determining the extent of safety data collection needed in late-stage premarket and postapproval clinical investigations. It does not establish any rights for any person and is not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
This guidance refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in 21 CFR 312.32 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0014; the collections of information in 21 CFR 312.47 have been approved under OMB control numbers 0910-0014 and 0910-0429; the collections of information in 21 CFR 314.80 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0230; and the collections of information in 21 CFR 600.80 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0308.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the document at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish a notice in the
Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by April 19, 2016.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION”. The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, 8455 Colesville Rd., COLE-14526, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002,
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.
The 2009 Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (Tobacco Control Act) (Pub. L. 111-31) amends the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) to grant FDA authority to regulate the manufacture, marketing, and distribution of tobacco products to protect public health and to reduce tobacco use by minors. Section 1003(d)(2)(D) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 393(d)(2)(D)) supports the development and implementation of FDA public education campaigns related to tobacco use. Accordingly, FDA is currently developing and implementing youth-targeted public education campaigns to help prevent tobacco use among youth and thereby reduce the public health burden of tobacco. The campaigns feature televised advertisements along with complementary ads on radio, on the Internet, in print, and through other forms of media.
Evaluation is an essential organizational practice in public health and a systematic way to account for and improve public health actions. Comprehensive evaluation of FDA's public education campaigns will be used to document whether the intended audience is aware of and understands campaign messages; and whether campaign exposure influences beliefs about tobacco, susceptibility to tobacco use, and tobacco use behavior. All of the information collected is integral to that evaluation.
FDA is in the process of conducting three studies to evaluate the effectiveness of its youth tobacco prevention campaigns: (1) An outcome evaluation study of its General Market Youth Tobacco Prevention Campaign, (2) an outcome evaluation of the Rural Male Youth Smokeless Tobacco Campaign, and (3) a media tracking survey. The timing of these studies follows the multiple, discrete waves of media advertising planned for the campaigns.
The General Market Youth Tobacco Prevention Campaign targets youth who are at-risk for smoking, or who have experimented with but not progressed to regular smoking. The outcome evaluation of the campaign consists of an initial baseline survey of youth aged 11 to 16 before campaigns launch, followed by a number of longitudinal follow-up surveys of the same youth at approximate 8 month intervals. To date, the baseline and three follow-up surveys have been conducted. A baseline survey was also conducted with the parent or legal guardian of each youth, to collect data on household characteristics and media use. Because the cohort aged over the study period, data have been collected from youth aged 11 to 18. Information has been collected about youth awareness of and exposure to campaign advertisements and about youth knowledge, attitudes, and beliefs related to tobacco use. In addition, the surveys have measured tobacco use susceptibility and current use. Information has been collected on demographic variables including age, sex, race/ethnicity, grade level, and primary language.
Baseline data collection for the Rural Male Youth Smokeless Campaign evaluation will begin in January 2016. The three follow up surveys will begin in August 2016, March 2017, and October 2017. The evaluation of the Rural Male Youth Smokeless Campaign differs from the General Market Campaign evaluation, in that only males in the age range will be considered eligible.
The media tracking survey consists of assessments of youth aged 13 to 18 conducted periodically during the campaign period. The tracking survey assesses awareness of the campaign and receptivity to campaign messages. These data provide critical evaluation feedback to the campaigns and are conducted with sufficient frequency to match the cyclical patterns of media advertising and variation in exposure to allow for mid-campaign refinements.
All information is being collected through in-person and web-based questionnaires. Youth respondents were recruited from two sources: (1) A probability sample drawn from 90 U.S. media markets gathered using an address-based postal mail sampling of U.S. households for the outcome evaluations, and (2) an Internet panel for the media tracking survey. Participation in the studies is voluntary.
The studies are being conducted in support of the provisions of the Tobacco Control Act, which require FDA to protect the public health and to reduce tobacco use by minors. The information being collected is necessary to inform FDA's efforts towards those goals and to measure the effectiveness and public health impact of the campaigns. Data from the outcome evaluation of the General Market and Rural Male Youth Smokeless campaigns is being used to examine statistical associations between exposure to the campaigns and subsequent changes in specific outcomes of interest, which will include knowledge, attitudes, beliefs, and intentions related to tobacco use, as well as behavioral outcomes including tobacco use. Data from the media tracking survey is being used to estimate awareness of and exposure to the campaigns among youth nationally as well as among youth in geographic areas targeted by the campaign.
FDA requests OMB approval to collect additional information for the purpose of extending the evaluation of FDA's general market youth tobacco prevention campaign. Specifically, FDA requests approval to conduct a fourth follow-up survey with youth who are part of the first longitudinal cohort, and who participated in the baseline and first through third follow-up surveys. Based on earlier response rates, we estimate that 1,607 will participate in this survey, for a total of 6,666 annualized participants (including 5,059 previously approved). At 0.75 hours per survey, this adds 1,205 annualized burden hours to the 3,794 previously approved hours for a total of 5,000 annualized burden hours. Baseline data collection for this cohort, approved for 2,288 participants (1,144 burden hours at 30 minutes per survey) is complete.
FDA also requests approval to develop and survey a second longitudinal cohort which will consist of an entirely new sample of youth, ages 11-16 at baseline. Development of the
We expect this screening to yield 2,667 youth annually who will complete the baseline survey for the new cohort, resulting in a total of 1,334 burden hours for youth. Three follow up surveys are planned for this cohort. We expect a total of 6,270 participants to complete follow up surveys for a total burden of 4,703 annualized burden hours. As was done with the first cohort, parents of the 2,667 youth will also complete surveys for a total of 6,009 parent surveys including the 3,342 previously approved. At 10 minutes per survey, this adds 453 hours to the previously approved 568 hours for a total of 1,021 annualized burden hours.
FDA also requests approval to extend the media tracking survey. This survey is cross sectional and thus necessitates brief screening prior to data collection. We expect 20,000 participants to complete screener for a total of 60,000 participants (including 40,000 previously approved). At two minutes per screener, this adds 600 burden hours to the previously approved 1,200 hours for a total of 1,800 annualized burden hours. We expect the screening process to yield 2,000 participants, for a total of 6,000 including 4,000 previously approved. At 30 minutes per survey, this adds 1,000 burden hours to the already-approved 2,000 for a total of 3,000 annualized burden hours.
FDA also requests approval to extend the time period of the evaluation of the Male Rural Youth Smokeless Campaign. No new burden hours will be required to complete this study. Previously approved burden for the evaluation of the Rural Male Youth Smokeless Campaign include 656 participants (328 burden hours at 30 minutes per questionnaire) for the baseline questionnaire and 1,281 participants (961 burden hours at 0.75 hours per questionnaire).
Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation.
Notice of Reestablishment of the Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports and Request for Nominations.
In accordance with the provisions of FACA, and after consultation with the General Services Administration (GSA), the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) has determined that the reestablishment of the Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports is in the public interest. This Panel shall advise the HHS Secretary about the econometric and actuarial techniques and economic assumptions utilized in the Hospital Insurance (HI) and Supplementary Medical Insurance (SMI) Trust Fund reports, thus enhancing her ability to fulfill duties and responsibilities imposed by the PHSA (42 U.S.C. 201
Submit nominations on or before March 7, 2016.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, Room 405-F, Humphrey Building, Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, DC 20201.
Donald T. Oellerich, Ph.D., Department of Health and Human Services; Telephone (202) 690-8410, email
The Board of Trustees of the Medicare Trust Funds report annually on the financial condition of the Hospital Insurance (HI) and Supplementary Medical Insurance (SMI) trust funds. These reports describe the trust funds' current and projected financial condition over the “short term,” or next decade, and the “long term” (75+ years). The Medicare Board of Trustees has requested that the Secretary of Health and Human Services (who is one of the Trustees) establish a panel of technical experts to review the methods used in the HI and SMI annual reports. The Secretary reestablished the Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports when she signed the charter on February 3, 2016.
The Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports shall counsel the HHS Secretary regarding the Hospital Insurance and Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund annual reports. The panel's duties shall include, but not be limited to, a review of the following topics: The long-term rate of growth, the sustainability of key Medicare cost growth factors under current law, future changes in utilization of care, the transition of short term to long range projections and current and alternate projection methodologies including the high and low cost options. The panel may also examine other methodological issues identified by panelists. The Panel's final report and its recommendations to the Secretary shall be only advisory in nature.
The Secretary is soliciting nominations for appointment to the 9-member Technical Review Panel from among members of the general public who are experts in health economics, actuarial science, statistics, public policy, or other fields that could inform and substantively contribute to panel deliberations. Each member of the panel shall be appointed for a term of 2 years.
Nominations should be submitted to Donald T. Oellerich, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Room 405F, Washington, DC 20201 no later than <insert 15 days after publication>. When selecting members for this Technical Review Panel, HHS will give close attention to equitable geographic distribution and to minority and female representation so long as the effectiveness of the Panel is not impaired. Appointments shall be made without discrimination on the basis of age, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, HIV status, disability, and cultural, religious, or socioeconomic status.
The Secretary, or her designee, shall appoint one of the members to serve as the Chair. Members shall be invited to serve for the duration of the panel. If members are selected from the Federal sector, they will be classified as regular government employees. Members who are selected from the public and/or private sector will be classified as special government employees. Any vacancy on the Technical Review Panel shall not affect its powers, but shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment was made. An individual chosen to fill a vacancy shall be appointed for the unexpired term of the member that is replaced.
HHS will provide funding and administrative support for the Technical Review Panel to the extent permitted by law within existing appropriations. Staff will be assigned to support the activities of the Panel. Management and oversight for support services provided to the Panel will be the responsibility of the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation and the Office of the Actuary, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS). All executive departments and agencies and all entities within the Executive Office of the President shall provide information and assistance to the Panel as the Chair may request for purposes of carrying out the Panel's functions, to the extent permitted by law.
A copy of the Panel's charter can be obtained from the designated contacts or by accessing the FACA database that is maintained by the GSA Committee Management Secretariat. The Web site for the FACA database is
The Technical Review Panel on the Medicare Trustees Reports is authorized by Sec. 222 of the Public Health Service Act (PHSA), Public Law 92-463. The Panel is governed by provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended (5 U.S.C., App. 2), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of advisory committees.
In compliance with the requirement of section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the Division of Loan Repayment (DLR), National Institutes of Health (NIH), will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects to be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval.
Written comments and/or suggestions from the public and affected agencies should address one or more of the
The AIDS Research Loan Repayment Program (AIDS-LRP) is authorized by section 487A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 288-1); the Clinical Research Loan Repayment Program for Individuals from Disadvantaged Backgrounds (CR-LRP) is authorized by section 487E (42 U.S.C. 288-5); the General Research Loan Repayment Program (GR-LRP) is authorized by section 487C of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 288-3); the Clinical Research Loan Repayment Program (LRP-CR) is authorized by section 487F (42 U.S.C. 288-5a); the Pediatric Research Loan Repayment Program (PR-LRP) is authorized by section 487F (42 U.S.C. 288-6); the Extramural Clinical Research LRP for Individuals from Disadvantaged Backgrounds (ECR-LRP) is authorized by an amendment to section 487E (42 U.S.C. 288-5); the Contraception and Infertility Research LRP (CIR-LRP) is authorized by section 487B (42 U.S.C. 288-2); and the Health Disparities Research Loan Repayment Program (HD-LRP) is authorized by section 464z-5 (42 U.S.C. 285t-2). Form Numbers: NIH 2674-1, NIH 2674-2, NIH 2674-3, NIH 2674-4, NIH 2674-5, NIH 2674-6, NIH 2674-7, NIH 2674-8, NIH 2674-9, NIH 2674-10, NIH 2674-11, NIH 2674-12, NIH 2674-13, NIH 2674-14, NIH 2674-15, NIH 2674-16, NIH 2674-17, NIH 2674-18, NIH 2674-19, and NIH 2674-20.
The NIH Loan Repayment Programs can repay up to $35,000 per year toward a participant's extant eligible educational loans, directly to financial institutions. The information proposed for collection will be used by the Division of Loan Repayment to determine an applicant's eligibility for participation in the program. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 33,242.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Center for Scientific Review Advisory Council.
The meeting will be open to the public, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance into NIH buildings. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Arkansas (FEMA-4254-DR), dated February 5, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated February 5, 2016, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the State of Arkansas resulting from severe storms, tornadoes, straight-line winds, and flooding during the period of December 26, 2015 to January 22, 2016, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.
You are authorized to provide Individual Assistance and Public Assistance in the designated areas and Hazard Mitigation throughout the State. Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance be supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Hazard Mitigation and Other Needs Assistance will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs. Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance also will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs, with the exception of projects that meet the eligibility criteria for a higher Federal cost-sharing percentage under the Public Assistance Alternative Procedures Pilot Program for Debris Removal implemented pursuant to section 428 of the Stafford Act.
Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.
The time period prescribed for the implementation of section 310(a), Priority to Certain Applications for Public Facility and Public Housing Assistance, 42 U.S.C. 5153, shall be for a period not to exceed six months after the date of this declaration.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, John Long, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.
The following areas of the State of Arkansas have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:
Benton, Carroll, Crawford, Faulkner, Jackson, Jefferson, Lee, Little River, Perry, Sebastian, and Sevier Counties for Individual Assistance.
Benton, Boone, Bradley, Calhoun, Carroll, Clay, Crawford, Dallas, Drew, Franklin, Greene, Independence, Izard, Lawrence, Little River, Logan, Madison, Marion, Mississippi, Montgomery, Ouachita, Perry, Pike, Polk, Randolph, Scott, Searcy, Stone, Washington, White, Woodruff, and Yell Counties for Public Assistance.
All areas within the State of Arkansas are eligible for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049,
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Texas (FEMA-4255-DR), dated February 9, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated February 9, 2016, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the State of Texas resulting from severe winter storms, tornadoes, straight-line winds, and flooding during the period of December 26, 2015 to January 21, 2016, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.
You are authorized to provide Public Assistance in the designated areas and Hazard Mitigation throughout the State. Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance be supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Hazard Mitigation will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs. Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance also will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs, with the exception of projects that meet the eligibility criteria for a higher Federal cost-sharing percentage under the Public Assistance Alternative Procedures Pilot Program for Debris Removal implemented pursuant to section 428 of the Stafford Act.
Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Kevin L. Hannes, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.
The following areas of the State of Texas have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:
Bailey, Castro, Childress, Cochran, Dallas, Deaf Smith, Dickens, Ellis, Hall, Hardeman, Harrison, Henderson, Hopkins, Kaufman, Kent, King, Lamb, Lubbock, Navarro, Parmer, Rains, Red River, Rockwall, Titus, and Van Zandt Counties for Public Assistance.
All areas within the State of Texas are eligible for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of Mississippi (FEMA-4248-DR), dated January 4, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of Mississippi is hereby amended to include the following area among those areas determined to have been adversely affected by the event declared a major disaster by the President in his declaration of January 4, 2016.
Chickasaw County for Public Assistance.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of an emergency for the State of Louisiana (FEMA-3376-EM), dated February 5, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated February 5, 2016, the President issued an emergency declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121-5207 (the Stafford Act), as follows:
I have determined that the emergency conditions in certain areas of the State of Louisiana resulting from flooding during the period of December 28, 2015 to February 1, 2016, are of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant an emergency declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
You are authorized to provide appropriate assistance for required emergency measures, authorized under Title V of the Stafford Act, to save lives and to protect property and public health and safety, and to lessen or avert the threat of a catastrophe in the designated areas. Specifically, you are authorized to provide assistance for emergency protective measures (Category B), including direct Federal assistance, under the Public Assistance program.
Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance is supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs. In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal emergency assistance and administrative expenses.
Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, Department of Homeland Security, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, Gerard M. Stolar, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this declared emergency.
The following areas of the State of Louisiana have been designated as adversely affected by this declared emergency:
Concordia, Plaquemines, Pointe Coupee, St. Landry, St. Mary, Terrebonne, and West Feliciana Parishes for emergency protective measures (Category B), including direct federal assistance, under the Public Assistance program.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This is a notice of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Oklahoma (FEMA-4256-DR), dated February 10, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
Notice is hereby given that, in a letter dated February 10, 2016, the President issued a major disaster declaration under the authority of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
I have determined that the damage in certain areas of the State of Oklahoma resulting from severe winter storms and flooding during the period December 26, 2015 to January 5, 2016, is of sufficient severity and magnitude to warrant a major disaster declaration under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 5121
In order to provide Federal assistance, you are hereby authorized to allocate from funds available for these purposes such amounts as you find necessary for Federal disaster assistance and administrative expenses.
You are authorized to provide Public Assistance in the designated areas and Hazard Mitigation throughout the State. Consistent with the requirement that Federal assistance be supplemental, any Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Hazard Mitigation will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs. Federal funds provided under the Stafford Act for Public Assistance also will be limited to 75 percent of the total eligible costs, with the exception of projects that meet the eligibility criteria for a higher Federal cost-sharing percentage under the Public Assistance Alternative Procedures Pilot Program for Debris Removal implemented pursuant to section 428 of the Stafford Act.
Further, you are authorized to make changes to this declaration for the approved assistance to the extent allowable under the Stafford Act.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) hereby gives notice that pursuant to the authority vested in the Administrator, under Executive Order 12148, as amended, William J. Doran III, of FEMA is appointed to act as the Federal Coordinating Officer for this major disaster.
The following areas of the State of Oklahoma have been designated as adversely affected by this major disaster:
Adair, Alfalfa, Beckham, Blaine, Caddo, Canadian, Cherokee, Coal, Comanche, Cotton, Craig, Custer, Delaware, Dewey, Grady, Grant, Greer, Harmon, Haskell, Hughes, Jackson, Kay, Kingfisher, Kiowa, Latimer, Major, Mayes, McCurtain, McIntosh, Muskogee, Noble, Okfuskee, Okmulgee, Osage, Pittsburg, Pushmataha, Roger Mills, Sequoyah, Tillman, Washita, and Woods Counties for Public Assistance.
All areas within the State of Oklahoma are eligible for assistance under the Hazard Mitigation Grant Program.
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030,
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on an extension, without change, of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning the application for loan cancellation under the Community Disaster Loan Program.
Comments must be submitted on or before April 19, 2016.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Martha Polanco, Assistant Program Manager, Federal Emergency Management Agency, Public Assistance Division, at 202-701-4023. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at email address:
The Community Disaster Loan (CDL) Program is authorized by section 417 of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, Public Law 93-288, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 5184, and implementing regulations at 44 CFR subpart K. The Assistant Administrator may make a CDL to any local government which has suffered a substantial loss of tax or other revenues as a result of a major disaster or emergency and which demonstrates a need for Federal financial assistance in order to perform its governmental functions. FEMA shall cancel repayment of all or part of a CDL to the extent that the Assistant Administrator for the Disaster Assistance Directorate determines that revenues of the local government during the full three fiscal year period following the disaster are insufficient, as a result of the disaster, to meet the operating budget for the local government, including additional unreimbursed disaster-related expenses for a municipal operating character.
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice amends the notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of Missouri (FEMA-4250-DR), dated January 21, 2016, and related determinations.
Dean Webster, Office of Response and Recovery, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-2833.
The notice of a major disaster declaration for the State of Missouri is hereby amended to include the Public Assistance program for the following areas among those areas determined to have been adversely affected by the event declared a major disaster by the President in his declaration of January 21, 2016.
Bollinger, Cedar, Dade, Dallas, Douglas, Dunklin, Howell, Iron, Ozark, Perry, Reynolds, St. Clair, Stoddard, Washington, and the Independent City of St. Louis for Public Assistance.
Barry, Camden, Cape Girardeau, Crawford, Franklin, Gasconade, Greene, Jasper, Jefferson, Lawrence, Lincoln, McDonald, Newton, Phelps, Pulaski, Scott, St. Charles, Ste. Genevieve, St. Louis, Stone, Taney, Texas, and Webster Counties for Public Assistance (already designated for Individual Assistance).
The following Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Numbers (CFDA) are to be used for reporting and drawing funds: 97.030, Community Disaster Loans; 97.031, Cora Brown Fund; 97.032, Crisis Counseling; 97.033, Disaster Legal Services; 97.034, Disaster Unemployment Assistance (DUA); 97.046, Fire Management Assistance Grant; 97.048, Disaster Housing Assistance to Individuals and Households In Presidentially Declared Disaster Areas; 97.049, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance—Disaster Housing Operations for Individuals and Households; 97.050, Presidentially Declared Disaster Assistance to Individuals and Households—Other Needs; 97.036, Disaster Grants—Public Assistance (Presidentially Declared Disasters); 97.039, Hazard Mitigation Grant.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for use to assist the homeless.
Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7266, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TTY number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), or call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588.
In accordance with 24 CFR part 581 and section 501 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11411), as amended, HUD is publishing this Notice to identify Federal buildings and other real property that HUD has reviewed for suitability for use to assist the homeless. The properties were reviewed using information provided to HUD by Federal landholding agencies regarding unutilized and underutilized buildings and real property controlled by such agencies or by GSA regarding its inventory of excess or surplus Federal property. This Notice is also published in order to comply with the December 12, 1988 Court Order in
Properties reviewed are listed in this Notice according to the following categories: Suitable/available, suitable/unavailable, and suitable/to be excess, and unsuitable. The properties listed in the three suitable categories have been reviewed by the landholding agencies, and each agency has transmitted to HUD: (1) Its intention to make the property available for use to assist the homeless, (2) its intention to declare the property excess to the agency's needs, or (3) a statement of the reasons that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use as facilities to assist the homeless.
Properties listed as suitable/available will be available exclusively for homeless use for a period of 60 days from the date of this Notice. Where property is described as for “off-site use only” recipients of the property will be required to relocate the building to their own site at their own expense. Homeless assistance providers interested in any such property should send a written expression of interest to HHS, addressed to: Ms. Theresa M. Ritta, Chief Real Property Branch, the Department of Health and Human Services, Room 5B-17, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, (301)-443-2265 (This is not a toll-free number.) HHS will mail to the interested provider an application packet, which will include instructions for completing the application. In order to maximize the opportunity to utilize a suitable property, providers should submit their written expressions of interest as soon as possible. For complete details concerning the processing of applications, the reader is encouraged to refer to the interim rule governing this program, 24 CFR part 581.
For properties listed as suitable/to be excess, that property may, if subsequently accepted as excess by GSA, be made available for use by the homeless in accordance with applicable law, subject to screening for other Federal use. At the appropriate time, HUD will publish the property in a Notice showing it as either suitable/available or suitable/unavailable.
For properties listed as suitable/unavailable, the landholding agency has decided that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use to assist the homeless, and the property will not be available.
Properties listed as unsuitable will not be made available for any other purpose for 20 days from the date of this Notice. Homeless assistance providers interested in a review by HUD of the determination of unsuitability should call the toll free information line at 1-800-927-7588 for detailed instructions or write a letter to Ann Marie Oliva at the address listed at the beginning of this Notice. Included in the request for review should be the property address (including zip code), the date of publication in the
For more information regarding particular properties identified in this Notice (
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of receipt of permit renewal application; request for comments.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), have received an application from CEMEX (applicant), for a renewal of incidental take permit TE844722-0 under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (Act). The applicant has requested a renewal that will extend permit expiration by 5 years from the date the permit is reissued. The applicant has agreed to follow all of the existing habitat conservation plan (HCP) conditions. If renewed, no additional take will be authorized. The permit would authorize take of the federally threatened California red-legged frog, incidental to otherwise lawful activities associated with the Bonny Doon Quarries Settlement Ponds HCP.
Written comments should be received on or before March 21, 2016.
You may obtain a copy of the permit renewal application and the HCP by writing to the Ventura Fish and Wildlife Ecological Services Office, Attn: Permit number TE844722-0, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2493 Portola Road, Suite B, Ventura, CA 93003. In addition, we will make the permit renewal application and HCP available for public inspection by appointment during normal business hours at the above address. Please address written comments to Stephen P. Henry, Field Supervisor, at the address above. Comments may also be sent by facsimile to (805) 644-3958.
Jacob Martin, Fish and Wildlife Biologist, at the above address or by calling (831) 768-6953.
The California red-legged frog (
CEMEX has applied for renewal of a permit for the incidental take of the threatened California red-legged frog. The potential taking would occur by activities associated with operations and maintenance of settlement ponds 1 through 7, habitat management and enhancement activities at the existing mitigation ponds, and possible reclamation activities of settlement ponds 2X and 5 at CEMEX's Bonny Doon Quarries. The Bonny Doon Quarries are located just north of the city of Davenport (Santa Cruz County), California. An incidental take permit was first issued for the project on August 5, 1999. Mining activities have ceased at the Bonny Doon Quarries; however, management and maintenance of settlement ponds continues. Conditions at the site remain unchanged from the time of original permit issuance.
The Service has made a preliminary determination that renewal of the permit is not a major Federal action that will significantly affect the quality of the human environment within the meaning of section 102(2)(C) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), nor will it individually or cumulatively have more than a negligible effect on the species covered in the HCP. Therefore, the permit renewal qualifies for a categorical exclusion under NEPA as provided by the Department of Interior Manual (516 DM 2, Appendix 1 and 516 DM 8.5).
If you wish to comment on the permit applications, plans, and associated documents, you may submit comments by any one of the methods in
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public view, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
We provide this notice under section 10 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Department of the Interior.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act (FLPMA) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (FACA), the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management (BLM) Boise District Resource Advisory Council (RAC), will hold a meeting as indicated below.
The meeting will be held March 16, 2016, at the Boise District Office, 3948 Development Avenue, Boise, Idaho 83705 beginning at 9:00 a.m. and adjourning by 4:00 p.m. Members of the public are invited to attend. A public comment period will be held from 11:00 a.m. to 11:10 a.m.
MJ Byrne, Public Affairs Officer and RAC Coordinator, BLM Boise District, 3948 Development Ave., Boise, Idaho 83705, telephone (208) 384-3393.
The 15-member Council advises the Secretary of the Interior, through the BLM, on a variety of planning and management issues associated with public land management in southwestern Idaho. During the March meeting the Boise District RAC will receive updates on the Bruneau Off-Range Corrals, the Soda fire emergency stabilization and rehabilitation actions and sage-grouse conservation implementation efforts. The RAC's subcommittee on the proposed Tri-State Fuels Breaks Project will provide a report about their first meeting. BLM staff will brief RAC members on the Gateway West Draft Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement. There will also be a discussion about the use of Prostrate kochia in fuel breaks. Agenda items and location may be modified due to changing circumstances. The public may present written or oral comments to members of the Council. At each full RAC meeting, time is provided in the agenda for hearing public comments. Depending on the number of persons wishing to comment and time available, the time for individual oral comments may be limited. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance should contact the BLM Coordinator as provided above. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 to contact Ms. Byrne. The FIRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with Ms. Byrne. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Final notice of sale.
On Wednesday, March 23, 2016, BOEM will open and publicly announce bids for blocks offered in Eastern Planning Area (EPA) Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Oil and Gas Lease Sale 226 (EPA Sale 226), in accordance with the provisions of the OCS Lands Act (OCSLA, 43 U.S.C. 1331-1356, as amended) and the implementing regulations issued pursuant thereto (30 CFR parts 550 and 556).
The EPA Sale 226 Final Notice of Sale (NOS) Package (Final NOS Package) contains information essential to potential bidders. Bidders are charged with knowing the contents of the documents contained in the Final NOS Package.
The Mercedes-Benz Superdome, 1500 Sugarbowl Drive, New Orleans, Louisiana, 70112. The lease sale will be held in the St. Charles Club Room on the second floor (Loge Level). Entry to the Superdome will be on the Poydras Street side of the building through Gate A on the Ground Level; parking will be available at Garage 6.
Interested parties, upon request, may obtain a compact disc (CD-ROM) containing the Final NOS Package by contacting the BOEM Gulf of Mexico (GOM) Region at: Gulf of Mexico Region Public Information Office, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394, (504) 736-2519 or (800) 200-GULF or by visiting the BOEM Web site at
This Final NOS includes the following sections:
Each lease is issued pursuant to OCSLA, and is subject to OCSLA, implementing regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and other applicable statutes and regulations in existence upon the effective date of the lease, as well as those applicable statutes enacted and regulations promulgated thereafter, except to the extent that the after-enacted statutes and regulations explicitly conflict with an express provision of the lease. Each lease also is subject to amendments to statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, OCSLA, that do not explicitly conflict with an express provision of the lease. The lessee expressly bears the risk that such new or amended statutes and regulations (
BOEM will use Form BOEM-2005 (October 2011) to convey leases resulting from this sale. This lease form may be viewed on the BOEM Web site at
Initial periods are summarized in the following table:
(1) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths ranging from 800 to less than 1,600 meters issued as a result of this sale will be 7 years. The lessee will earn an additional 3 years, resulting in a 10-year extended initial period, if the lessee spuds a well within the first 7 years of the lease.
In order to earn the 10-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the appropriate Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) District Manager, within 30 days after spudding a well, a letter providing the well number and spud date, and requesting concurrence that the lessee has earned the 10-year extended initial period. The BSEE District Manager will review the request and make a written determination within 30 days of receipt of the request. The BSEE District Manager must concur in writing that the conditions have been met by the lessee to earn the 10-year extended initial period.
(2) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths 1,600 meters or greater issued as a result of this sale will be 10 years.
BOEM will not accept a bonus bid unless it provides for a cash bonus in the amount equal to, or exceeding, the specified minimum bid of $100.00 per acre or fraction thereof.
Annual rental rates are summarized in the following table:
One or more of the following stipulations may be applied to leases issued as a result of this sale. The detailed text of these stipulations is contained in the “Lease Stipulations” section of the Final NOS Package.
The Information to Lessees (ITL) clauses provide detailed information on certain issues pertaining to this oil and gas lease sale. The detailed text of these ITL clauses is contained in the “Information to Lessees” section of the Final NOS Package:
The maps pertaining to this sale may be found on the BOEM Web site at
The lease terms, financial conditions, stipulations, and the blocks to which these terms and conditions apply are shown on the map “Final, Eastern Planning Area, Lease Sale 226, March 23, 2016, Lease Terms, Financial Conditions, and Stipulations” included in the Final NOS Package.
Instructions on how to submit a bid, secure payment of the advance bonus bid deposit (if applicable), and what information must be included with the bid are as follows:
For each block bid upon, a separate sealed bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope (as described below) and must include the following:
• Total amount of the bid in whole dollars only;
• sale number;
• sale date;
• each bidder's exact name;
• each bidder's proportionate interest, stated as a percentage, using a maximum of five decimal places (
• typed name and title, and signature of each bidder's authorized officer;
• each bidder's qualification number;
• map name and number or Official Protraction Diagram (OPD) name and number;
• block number; and
• statement acknowledging that the bidder(s) understand that this bid legally binds the bidder(s) to comply with all applicable regulations, including payment of one-fifth of the bonus bid amount on all apparent high bids.
The information required on the bid(s) is specified in the document “Bid Form” in this Final NOS Package. A blank bid form will be provided therein for convenience and may be copied and completed with the necessary information described above.
Each bid must be submitted in a separate sealed envelope labeled as follows:
• “Sealed Bid for Oil and Gas Lease Sale 226, not to be opened until 9:00 a.m. Wednesday, March 23, 2016;”
• map name and number or OPD name and number;
• block number for block bid upon; and
• the exact name and qualification number of the submitting bidder only.
The Final NOS Package includes a sample bid envelope for reference.
If bids are mailed, please address the envelope containing the sealed bid envelope(s) as follows: Attention: Leasing and Financial Responsibility Section, BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394.
Contains Sealed Bids for EPA Oil and Gas Lease Sale 226 Please Deliver to Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux or Mr. Carrol Williams, 2nd Floor, Immediately
Bidders mailing bid(s) are advised to call Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux at (504) 736-2809, or Mr. Carrol Williams at (504) 736-2803, immediately after putting their bid(s) in the mail. If BOEM receives bids later than the Bid Submission Deadline, the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Regional Director (RD) will return those bids unopened to bidders. Please see “Section XI. Delay of Sale” regarding BOEM's discretion to extend the Bid Submission Deadline in the case of an unexpected event (
Bidders that are not currently an OCS oil and gas lease record title holder or designated operator, or those that ever have defaulted on a one-fifth bonus bid deposit, by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) or otherwise, must guarantee (secure) the payment of the one-fifth bonus bid deposit prior to bid submission using one of the following four methods:
• Provide a third-party guarantee;
• amend an areawide development bond via bond rider;
• provide a letter of credit; or
• provide a lump sum payment in advance via EFT.
For more information on EFT procedures, see Section X of this document entitled, “The Lease Sale.”
Prior to bidding, each bidder should file Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Representation Form BOEM-2032 (October 2011) and Equal Opportunity Compliance Report Certification Form BOEM-2033 (October 2011) with the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region Adjudication Section. This certification is required by 41 CFR part 60 and Executive Order No. 11246, issued September 24, 1965, as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, issued October 13, 1967, and by Executive Order 13672, issued July 21, 2014. Both forms must be on file for the bidder(s) in the GOM Region Adjudication Section prior to the execution of any lease contract.
The GDIS is composed of three parts:
(1) The “Statement” page includes the company representatives' information and lists of blocks bid on that used proprietary data and those blocks bid on that did not use proprietary data;
(2) the “Table” listing the required data about each proprietary survey used (see below); and
(3) the “Maps” being the live trace maps for each survey that are identified in the GDIS statement and table.
Every bidder submitting a bid on a block in EPA Sale 226, or participating as a joint bidder in such a bid, must submit at the time of bid submission all three parts of the GDIS. A bidder must submit the GDIS
The GDIS must be submitted in a separate and sealed envelope, and identify all proprietary data; reprocessed speculative data, and/or any Controlled Source Electromagnetic surveys, Amplitude Versus Offset (AVO), Gravity, or Magnetic data; or other information used as part of the decision to bid or participate in a bid on the block. The bidder and joint bidder must also include a live trace map (
The GDIS statement must include the name, phone number, and full address of a contact person and an alternate who are both
The GDIS table should have columns that clearly state the sale number; the bidder company's name; the block area and block number bid on; the owner of the original data set (
The GDIS maps are live trace maps (in .pdf and ArcGIS shape files) that should be submitted for each
BOEM recommends that bidders mark the submission's external envelope as “Deliver Immediately to DASPU.” BOEM also recommends that the data be submitted in an internal envelope, or otherwise marked, with the following designation: “Proprietary Geophysical Data Submitted Pursuant to EPA 226 and used during <Bidder Name's> evaluation of Block <Block Number>.”
In the event a person supplies any type of data to BOEM, that person must meet the following requirements to qualify for reimbursement:
(1) Persons must be registered with the System for Award Management (SAM), formerly known as the Central Contractor Registration (CCR). CCR usernames will not work in SAM. A new SAM User Account is needed to register or update an entity's records. The Web site for registering is
(2) Persons must be enrolled in the Department of Treasury's Internet Payment Platform (IPP) for electronic invoicing. The person must enroll in the IPP at
(3) Persons must have a current On-line Representations and Certifications Application at
The GDIS Information Table
BOEM requests that bidders provide this information in the suggested format prior to or at the time of bid submission. The suggested format is included in the Final NOS Package. The form must not be enclosed inside the sealed bid envelope.
BOEM may require bidders to submit other documents in accordance with 30 CFR 556.46.
On November 2, 2015, BOEM published the most recent List of Restricted Joint Bidders in the
All signatories executing documents on behalf of bidder(s) must execute the same in conformance with the BOEM qualification records. Bidders are advised that BOEM considers the signed bid to be a legally binding obligation on the part of the bidder(s) to comply with all applicable regulations, including payment of one-fifth of the bonus bid on all high bids. A statement to this effect must be included on each bid form (see the document “Bid Form” to be contained in the Final NOS Package).
BOEM warns bidders against violation of 18 U.S.C. 1860, prohibiting unlawful combination or intimidation of bidders.
Bids may be withdrawn only by written request delivered to BOEM prior to the Bid Submission Deadline. The withdrawal request must be on company letterhead and must contain the bidder's name, its BOEM qualification number, the map name/number, and the block number(s) of the bid(s) to be withdrawn. The withdrawal request must be executed in conformance with the BOEM qualification records. Signatories must be authorized to bind their respective legal business entities (
Minimum bonus bid calculations, including rounding, for all blocks will be shown in the document “List of Blocks Available for Leasing,” included in the Final NOS Package. The bonus bid amount must be stated in whole dollars. If the acreage of a block contains a decimal figure, then prior to calculating the minimum bonus bid, BOEM rounded up to the next whole acre. The appropriate minimum rate per acre was then be applied to the whole (rounded up) acreage. If this calculation resulted in a fractional dollar amount, the minimum bonus bid was rounded up to the next whole dollar amount. The bonus bid amount must be greater than or equal to the minimum bonus bid in whole dollars.
The Final NOS Package includes instructions, samples, and/or the preferred format for the following items. BOEM strongly encourages bidders to use these formats; should bidders use another format, they are responsible for including all the information specified for each item in the Final NOS Package.
Sealed bids received in response to the Final NOS will be opened at the “DATE AND TIME” and “LOCATION” sections of this document. The opening of the bids is for the sole purpose of publicly announcing and recording the bids received; no bids will be accepted or rejected at that time.
Each bidder submitting an apparent high bid must submit a bonus bid deposit to the Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR) equal to one-fifth of the bonus bid amount for each such bid. A copy of the notification of the high bidder's one-fifth bonus bid requirement deposit may be obtained at the EFT Area outside the Bid Reading Room on the day of the bid opening, or it may be obtained on the BOEM Web site at
BOEM requires bidders to use EFT procedures for payment of one-fifth bonus bid deposits for EPA Sale 226, following the detailed instructions contained on the ONRR Payment Information Web page at
The United States reserves the right to withdraw any block from this lease sale prior to issuance of a written acceptance of a bid for the block.
The United States reserves the right to reject any and all bids. No bid will be accepted, and no lease for any block will be awarded to any bidder, unless:
(1) The bidder has complied with all requirements of the Final NOS, including those set forth in the documents contained in the Final NOS Package and applicable regulations;
(2) the bid is the highest valid bid; and
(3) the amount of the bid has been determined to be adequate by the authorized officer.
Any bid submitted that does not conform to the requirements of the Final NOS and Final NOS Package, OCSLA, or other applicable statute or regulation may be rejected and returned to the bidder. The U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission will review the results of the lease sale for antitrust issues prior to the acceptance of bids and issuance of leases.
To ensure that the U.S. Government receives a fair return for the conveyance of leases from this sale, high bids will be evaluated in accordance with BOEM's bid adequacy procedures. A copy of updated Bid Adequacy Procedures, can be obtained from the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region Public Information Office, or via the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region Web site at
BOEM published a notification in the
BOEM requires each bidder awarded a lease to: (1) Execute all copies of the lease (Form BOEM-2005 (October 2011), as amended); (2) pay by EFT the balance of the bonus bid amount and the first year's rental for each lease issued in accordance with the requirements of 30 CFR 218.155 and 556.47(f); and (3) satisfy the bonding requirements of 30 CFR part 556, subpart I, as amended. ONRR requests that only one transaction be used for payment of the four-fifths bonus bid amount and the first year's rental.
The BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD has the discretion to change any date, time, and/or location specified in the Final NOS Package in case of an event that the BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD deems may interfere with the carrying out of a fair and orderly lease sale process. Such events could include, but are not limited to, natural disasters (
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Final notice of sale.
On Wednesday, March 23, 2016, BOEM will open and publicly announce bids received for blocks offered in the Central Planning Area (CPA) Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Oil and Gas Lease Sale 241 (CPA Sale 241), in accordance with the provisions of the OCS Lands Act (OCSLA, 43 U.S.C. 1331-1356, as amended) and the implementing regulations issued pursuant thereto (30 CFR parts 550 and 556).
The CPA Sale 241 Final Notice of Sale (NOS) Package (Final NOS Package) contains information essential to potential bidders. Bidders are charged with knowing the contents of the documents contained in the Final NOS Package.
The Mercedes-Benz Superdome, 1500 Sugarbowl Drive, New Orleans, Louisiana 70112. The lease sale will be held in the St. Charles Club Room on the second floor (Loge Level). Entry to the Superdome will be on the Poydras Street side of the building through Gate A on the Ground Level; parking will be available at Garage 6.
Interested parties, upon request, may obtain a compact disc (CD-ROM) containing the Final NOS Package by contacting the BOEM Gulf of Mexico (GOM) Region at: Gulf of Mexico Region Public Information Office, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394, (504) 736-2519 or (800) 200-GULF. or by visiting the BOEM Web site at
This Final NOS includes the following sections:
Blocks Offered for Leasing: BOEM proposes to offer for bid in this lease sale all of the available unleased acreage in the CPA, except those blocks listed in “Blocks Not Offered for Leasing” below.
Blocks Not Offered for Leasing: The following whole and partial blocks are not offered for lease in this sale:
Whole and partial blocks deferred by the Gulf of Mexico Energy Security Act of 2006, Public Law 109-432:
Blocks that are adjacent to or beyond the United States Exclusive Economic Zone in the area known as the northern portion of the Eastern Gap:
The following blocks whose lease statuses are currently under appeal:
Each lease is issued pursuant to OCSLA, and is subject to OCSLA, implementing regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and other applicable statutes and regulations in existence upon the effective date of the lease, as well as those applicable statutes enacted and regulations promulgated thereafter, except to the extent that the after-enacted statutes and regulations explicitly conflict with an express provision of the lease. Each lease is also subject to amendments to statutes and regulations, including, but not limited to, OCSLA, that do not explicitly conflict with an express provision of the lease. The lessee expressly bears the risk that such new or amended statutes and regulations (
BOEM will use Form BOEM-2005 (October 2011) to convey leases resulting from this sale. This lease form may be viewed on the BOEM Web site at
Initial periods are summarized in the following table:
(1) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths less than 400 meters issued as a result of this sale is 5 years. If the lessee spuds a well targeting hydrocarbons below 25,000 feet TVD SS within the first 5 years of the lease, then the lessee may earn an additional 3 years, resulting in an 8-year extended initial period. The lessee will earn the 8-year extended initial period when the well is drilled to a target below 25,000 feet TVD SS, or the lessee may earn the 8-year extended initial period in cases where the well targets, but does not reach, a depth below 25,000 feet TVD SS due to mechanical or safety reasons, where sufficient evidence is provided.
In order to earn the 8-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) Gulf of Mexico Regional Supervisor for Production and Development, within 30 days after completion of the drilling operation, a letter providing the well number, spud date, information demonstrating a target below 25,000 feet TVD SS and whether that target was reached, and if applicable, any safety, mechanical, or other problems encountered that prevented the well from reaching a depth below 25,000 feet TVD SS. The BSEE Gulf of Mexico Regional Supervisor for Production and Development must concur in writing that the conditions have been met for the lessee to earn the 8-year extended initial period. The BSEE Gulf of Mexico Regional Supervisor for Production and Development will provide a written response within 30 days of receipt of the lessee's letter.
A lessee that has earned the 8-year extended initial period by spudding a well with a hydrocarbon target below 25,000 feet TVD SS during the first 5 years of the lease, confirmed by BSEE, will not be granted a suspension for that same period under the regulations at 30 CFR 250.175 because the lease is not at risk of expiring.
(2) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths ranging from 400 to less than 800 meters issued as a result of this sale is 5 years. The lessee will earn an additional 3 years, resulting in an 8-year extended initial period, if the lessee spuds a well within the first 5 years of the lease.
In order to earn the 8-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the appropriate BSEE District Manager, within 30 days after spudding a well, a letter providing the well number and spud date, and requesting concurrence that the lessee has earned the 8-year extended initial period. The BSEE District Manager will review the request and make a written determination within 30 days of receipt of the request. The BSEE District Manager must concur in writing that the conditions have been met by the lessee to earn the 8-year extended initial period.
(3) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths ranging from 800 to less than 1,600 meters issued as a result of this sale will be 7 years. The lessee will earn an additional 3 years, resulting in a 10-year extended initial period, if the lessee spuds a well within the first 7 years of the lease.
In order to earn the 10-year extended initial period, the lessee is required to submit to the appropriate BSEE District Manager, within 30 days after spudding a well, a letter providing the well number and spud date, and requesting concurrence that the lessee has earned the 10-year extended initial period. The BSEE District Manager will review the request and make a written determination within 30 days of receipt of the request. The BSEE District Manager must concur in writing that the conditions have been met by the lessee to earn the 10-year extended initial period.
(4) The standard initial period for a lease in water depths 1,600 meters or greater issued as a result of this sale will be 10 years.
BOEM will not accept a bonus bid unless it provides for a cash bonus in the amount equal to, or exceeding, the specified minimum bid of $25.00 per acre or fraction thereof for blocks in water depths less than 400 meters, and $100.00 per acre or fraction thereof for blocks in water depths 400 meters or deeper.
Annual rental rates are summarized in the following table:
Any lessee with a lease in less than 400 meters water depth who earns an 8-year extended initial period will pay an escalating rental rate as shown above. The rental rates after the fifth year for blocks in less than 400 meters water depth will become fixed and no longer escalate, if another well is spudded targeting hydrocarbons below 25,000 feet TVD SS after the fifth year of the lease, and BSEE concurs that such a well has been spudded. In this case, the rental rate will become fixed at the rental rate in effect during the lease year in which the additional well was spudded.
The issuance of leases with royalty suspension volumes (RSVs) or other
Leases issued as a result of this sale may be eligible for RSV incentives on gas produced from ultra-deep wells pursuant to 30 CFR part 203. These regulations implement the requirements of the Energy Policy Act of 2005. Under this program, certain wells on leases in less than 400 meters water depth and completed to a drilling depth of 20,000 feet TVD SS or deeper may receive an RSV of 35 billion cubic feet on the production of natural gas. This RSV incentive is subject to applicable price thresholds set forth in the regulations at 30 CFR part 203.
One or more of the following stipulations may be applied to leases issued as a result of this sale. The detailed text of these stipulations is contained in the “Lease Stipulations” section of the Final NOS Package.
The Information to Lessees (ITL) clauses provide detailed information on certain issues pertaining to this oil and gas lease sale. The detailed text of these ITL clauses is contained in the “Information to Lessees” section of the Final NOS Package:
The maps pertaining to this lease sale may be found on the BOEM Web site at
The lease terms and financial conditions and the blocks to which these terms and conditions apply are shown on the map entitled, “Final, Central Planning Area, Lease Sale 241, March 23, 2016, Lease Terms and Financial Conditions,” which is included in the Final NOS Package.
The blocks to which one or more lease stipulations may apply are shown on the map entitled, “Final, Central Planning Area, Lease Sale 241, March 23, 2016, Stipulations and Deferred Blocks Map,” which is included in the Final NOS Package.
Instructions on how to submit a bid, secure payment of the advance bonus bid deposit (if applicable), and what information must be included with the bid are as follows:
For each block bid upon, a separate sealed bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope (as described below) and must include the following:
• Total amount of the bid in whole dollars only;
• sale number;
• sale date;
• each bidder's exact name;
• each bidder's proportionate interest, stated as a percentage, using a maximum of five decimal places (
• typed name and title, and signature of each bidder's authorized officer;
• each bidder's qualification number;
• map name and number or Official Protraction Diagram (OPD) name and number;
• block number; and
• statement acknowledging that the bidder(s) understand that this bid legally binds the bidder(s) to comply with all applicable regulations, including payment of one-fifth of the bonus bid amount on all apparent high bids.
The information required on the bid(s) is specified in the document “Bid Form” in this Final NOS Package. A blank bid form is provided herein for convenience and may be copied and completed with the necessary information described above.
Each bid must be submitted in a separate sealed envelope labeled as follows:
• “Sealed Bid for Oil and Gas Lease Sale 241, not to be opened until 9 a.m. Wednesday, March 23, 2016;”
• map name and number or OPD name and number;
• block number for block bid upon; and
• the exact name and qualification number of the submitting bidder only.
The Final NOS Package includes a sample bid envelope for reference.
If bids are mailed, please address the envelope containing the sealed bid envelope(s) as follows: Attention: Leasing and Financial Responsibility Section, BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394. Contains Sealed Bids for CPA Oil and Gas Lease Sale 241, Please Deliver to Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux or Mr. Carrol Williams, 2nd Floor, Immediately.
Bidders mailing bid(s) are advised to call Ms. Cindy Thibodeaux at (504) 736-2809, or Mr. Carrol Williams at (504) 736-2803, immediately after putting their bid(s) in the mail. If BOEM receives bids later than the Bid Submission Deadline, the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Regional Director (RD) will return those bids unopened to bidders. Please see “Section XI. Delay of Sale”
Bidders that are not currently an OCS oil and gas lease record title holder or designated operator, or those that have ever defaulted on a one-fifth bonus bid deposit, by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) or otherwise, must guarantee (secure) the payment of the one-fifth bonus bid deposit prior to bid submission using one of the following four methods:
• Provide a third-party guarantee;
• amend an areawide development bond via bond rider;
• provide a letter of credit; or
• provide a lump sum payment in advance via EFT.
Prior to bidding, each bidder should file Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Representation Form BOEM-2032 (October 2011) and Equal Opportunity Compliance Report Certification Form BOEM-2033 (October 2011) with the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region Adjudication Section. This certification is required by 41 CFR part 60 and Executive Order No. 11246, issued September 24, 1965, as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, issued October 13, 1967, and by Executive Order 13672, issued July 21, 2014. Both forms must be on file for the bidder(s) in the GOM Region Adjudication Section prior to the execution of any lease contract.
The GDIS is composed of three parts:
(1) The “Statement” page includes the company representatives' information and lists of blocks bid on that used proprietary data and those blocks bid on that did not use proprietary data;
(2) the “Table” listing the required data about each proprietary survey used (see below); and
(3) the “Maps” being the live trace maps for each survey that are identified in the GDIS statement and table.
Every bidder submitting a bid on a block in CPA Sale 241, or participating as a joint bidder in such a bid, must submit at the time of bid submission all three parts of the GDIS. A bidder must submit the GDIS
The GDIS must be submitted in a separate and sealed envelope, and must identify all proprietary data; reprocessed speculative data, and/or any Controlled Source Electromagnetic surveys, Amplitude Versus Offset (AVO), Gravity, or Magnetic data; or other information used as part of the decision to bid or participate in a bid on the block. The bidder and joint bidder must also include a live trace map (
The GDIS statement must include the name, phone number, and full address of a contact person and an alternate who are both
The GDIS table should have columns that clearly state the sale number; the bidder company's name; the block area and block number bid on; the owner of the original data set (
The GDIS maps are live trace maps (in .pdf and ArcGIS shape files) that should be submitted for each
Pursuant to 30 CFR 551.12 and 30 CFR 556.32, as a condition of the sale, the BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD requests that all bidders and joint bidders submit the proprietary data identified on their GDIS within 30 days after the lease sale (unless they are notified after the lease sale that BOEM has withdrawn the request). This request only pertains to proprietary data that is not commercially available. Commercially available data is not required to be submitted to BOEM, and reimbursement will not be provided if such data is submitted by a bidder. The BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD will notify bidders and joint bidders of any withdrawal of the request, for all or some of the proprietary data identified on the GDIS, within 15 days of the lease sale. Pursuant to 30 CFR part 551 and as a condition of this sale, all bidders required to submit data must ensure that the data is received by BOEM no later than the 30th day following the lease sale, or the next business day if the submission deadline falls on a weekend or Federal holiday. The data must be submitted to BOEM at the following address: Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Resource Studies, GM 881A, 1201 Elmwood Park Blvd., New Orleans, LA 70123-2304.
BOEM recommends that bidders mark the submission's external envelope as “Deliver Immediately to DASPU.” BOEM also recommends that the data be submitted in an internal envelope, or otherwise marked, with the following designation: “Proprietary Geophysical Data Submitted Pursuant to CPA 241 and used during <Bidder Name's> evaluation of Block <Block Number>.”
In the event a person supplies any type of data to BOEM, that person must meet the following requirements to qualify for reimbursement:
(1) Persons must be registered with the System for Award Management (SAM), formerly known as the Central Contractor Registration (CCR). CCR usernames will not work in SAM. A new SAM User Account is needed to register or update an entity's records. The Web site for registering is
(2) Persons must be enrolled in the Department of Treasury's Internet Payment Platform (IPP) for electronic invoicing. The person must enroll in the IPP at
(3) Persons must have a current On-line Representations and Certifications Application at
The GDIS Information Table
BOEM requests that bidders provide this information in the suggested format prior to or at the time of bid submission. The suggested format is included in the Final NOS Package. The form must not be enclosed inside the sealed bid envelope.
BOEM may require bidders to submit other documents in accordance with 30 CFR 556.46.
On November 2, 2015, BOEM published the most recent List of Restricted Joint Bidders in the
All signatories executing documents on behalf of bidder(s) must execute the same in conformance with the BOEM qualification records. Bidders are advised that BOEM considers the signed bid to be a legally binding obligation on the part of the bidder(s) to comply with all applicable regulations, including payment of one-fifth of the bonus bid on all high bids. A statement to this effect must be included on each bid form (see the document “Bid Form” contained in the Final NOS Package).
BOEM warns bidders against violation of 18 U.S.C. 1860, prohibiting unlawful combination or intimidation of bidders.
Bids may be withdrawn only by written request delivered to BOEM prior to the Bid Submission Deadline. The withdrawal request must be on company letterhead and must contain the bidder's name, its BOEM qualification number, the map name/number, and the block number(s) of the bid(s) to be withdrawn. The withdrawal request must be executed in conformance with the BOEM qualification records. Signatories must be authorized to bind their respective legal business entities (
Minimum bonus bid calculations, including rounding, for all blocks will be shown in the document “List of Blocks Available for Leasing” included in the Final NOS Package. The bonus bid amount must be stated in whole dollars. If the acreage of a block contains a decimal figure, then prior to calculating the minimum bonus bid, BOEM rounded up to the next whole acre. The appropriate minimum rate per acre was then be applied to the whole (rounded up) acreage. If this calculation resulted in a fractional dollar amount, the minimum bonus bid was rounded up to the next whole dollar amount. The bonus bid amount must be greater than or equal to the minimum bonus bid in whole dollars.
The Final NOS Package includes instructions, samples, and/or the preferred format for the following items. BOEM strongly encourages bidders to use these formats; should bidders use another format, they are responsible for including all the information specified for each item in the Final NOS Package.
Sealed bids received in response to the Final NOS will be opened at the place, date, and hour specified in the “DATE AND TIME” and “LOCATION” sections of this document. The opening of the bids is for the sole purpose of publicly announcing and recording the bids received; no bids will be accepted or rejected at that time.
Each bidder submitting an apparent high bid must submit a bonus bid deposit to the Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR) equal to one-fifth of the bonus bid amount for each such bid. A copy of the notification of the high bidder's one-fifth bonus bid requirement deposit may be obtained at the EFT Area outside the Bid Reading Room on the day of the bid opening, or it may be obtained on the BOEM Web site at
BOEM requires bidders to use EFT procedures for payment of one-fifth bonus bid deposits for CPA Sale 241, following the detailed instructions contained on the ONRR Payment Information Web page at
The United States reserves the right to withdraw any block from this lease sale prior to issuance of a written acceptance of a bid for the block.
The United States reserves the right to reject any and all bids. No bid will be accepted, and no lease for any block will be awarded to any bidder, unless:
(1) The bidder has complied with all requirements of the Final NOS and applicable regulations;
(2) the bid submitted is the highest valid bid; and
(3) the amount of the bid has been determined to be adequate by the authorized officer.
Any bid submitted that does not conform to the requirements of the Final NOS and Final NOS Package, OCSLA, or other applicable statute or regulation may be rejected and returned to the bidder. The U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission will review the results of the lease sale for antitrust issues prior to the acceptance of bids and issuance of leases.
To ensure that the U.S. Government receives a fair return for the conveyance of leases from this sale, high bids will be evaluated in accordance with BOEM's bid adequacy procedures. A copy of the updated Bid Adequacy Procedures can be obtained from the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region Public Information Office, or via the BOEM Gulf of Mexico Region Web site at
BOEM published a notification in the
BOEM requires each bidder awarded a lease to: (1) Execute all copies of the lease (Form BOEM-2005 (October 2011), as amended); (2) pay by EFT the balance of the bonus bid amount and the first year's rental for each lease issued in accordance with the requirements of 30 CFR 218.155 and 556.47(f); and (3) satisfy the bonding requirements of 30 CFR part 556, subpart I, as amended. ONRR requests that only one transaction be used for payment of the four-fifths bonus bid amount and the first year's rental.
The BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD has the discretion to change any date, time, and/or location specified in the Final NOS Package in case of an event that the BOEM Gulf of Mexico RD deems may interfere with the carrying out of a fair and orderly lease sale process. Such events could include, but are not limited to, natural disasters (
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of availability of a Record of Decision.
BOEM is announcing the availability of a Record of Decision for proposed oil and gas EPA Lease Sale 226. This Record of Decision identifies the Bureau's selected alternative for proposed EPA Lease Sale 226, which is analyzed in the
For more information on the Record of Decision, you may contact Mr. Gary D. Goeke, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Gulf of Mexico OCS Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard (GM 623E), New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394. You may also contact Mr. Goeke by telephone at 504-736-3233.
In the CPA 241/EPA 226 Supplemental EIS, BOEM evaluated the two alternatives that are summarized below with regard to proposed EPA Lease Sale 226:
All unleased blocks in the EPA that BOEM will offer for leasing in proposed EPA Lease Sale 226 are listed in the document “List of Blocks Available for Leasing,” which is included in the Final Notice of Sale for EPA Lease Sale 226. The proposed EPA lease sale area covers approximately 657,905 acres (ac) and includes those blocks previously included in EPA Lease Sale 225. The area is south of eastern Alabama and western Florida; the nearest point of land is 125 miles (201 kilometers) northwest in Louisiana. As of October 2015, approximately 595,475 ac of the proposed EPA lease sale area are available for lease. The estimated
After careful consideration, BOEM has selected the proposed action, which is identified as BOEM's preferred alternative (Alternative A) in the CPA 241/EPA 226 Supplemental EIS. BOEM's selection of the preferred alternative reflects an orderly resource development with protection of the human, marine, and coastal environments, while also ensuring that the public receives an equitable return for these resources and that free-market competition is maintained.
This NOA of a Record of Decision is published pursuant to regulations (40 CFR part 1503) implementing the provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of availability of a Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement.
BOEM is announcing the availability of a Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS) for proposed GOM OCS Oil and Gas WPA Lease Sale 248. The Final SEIS provides a discussion of the potential significant impacts of the proposed action, provides an analysis of reasonable alternatives to the proposed action, and identifies the Bureau's preferred alternative.
The Final SEIS is available on BOEM's Web site at
For more information on the WPA 248 Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement, you may contact Mr. Gary D. Goeke, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Gulf of Mexico OCS Region, Office of Environment (GM 623E), 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard, New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394 or by email at
This Notice of Availability of a Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement is in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of availability of a Record of Decision.
BOEM is announcing the availability of a Record of Decision for proposed oil and gas CPA Lease Sale 241. This Record of Decision identifies the Bureau's selected alternative for proposed CPA Lease Sale 241, which is analyzed in the
For more information on the Record of Decision, you may contact Mr. Gary D. Goeke, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Gulf of Mexico OCS Region, 1201 Elmwood Park Boulevard (GM 623E), New Orleans, Louisiana 70123-2394. You may also contact Mr. Goeke by telephone at 504-736-3233.
In the CPA 241/EPA 226 Supplemental EIS, BOEM evaluated the three alternatives that are summarized below with regard to proposed CPA Lease Sale 241:
All unleased whole and partial blocks in the CPA that BOEM will offer for leasing in proposed CPA Lease Sale 241 are listed in the document “List of Blocks Available for Leasing,” which is included in the Final Notice of Sale for CPA Lease Sale 241. The proposed CPA lease sale area encompasses about 63 million acres (ac) of the total CPA area of 66.45 million acres. As of October 2015, approximately 46.9 million ac of
After careful consideration, BOEM has selected the proposed action, which is identified as BOEM's preferred alternative (Alternative A) in the CPA 241/EPA 226 Supplemental EIS. BOEM's selection of the preferred alternative meets the purpose and need for the proposed action, as identified in the CPA 241/EPA 226 Supplemental EIS, and reflects orderly resource development, with protection of the human, marine, and coastal environments, while also ensuring that the public receives an equitable return for these resources and that free-market competition is maintained.
This NOA of a Record of Decision is published pursuant to the regulations (40 CFR part 1503) implementing the provisions of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Bureau of Reclamation, Interior.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given of contractual actions that have been proposed to the Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation) and are new, discontinued, or completed since the last publication of this notice. This notice is one of a variety of means used to inform the public about proposed contractual actions for capital recovery and management of project resources and facilities consistent with section 9(f) of the Reclamation Project Act of 1939. Additional announcements of individual contract actions may be published in the
The identity of the approving officer and other information pertaining to a specific contract proposal may be obtained by calling or writing the appropriate regional office at the address and telephone number given for each region in the
Michelle Kelly, Reclamation Law Administration Division, Bureau of Reclamation, P.O. Box 25007, Denver, Colorado 80225-0007; telephone 303-445-2888.
Consistent with section 9(f) of the Reclamation Project Act of
Public participation in and receipt of comments on contract proposals will be facilitated by adherence to the following procedures:
1. Only persons authorized to act on behalf of the contracting entities may negotiate the terms and conditions of a specific contract proposal.
2. Advance notice of meetings or hearings will be furnished to those parties that have made a timely written request for such notice to the appropriate regional or project office of Reclamation.
3. Written correspondence regarding proposed contracts may be made available to the general public pursuant to the terms and procedures of the
4. Written comments on a proposed contract or contract action must be submitted to the appropriate regional officials at the locations and within the time limits set forth in the advance public notices.
5. All written comments received and testimony presented at any public hearings will be reviewed and summarized by the appropriate regional office for use by the contract approving authority.
6. Copies of specific proposed contracts may be obtained from the appropriate regional director or his or her designated public contact as they become available for review and comment.
7. In the event modifications are made in the form of a proposed contract, the appropriate regional director shall determine whether republication of the notice and/or extension of the comment period is necessary.
Factors considered in making such a determination shall include, but are not limited to, (i) the significance of the modification, and (ii) the degree of public interest which has been expressed over the course of the negotiations. At a minimum, the regional director will furnish revised contracts to all parties who requested the contract in response to the initial public notice.
PACIFIC NORTHWEST REGION: Bureau of Reclamation, 1150 North Curtis Road, Suite 100, Boise, Idaho 83706-1234, telephone 208-378-5344.
1. Irrigation, M&I, and Miscellaneous Water Users; Idaho, Oregon, Washington, Montana, and Wyoming: Temporary or interim irrigation and M&I water service, water storage, water right settlement, exchange, miscellaneous use, or water replacement contracts to provide up to 10,000 acre-feet of water annually for terms up to 5 years; long-term contracts for similar service for up to 1,000 acre-feet of water annually.
2. Rogue River Basin Water Users, Rogue River Basin Project, Oregon: Water service contracts; $8 per acre-foot per annum.
3. Willamette Basin Water Users, Willamette Basin Project, Oregon: Water service contracts; $8 per acre-foot per annum.
4. Pioneer Ditch Company, Boise Project, Idaho; Clark and Edwards Canal and Irrigation Company, Enterprise Canal Company, Ltd., Lenroot Canal Company, Liberty Park Canal Company, Poplar ID, all in the Minidoka Project, Idaho; and Juniper Flat District Improvement Company, Wapinitia Project, Oregon: Amendatory repayment and water service contracts; purpose is to conform to the RRA.
5. Nine water user entities of the Arrowrock Division, Boise Project, Idaho: Repayment agreements with districts with spaceholder contracts for repayment, per legislation, of the reimbursable share of costs to rehabilitate Arrowrock Dam Outlet Gates under the O&M program.
6. Three irrigation water user entities, Rogue River Basin Project, Oregon: Long-term contracts for exchange of water service with three entities for the provision of up to 292 acre-feet of stored water from Applegate Reservoir (a USACE project) for irrigation use in exchange for the transfer of out-of-stream water rights from the Little Applegate River to instream flow rights with the State of Oregon for instream flow use.
7. Conagra Foods Lamb Weston, Inc., Columbia Basin Project, Washington: Miscellaneous purposes water service contract providing for the delivery of up to 1,500 acre-feet of water from the Scooteney Wasteway for effluent management.
8. Benton ID, Yakima Project, Washington: Replacement contract to, among other things, withdraw the District from the Sunnyside Division Board of Control; provide for direct payment of the District's share of total operation, maintenance, repair, and replacement costs incurred by the United States in operation of storage division; and establish District responsibility for operation, maintenance, repair, and replacement for irrigation distribution system.
9. City of Prineville and Ochoco ID, Crooked River Project, Oregon: Long-term contract to provide the city of Prineville with a mitigation water supply from Prineville Reservoir; with Ochoco ID anticipated to be a party to the contract, as they are responsible for O&M of the dam and reservoir.
10. Burley and Minidoka IDs, Minidoka Project, Idaho: Supplemental and amendatory contracts to transfer the O&M of the Main South Side Canal Headworks to Burley ID and transfer the O&M of the Main North Side Canal Headworks to the Minidoka ID.
1. (9) Stanfield and Westland IDs and 67 individual contractors, Umatilla Project, Oregon: Amendatory repayment contracts and repayment agreements for reimbursable cost of SOD repairs to McKay Dam. Contracts executed September 17, 2015, and October 8, 2015.
2. (10) East Columbia Basin ID, Columbia Basin Project, Washington: Long-term contract to renew master water service contract No. 14-06-100-9165, as supplemented, to authorize the District to deliver a base quantity of up to 90,000 acre-feet of Columbia Basin Project water annually to up to 30,000 First Phase Continuation Acres located within the District, and continue delivery of additional water to land irrigated under the District's repayment contract during the peak period of irrigation water use annually. Contract executed September 22, 2015.
MID-PACIFIC REGION: Bureau of Reclamation, 2800 Cottage Way, Sacramento, California 95825-1898, telephone 916-978-5250.
1. Irrigation water districts, individual irrigators, M&I and miscellaneous water users; California, Nevada, and Oregon: Temporary (interim) water service contracts for available project water for irrigation, M&I, or fish and wildlife purposes providing up to 10,000 acre-feet of water annually for terms up to 5 years; temporary Warren Act contracts for use of excess capacity in project facilities for terms up to 5 years; temporary conveyance agreements with the State of California for various purposes; long-term contracts for similar service for up to 1,000 acre-feet annually.
2. Contractors from the American River Division, Delta Division, Cross Valley Canal, San Felipe Division, West San Joaquin Division, San Luis Unit, and Elk Creek Community Services District; CVP; California: Renewal of 30 interim and long-term water service contracts; water quantities for these
3. Redwood Valley County WD, SRPA, California: Restructuring the repayment schedule pursuant to Public Law 100-516.
4. El Dorado County Water Agency, CVP, California: M&I water service contract to supplement existing water supply. Contract will provide for an amount not to exceed 15,000 acre-feet annually authorized by Public Law 101-514 (Section 206) for El Dorado County Water Agency. The supply will be subcontracted to El Dorado ID and Georgetown Divide Public Utility District.
5. Sutter Extension WD, Delano-Earlimart ID, Pixley ID, the State of California Department of Water Resources, and the State of California Department of Fish and Wildlife; CVP; California: Pursuant to Public Law 102-575, agreements with non-Federal entities for the purpose of providing funding for CVPIA refuge water conveyance and/or facilities improvement construction to deliver water for certain Federal wildlife refuges, State wildlife areas, and private wetlands.
6. CVP Service Area, California: Temporary water acquisition agreements for purchase of 5,000 to 200,000 acre-feet of water for fish and wildlife purposes as authorized by Public Law 102-575 for terms of up to 5 years.
7. El Dorado ID, CVP, California: Long-term Warren Act contract for conveyance of nonproject water in the amount of up to 17,000 acre-feet annually. The contract will allow CVP facilities to be used to deliver nonproject water to the District for M&I use within its service area.
8. Horsefly, Klamath, Langell Valley, and Tulelake IDs; Klamath Project; Oregon: Repayment contracts for SOD work on Clear Lake Dam. These districts will share in repayment of costs, and each district will have a separate contract.
9. Casitas Municipal WD, Ventura Project, California: Repayment contract for SOD work on Casitas Dam.
10. Warren Act Contracts, CVP, California: Execution of long-term Warren Act contracts (up to 40 years) with various entities for conveyance of nonproject water in the CVP.
11. Tuolumne Utilities District (formerly Tuolumne Regional WD), CVP, California: Long-term water service contract for up to 9,000 acre-feet from New Melones Reservoir, and possibly a long-term contract for storage of nonproject water in New Melones Reservoir.
12. Madera-Chowchilla Water and Power Authority, CVP, California: Agreement to transfer the OM&R and certain financial and administrative activities related to the Madera Canal and associated works.
13. Sacramento Suburban WD, CVP, California: Execution of a long-term Warren Act contract for conveyance of 29,000 acre-feet of nonproject water. The contract will allow CVP facilities to be used to deliver nonproject water provided from the Placer County Water Agency to the District for use within its service area.
14. Town of Fernley, State of California, City of Reno, City of Sparks, Washoe County, State of Nevada, Truckee-Carson ID, and any other local interest or Native American Tribal Interest who may have negotiated rights under Public Law 101-618; Nevada and California: Contract for the storage of non-Federal water in Truckee River reservoirs as authorized by Public Law 101-618 and the Preliminary Settlement Agreement. The contracts shall be consistent with the Truckee River Water Quality Settlement Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Truckee River Operating Agreement.
15. Delta Lands Reclamation District No. 770, CVP, California: Long-term Warren Act contract for conveyance of up to 300,000 acre-feet of nonproject flood flows via the Friant-Kern Canal for flood control purposes.
16. Pershing County Water Conservation District, Pershing County, Lander County, and the State of Nevada; Humboldt Project; Nevada: Title transfer of lands and features of the Humboldt Project.
17. Mendota Wildlife Area, CVP, California: Reimbursement agreement between the California Department of Fish and Wildlife and Reclamation for conveyance service costs to deliver Level 2 water to the Mendota Wildlife Area during infrequent periods when the Mendota Pool is down due to unexpected but needed maintenance. This action is taken pursuant to Public Law 102-575, Title 34, Section 3406(d)(1), to meet full Level 2 water needs of the Mendota Wildlife Area.
18. San Luis WD, CVP, California: Proposed partial assignment of 2,400 acre-feet of the District's CVP supply to Santa Nella County WD for M&I use.
19. Placer County Water Agency, CVP, California: Proposed exchange agreement under section 14 of the 1939 Act to exchange up to 71,000 acre-feet annually of the Agency's American River Middle Fork Project water for use by Reclamation, for a like amount of CVP water from the Sacramento River for use by the Agency.
20. Irrigation Contractors, Klamath Project, Oregon: Amendment of repayment contracts or negotiation of new contracts to allow for recovery of additional capital costs.
21. Orland Unit Water User's Association, Orland Project, California: Repayment contract for the SOD costs assigned to the irrigation of Stony Gorge Dam.
22. Goleta WD, Cachuma Project, California: An agreement to transfer title of the federally owned distribution system to the District subject to approved legislation.
23. City of Santa Barbara, Cachuma Project, California: Execution of a temporary contract and a long-term Warren Act contract with the City for conveyance of nonproject water in Cachuma Project facilities.
24. Water user entities responsible for payment of O&M costs for Reclamation projects in California, Nevada, and Oregon: Contracts for extraordinary maintenance and replacement funded pursuant to ARRA. Added costs to rates to be collected under irrigation and interim M&I ratesetting policies.
25. Water user entities responsible for payment of O&M costs for Reclamation projects in California, Nevada, and Oregon: Contracts for extraordinary maintenance and replacement funded pursuant to Subtitle G of Public Law 111-11.
26. Cachuma Operation and Maintenance Board, Cachuma Project, California: Amendment to SOD Contract No. 01-WC-20-2030 to provide for increased SOD costs associated with Bradbury Dam.
27. Reclamation will become signatory to a three-party conveyance agreement with the Cross Valley Contractors and the California State Department of Water Resources for conveyance of Cross Valley Contractors' CVP water supplies that are made available pursuant to long-term water service contracts.
28. Westlands WD, CVP, California: Negotiation and execution of a long-term repayment contract to provide reimbursement of costs related to the construction of drainage facilities. This action is being undertaken to satisfy the Federal Government's obligation to provide drainage service to Westlands
29. San Luis WD, Meyers Farms Family Trust, and Reclamation; CVP; California: Revision of an existing contract between San Luis WD, Meyers Farms Family Trust, and Reclamation providing for an increase in the exchange of water from 6,316 to 10,526 acre-feet annually and an increase in the storage capacity of the bank to 60,000 acre-feet.
30. San Joaquin Valley National Cemetery, U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs; Delta Division, CVP; California: Negotiation of a multi-year wheeling agreement with a retroactive effective date of 2011 is pending. A wheeling agreement with the State of California Department of Water Resources provides for the conveyance and delivery of CVP water through the State of California's water project facilities to the San Joaquin Valley National Cemetery.
31. Byron-Bethany ID, CVP, California: Negotiation of a multi-year wheeling agreement with a retroactive effective date is pending. A wheeling agreement with the State of California Department of Water Resources provides for the conveyance and delivery of CVP water through the State of California's water project facilities, to the Musco Family Olive Company, a customer of Byron-Bethany ID.
32. Contra Costa WD, CVP, California: Amendment to an existing O&M agreement to transfer O&M of the Contra Costa Rock Slough Fish Screen to the District. Initial construction funding provided through ARRA.
33. Irrigation water districts, individual irrigators and M&I water users, CVP, California: Temporary water service contracts for terms not to exceed 1 year for up to 100,000 acre-feet of surplus supplies of CVP water resulting from an unusually large water supply, not otherwise storable for project purposes, or from infrequent and otherwise unmanaged flood flows of short duration.
34. Irrigation water districts, individual irrigators, M&I and miscellaneous water users, CVP, California: Temporary Warren Act contracts for terms up to 5 years providing for use of excess capacity in CVP facilities for annual quantities exceeding 10,000 acre-feet.
35. City of Redding, CVP, California: Proposed partial assignment of 30 acre-feet of the City of Redding's CVP water supply to the City of Shasta Lake for M&I use.
36. Langell Valley ID, Klamath Project; Oregon: Title transfer of lands and facilities of the Klamath Project.
37. Sacramento River Division, CVP, California: Administrative assignments of various Sacramento River Settlement Contracts.
38. California Department of Fish and Game, CVP, California: To extend the term of and amend the existing water service contract for the Department's San Joaquin Fish Hatchery to allow an increase from 35 to 60 cubic feet per second of continuous flow to pass through the Hatchery prior to it returning to the San Joaquin River.
39. Orland Unit Water User's Association, Orland Project, California: Title transfer of lands and features of the Orland Project.
40. Santa Clara Valley WD, CVP, California: Second amendment to Santa Clara Valley WD's water service contract to add the State of California Department of Water Resources, State of California's water project facilities on the South Bay Aqueduct as an additional point of delivery, and to add CVP-wide form of contract language providing for mutually agreed upon point or points of delivery.
41. PacifiCorp, Klamath Project, Oregon and California: Transfer of O&M of Link River Dam and associated facilities. Contract will allow for the continued O&M by PacifiCorp.
42. Tulelake ID, Klamath Project, Oregon and California: Transfer of O&M of Station 48 and gate on Drain #1, Lost River Diversion Channel.
43. Fresno County Waterworks No. 18; Friant Division, CVP; California: Execution of an agreement to provide for the O&M of select Federal facilities by Fresno County Waterworks No. 18.
44. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Tulelake ID; Klamath Project; Oregon and California: Water service contract for deliveries to Lower Klamath National Wildlife Refuge, including transfer of O&M responsibilities for the P Canal system.
45. Tulelake ID, Klamath Project, Oregon and California: Amendment of repayment contract to eliminate reimbursement for P Canal O&M costs.
46. East Bay Municipal Utility District, CVP, California: Long-term Warren Act contract for storage and conveyance of up to 47,000 acre-feet annually.
47. Sacramento County Water Agency, CVP, California: Assignment of 7,000 acre-feet of CVP water to the City of Folsom.
48. Del Puerto WD, CVP, California: Long-term Warren Act contract, not to exceed 40 years, for annual storage and conveyance of up to 60,000 acre-feet of recycled water from the cities of Turlock and Modesto. This nonproject water will be stored in the San Luis Reservoir and conveyed through the Delta-Mendota Canal to agricultural lands and wildlife refuges.
49. Gray Lodge Wildlife Area, CVP, California: Reimbursement agreement between the California Department of Fish and Wildlife and Reclamation for groundwater pumping costs. Groundwater will provide a portion of Gray Lodge Wildlife Area's CVPIA Level 4 water supplies. This action is taken pursuant to Public Law 102-575, Title 34, Section 3406(d)(1, 2 and 5), to meet full Level 4 water needs of the Gray Lodge Wildlife Area.
LOWER COLORADO REGION: Bureau of Reclamation, P.O. Box 61470 (Nevada Highway and Park Street), Boulder City, Nevada 89006-1470, telephone 702-293-8192.
1. Milton and Jean Phillips, BCP, Arizona: Develop a Colorado River water delivery contract for 60 acre-feet of Colorado River water per year as recommended by the Arizona Department of Water Resources.
2. Gila Project Works, Gila Project, Arizona: Perform title transfer of facilities and certain lands in the Wellton-Mohawk Division from the United States to the Wellton-Mohawk IDD.
3. Sherrill Ventures, LLLP and Green Acres Mohave, LLC; BCP; Arizona: Draft contracts for PPR No. 14 for 1,080 acre-feet of water per year as follows: Sherrill Ventures, LLLP, a draft contract for 954.3 acre-feet per year and Green Acres Mohave, LLC, a draft contract for 125.7 acre-feet per year.
4. Water user entities responsible for payment of O&M costs for Reclamation projects in Arizona, California, Nevada, and Utah: Contracts for extraordinary maintenance and replacement funded pursuant to ARRA.
5. Water user entities responsible for payment of O&M costs for Reclamation projects in Arizona, California, Nevada, and Utah: Contracts for extraordinary maintenance and replacement funded pursuant to Subtitle G of Public Law 111-11.
6. San Carlos Apache Tribe and the Town of Gilbert, CAP, Arizona: Proposed 100-year lease not to exceed 5,925 acre-feet per year of CAP water from the Tribe to Gilbert.
7. City of Yuma, BCP, Arizona: Amend the City's contract to extend the term (which expired October 2012) for 5 years during which time a consolidated contract will be developed.
8. Bard WD, Yuma Project, California: Supersede and replace the District's O&M contract for the Yuma Project, California, Reservation Division, Indian Unit, to reflect that appropriated funds are no longer available, and to specify
9. Metropolitan Water District of Southern California, the San Diego County Water Authority, and the Otay WD; BCP; California: Execute a proposed Amendment No. 2 to extend the “Agreement for Temporary Emergency Delivery of a Portion of the Mexican Treaty Waters of the Colorado River to the International Boundary in the Vicinity of Tijuana, Baja California, Mexico, and the Operation of Facilities in the United States” until November 9, 2019.
10. Central Arizona Water Conservation District, CAP, Arizona: Negotiate a standard form of wheeling agreement for the wheeling of nonproject water, in accordance with the District's existing contract.
11. Ogram Farms, BCP, Arizona: Revise Exhibit A of the contract to change the contract service area and points of diversion/delivery.
12. Ogram Boys Enterprises, Inc., BCP, Arizona: Revise Exhibit A of the contract to change the contract service area and points of diversion/delivery.
13. Reclamation, Davis Dam (Davis Dam) and Big Bend WD, BCP, Arizona and Nevada: Enter into proposed “Agreement for the Diversion, Treatment, and Delivery of Colorado River Water” in order for district to divert, treat, and deliver to Davis Dam the Davis Dam Secretarial Reservation amount of up to 100 acre-feet per year of Colorado River water.
14. Reclamation, Arizona Department of Water Resources, Arizona Water Banking Authority, Central Arizona Water Conservation District, Southern Nevada Water Authority, and The Metropolitan Water District of Southern California; BCP; Arizona, California and Nevada: Begin negotiations to enter into proposed “Storage and Interstate Release Agreement(s)” for creation, offstream storage, and release of unused basic or surplus Colorado River apportionment within the lower division states pursuant to 43 CFR part 414.
15. La Paz County and Ehrenberg Improvement Association, BCP, Arizona: Review and approve a proposed partial assignment to the Association of 150 acre-feet per year of La Paz County's Arizona fourth priority water entitlement amount of 500 acre-feet per year and execute the associated amendments to La Paz County's and the Association's contracts.
16. San Carlos Apache Tribe and the Town of Gilbert, CAP, Arizona: Execute Amendment No. 5 to a CAP water lease to extend the term of the lease in order for the San Carlos Apache Tribe to lease 20,000 acre-feet of its CAP water to the Town of Gilbert during calendar year 2016.
17. San Carlos Apache Tribe and the Pascua Yaqui Tribe, CAP, Arizona: Execute a CAP water lease in order for the San Carlos Apache Tribe to lease 790 acre-feet of its CAP water to the Pascua Yaqui Tribe during calendar year 2016.
18. Chandler Heights Citrus ID and Central Arizona Water Conservation District, CAP, Arizona: Execute a proposed assignment to Central Arizona Water Conservation District of Chandler Heights Citrus ID's 315 acre-foot annual CAP water entitlement.
19. Ak-Chin Indian Community and Del Webb Corporation, CAP, Arizona: Execute a CAP water lease in order for Ak-Chin Indian Community to lease 2,800 acre-feet of its CAP water to the Del Webb Corporation during calendar year 2016.
20. Mohave County Water Authority, BCP, Arizona: Amend Exhibit D to the Authority's Colorado River water delivery contract to update the list of subcontractors with the Authority.
1. (15) H2O Water Company, Inc. and the Town of Queen Creek, CAP, Arizona: Execute a proposed assignment to the Town of Queen Creek of the H2O Water Company's 147 acre-foot annual CAP water entitlement. Contract executed on September 29, 2015.
2. (19) Town of Quartzsite, BCP, Arizona: Amend the contract with the Town of Quartzsite to extend the term for another 15 years ending on January 28, 2029. Contract Executed on October 20, 2015.
3. (23) Yuma County Water Users' Association, Yuma Project, Arizona: Execute a funding agreement for California Check and Wasteway infrastructure improvements to improve operational control and reduce water spills as part of the Western Drought Response activities in Arizona, California, Nevada, and Mexico. Contract executed on September 15, 2015.
UPPER COLORADO REGION: Bureau of Reclamation, 125 South State Street, Room 8100, Salt Lake City, Utah 84138-1102, telephone 801-524-3864.
1. Individual irrigators, M&I, and miscellaneous water users; Initial Units, CRSP; Utah, Wyoming, Colorado, and New Mexico: Temporary (interim) water service contracts for surplus project water for irrigation or M&I use to provide up to 10,000 acre-feet of water annually for terms up to 10 years; long-term contracts for similar service for up to 1,000 acre-feet of water annually.
2. Contracts with various water user entities responsible for payment of O&M costs for Reclamation projects in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, Texas, Utah, and Wyoming: Contracts for extraordinary maintenance and replacement funded pursuant to Subtitle G of 111-11 to be executed as project progresses.
3. Middle Rio Grande Project, New Mexico: Reclamation continues annual leasing of water from various San Juan-Chama Project contractors to stabilize flows in a critical reach of the Rio Grande in order to meet the needs of irrigators and preserve habitat for the silvery minnow. Reclamation leased approximately 14,423 acre-feet of water from San Juan-Chama Project contractors in 2015.
4. Bridger Valley Water Conservancy District, Lyman Project, Wyoming: The District has requested that its Meeks Cabin repayment contract be amended from two 25-year contacts to one 40-year contract.
5. Uintah Water Conservancy District; Vernal Unit, CUP; Utah: Proposed carriage contract to both store up to 35,000 acre-feet of nonproject water in Steinaker Reservoir and carry nonproject water in the Steinaker Service and Feeder Canals.
6. Weber Basin Water Conservancy District, Weber Basin Project, Utah: The District has requested a contract to allow the storage of Weber Basin Project water in Smith Morehouse Reservoir under the authority of Section 14 of the Reclamation Projects Act of 1939.
7. Carbon Water Conservancy District, Scofield Project, Utah: The District has requested Reclamation's assistance with O&M activities to rehabilitate certain portions of the Scofield Dam outlet works and surrounding area.
8. Provo Reservoir Water Users Company, Provo River Project, Utah: The Company has requested a contract to store up to 5,000 acre-feet on its nonproject water in Deer Creek Reservoir on a space-available basis under the authority of the Warren Act of 1911.
9. Uintah Water Conservancy District; Vernal Unit, CUP; Utah: The District desires to pipe the Steinaker Service Canal to improve public safety, decrease O&M costs, and increase water efficiency. This action will require a supplementary O&M contract to modify Federal Reclamation facilities, as well as an agreement written under the authority of the Civil Sundry Appropriations Act of 1921 for
10. Newton Water Users Association, Newton Project; Utah: The Association desires to abandon the Federal canals distributing water from Newton Reservoir, and replace them with a private pipeline. This requires a supplementary O&M agreement to approve modification to Federal Reclamation facilities and outline the O&M responsibilities during and after construction.
11. Salem Canal and Irrigation Company, Strawberry Valley Project, Utah: The United States intends to enter into an amendatory contract regarding possible lost generation of power revenues generated at the Spanish Fork Power Plant on the Strawberry Valley Project.
12. Weber Basin Water Conservancy District, A.V. Watkins Dam, Utah: The United States intends to enter into an implementation agreement with the District giving the District the authority to modify Federal facilities to raise the crest of AV Watkins Dam.
13. Uintah Water Conservancy District; Flaming Gorge Unit, CRSP; Utah: The District has requested a long-term water service contract to remove up to 5,500 acre-feet of water annually from the Green River for irrigation purposes under the authority of Section 9(e) of the Reclamation Project Act of 1939. A short-term contract may be executed until a long-term contract can be completed.
14. South Cache Water Users Association, Hyrum Project, Utah: The Association has requested a loan under Public Law 111-11 to pipe approximately 2,100 linear-feet of the Hyrum Mendon Canal.
15. Emery County Water Conservancy District, Emery County Project, Utah: The District has requested to convert 79 acre-feet of Cottonwood Creek Consolidated Irrigation Company water from irrigation to M&I uses.
16. Aamodt Litigation Settlement, San Juan-Chama Project, New Mexico: Contract for 1,079 acre-feet of San Juan-Chama Project water for M&I use with the four Pueblos included in the Aamodt Litigation Settlement Act, Title VI of Public Law 111-291. The four Pueblos are the Nambe, Pojoaque, San Ildefonso, and Tesuque.
17. Salt River Project Agricultural Improvement and Power District, Salt River Project; Glen Canyon Unit, CRSP; Arizona: The District has requested a renewal of its existing contract from 2034 through 2044.
18. Dolores Water Conservancy District, Dolores Project, Colorado: The District has requested a water service contract for 1,402 acre-feet of newly identified project water for irrigation. The proposed water service contract will provide 417 acre-feet of project water for irrigation of the Ute Enterprise and 985 acre-feet for use by the District's full-service irrigators.
19. City of Page, Arizona; Glen Canyon Unit, CRSP; Arizona: Long-term contract for 975 acre-feet of water for municipal purposes.
20. Florida Water Conservancy District, Florida Project, Colorado: The District and the United States, pursuant to Section 4 of the CRSP, and subsection 9(c)(2) of the Reclamation Projects Act of 1939, propose to negotiate and execute a water service contract for 2,500 acre-feet of Florida Project water for M&I and other miscellaneous beneficial uses, other than commercial agricultural irrigation, within the District boundaries in La Plata County, Colorado.
21. Southern Ute Indian Tribe, Animas-La Plata Project, Colorado: Requested a water delivery contract for 33,519 acre-feet of M&I water; contract terms to be consistent with the Colorado Ute Settlement Act Amendments of 2000 (Title III of Public Law 106-554).
22. Ute Mountain Ute Tribe, Animas-La Plata Project, Colorado: Requested a water delivery contract for 33,519 acre-feet of M&I water; contract terms to be consistent with the Colorado Ute Settlement Act Amendments of 2000 (Title III of Public Law 106-554).
23. Navajo-Gallup Water Supply Project, New Mexico: Reclamation continues negotiations on an OM&R transfer contract with the Navajo Tribal Utility Authority pursuant to Public Law 111-11, Section 10602(f) which transfers responsibilities to carry out the OM&R of transferred works of the Project; ensures the continuation of the intended benefits of the Project, distribution of water, and sets forth the allocation and payment of annual OM&R costs of the Project.
24. Animas-La Plata Project, Colorado-New Mexico: (a) Navajo Nation title transfer agreement for the Navajo Nation Municipal Pipeline for facilities and land outside the corporate boundaries of the City of Farmington, New Mexico; contract terms to be consistent with the Colorado Ute Settlement Act Amendments of 2000 (Title III of Public Law 106-554) and the Northwestern New Mexico Rural Water Projects Act (Title X of Public Law 111-11); (b) City of Farmington, New Mexico, title transfer agreement for the Navajo Nation Municipal Pipeline for facilities and land inside the corporate boundaries of the City of Farmington; New Mexico, contract terms to be consistent with the Colorado Ute Settlement Act Amendments of 2000 (Title III of Public Law 106-554) and the Northwestern New Mexico Rural Water Projects Act (Title X of Public Law 111-11); and (c) Operations agreement among the United States, Navajo Nation, and City of Farmington for the Navajo Nation Municipal Pipeline pursuant to Public Law 111-11, Section 10605(b)(1) that sets forth any terms and conditions that secures an operations protocol for the M&I water supply.
25. Aamodt Settlement, Pojoaque Basin Region Water System: Contributed Funding Agreements with the County of Santa Fe for associated construction costs will be executed in 2016.
1. (4) Various Entities, Carlsbad Project, New Mexico: Reclamation leases water in the Pecos River to make up for the water depletions caused by changes in operations at Sumner Dam which were made to improve conditions for a threatened species, the Pecos Bluntnose Shiner. Individual irrigators enter into forbearance contracts and lease agreements with individuals who have privately held water rights to divert nonproject water either directly from the Pecos River or from shallow/artesian wells in the Pecos River Watershed. Reclamation contracted with Fort Sumner ID for partial- and full-season fallowing in 2014, and with the NMISC to lease privately held water for delivery to the Pecos River via the NMISC's Vaughn Pipeline. Contract executed December 4, 2015.
2. (12) Weber River Water Users Association, Weber River Project, Utah: The Association has requested Reclamation augment a to-be-built O&M building near Echo Dam and is willing to pay the difference in costs for the larger building. The United States would accept the money under the Civil Sundry Appropriations Act of 1921. Contract executed August 19, 2015.
3. (13) North Summit Pressurized Irrigation Company, Weber Basin Project, Utah: The Company has requested a contract to convey and store its privately held water on a space-available basis in Rockport Reservoir and the use of Wanship Dam to pressurize its piped irrigation system under the authority of the Warren Act of 1911. Contract executed October 13, 2015.
4. (14) Metropolitan Water District of Salt Lake and Sandy, Provo River Project, Utah: The District has requested a contract to store its Ontario Drain Tunnel water in Deer Creek Reservoir
GREAT PLAINS REGION: Bureau of Reclamation, P.O. Box 36900, Federal Building, 2021 4th Avenue North, Billings, Montana 59101, telephone 406-247-7752.
1. Irrigation, M&I, and miscellaneous water users; Colorado, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming: Water service contracts for the sale, conveyance, storage, and exchange of surplus project water and nonproject water for irrigation or M&I use to provide up to 10,000 acre-feet of water annually for a term of up to 1 year, or up to 1,000 acre-feet of water annually for a term of up to 40 years.
2. Water user entities responsible for payment of O&M costs for Reclamation projects in Colorado, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming: Contracts for extraordinary maintenance and replacement funded pursuant to Subtitle G of Public Law 111-11.
3. Green Mountain Reservoir, Colorado-Big Thompson Project, Colorado: Water service contracts for irrigation and M&I; contracts for the sale of water from the marketable yield to water users within the Colorado River Basin of western Colorado.
4. Garrison Diversion Conservancy District, Garrison Diversion Unit, P-SMBP, North Dakota: Intent to modify long-term water service contract to add additional irrigated acres.
5. Fryingpan-Arkansas Project, Colorado: Consideration of excess capacity contracting in the Fryingpan-Arkansas Project.
6. Colorado-Big Thompson Project, Colorado: Consideration of excess capacity contracting in the Colorado-Big Thompson Project.
7. Northern Integrated Supply Project, Colorado-Big Thompson Project, Colorado: Consideration of a new long-term contract with approximately 15 regional water suppliers and the Northern Colorado Water Conservancy District for the Northern Integrated Supply Project.
8. Roger W. Evans (Individual); Boysen Unit, P-SMBP; Wyoming: Renewal of long-term water service contract.
9. Busk-Ivanhoe, Inc., Fryingpan-Arkansas Project, Colorado: Contract for long-term carriage and storage, and/or a new contract for an additional use of water.
10. Southeastern Water Conservancy District, Fryingpan-Arkansas Project, Colorado: Consideration of an excess capacity master storage contract.
11. State of Kansas Department of Wildlife and Parks; Glen Elder Unit, P-SMBP; Kansas: Intent to enter into a contract for the remaining conservation storage in Waconda Lake for recreation and fish and wildlife purposes.
12. Arkansas Valley Conduit, Fryingpan-Arkansas Project, Colorado: Consideration of a repayment contract for the Arkansas Valley Conduit.
13. Northern Colorado Water Conservancy District, Colorado-Big Thompson Project, Colorado: Amend or supplement the 1938 repayment contract to include the transfer of OM&R for Carter Lake Dam Additional Outlet Works and Flatiron Power Plant Bypass facilities.
14. Van Amundson; Jamestown Reservoir, Garrison Diversion Unit, P-SMBP; North Dakota: Intent to enter into an individual long-term irrigation water service contract to provide up to 285 acre-feet of water annually for a term of up to 40 years from Jamestown Reservoir, North Dakota.
15. Donala Water and Sanitation District, Fryingpan-Arkansas Project, Colorado: Consideration of a long-term excess capacity contract.
16. Purgatoire Water Conservancy District, Trinidad Project, Colorado: Consideration of a request to amend the contract.
17. State of Colorado; Armel Unit, P-SMBP; Colorado: Consideration of a contract action to address future OM&R costs.
18. Central Oklahoma Master Conservancy District, Norman Project, Oklahoma: Amend existing contract No. 14-06-500-590 to execute a separate contract(s) to allow for importation and storage of nonproject water in accordance with the Lake Thunderbird Efficient Use Act of 2012.
19. Harlan County Dam and Reservoir; Bostwick Division, P-SMBP; Nebraska and Kansas: Consideration of a contract with Bostwick ID in Nebraska and Kansas-Bostwick ID No. 2 for repayment of extraordinary O&M at Harlan County Dam and Reservoir.
20. Altus Dam, W.C. Austin Project, Oklahoma: Consideration of a contract(s) for repayment of SOD costs.
21. Bull Lake Dam; Riverton Unit, P-SMBP; Wyoming: Consideration of a contract with Midvale ID for repayment of SOD costs.
22. Helena Valley ID; Helena Valley Unit, P-SMBP; Montana: Consideration of a contract to allow for delivery of up to 500 acre-feet of water for M&I purposes within the District boundaries.
23. Savage ID; Savage Unit, P-SMBP; Montana: Intent to renew the repayment contract to provide for a long-term-water supply to the District.
24. Mirage Flats ID, Mirage Flats Project, Nebraska: Consideration of a contract action for repayment of SOD costs.
25. Guernsey Dam, North Platte Project, Nebraska and Wyoming: O&M repayment contracts with North Platte Project contractors for the repayment of extraordinary maintenance associated with Guernsey Dam.
26. Tom Green County Water Control and Improvement District No. 1, San Angelo Project, Texas: Consideration of a potential contract(s) for use of excess capacity by individual landowner(s) for irrigation purposes.
27. East Larimer County Water District, Fort Collins-Loveland Water District, North Weld County Water District, and Northern Colorado Water Conservancy District, Colorado-Big Thompson Project, Colorado: Consideration of long-term excess capacity contracts.
28. Western Heart River ID; Heart Butte Unit, P-SMBP; North Dakota: Consideration of amending the long-term irrigation repayment contract and project-use power contract to include additional acres.
29. Larry TenBensel; Frenchman Cambridge, P-SMBP; Nebraska: Consideration of a long-term Warren Act contract.
30. Dickinson-Heart River Mutual Aid Corporation; Dickinson Unit, Heart Division; P-SMBP; North Dakota: Consideration of amending the long-term irrigation water service contract to modify the acres irrigated.
31. Buford-Trenton ID, Buford-Trenton Project, P-SMBP; North Dakota: Consideration of amending the long-term irrigation power repayment contract and project-use power contract to include additional acres.
32. Bostwick Division, P-SMBP: Excess capacity contract with the State of Nebraska and/or State of Kansas entities and/or irrigation districts.
33. Milk River Project, Montana: Proposed amendment to contracts to reflect current landownership.
34. Power—Teton County Water and Sewer District; Canyon Ferry Unit, P-SMBP; Montana: Consideration of a long-term contract for up to 40 acre-feet of M&I water from Canyon Ferry Reservoir.
35. Bryan Hauxwell, Frenchman Cambridge Project, Nebraska: Consideration of a long-term Warren Act contract.
36. Glen Elder ID No. 8; Glen Elder Unit, P-SMBP; Kansas: Consideration to renew long-term water service contract No. 2-07-60-W0855.
37. Mitchell County Rural Water District No. 2; Glen Elder Unit, P-
38. City of Chinook, Milk River Project, Montana: Consideration to renew long-term M&I water service Contract No. 14-06-600-2034A.
1. (24) Garrison Diversion Conservancy District; Garrison Diversion Unit, P-SMBP; North Dakota: Renegotiation of the master repayment contract to conform to the Dakota Water Resources Act of 2000; negotiation of water service or repayment contracts with irrigators and M&I users.
2. (62) Garrison Diversion Conservancy District, Garrison Diversion Unit, P-SMBP, North Dakota: Consideration to enter into long-term water service contract for M&I use out of McClusky Canal.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the institution of investigations and commencement of preliminary phase antidumping and countervailing duty investigation Nos. 701-TA-557 and 731-TA-1312 (Preliminary) pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”) to determine whether there is a reasonable indication that an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury, or the establishment of an industry in the United States is materially retarded, by reason of imports of stainless steel sheet and strip from China, provided for in subheading 7219.13.00, 7219.14.00, 7219.23.00, 7219.24.00, 7219.32.00, 7219.33.00, 7219.34.00, 7219.35.00, 7219.90.00, 7220.12.10, 7220.12.50, 7220.20.10, 7220.20.60, 7220.20.70, 7220.20.80, 7220.20.90, and 7220.90.00 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, that are alleged to be sold in the United States at less than fair value and alleged to be subsidized by the government of China. Unless the Department of Commerce extends the time for initiation, the Commission must reach a preliminary determination in antidumping and countervailing duty investigations in 45 days, or in this case by March 28, 2016. The Commission's views must be transmitted to Commerce within five business days thereafter, or by April 4, 2016.
Christopher J. Cassise (202-708-5408), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server (
For further information concerning the conduct of these investigations and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 207).
In accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the rules, each document filed by a party to the investigations must be served on all other parties to the investigations (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.
These investigations are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.12 of the Commission's rules.
By order of the Commission.
U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress.
Extension of comment period.
The United States Copyright Office is extending the deadlines for the submission of written comments in response to its December 29, 2015 Notice of Inquiry regarding the operation of section 1201 of Title 17.
Initial written comments are now due no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on March 3, 2016. Written reply comments are due no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on April 1, 2016.
The Copyright Office is using the regulations.gov system for the submission and posting of public comments in this proceeding. All comments are therefore to be submitted electronically through regulations.gov. Specific instructions for submitting comments are available on the Copyright Office Web site at
Regan A. Smith, Associate General Counsel,
The United States Copyright Office is undertaking a public study to assess the operation of section 1201 of Title 17. On December 29, 2015, the Office issued a Notice of Inquiry seeking public input on several questions relating to that topic.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Notice of information collection.
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)).
All comments should be submitted within 60 calendar days from the date of this publication.
All comments should be addressed to Frances Teel, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Mail Code JF000, 300 E Streets SW., Washington, DC 20546-0001.
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument(s) and instructions should be directed to Frances Teel, NASA Clearance Officer, NASA Headquarters, 300 E Street SW., JF0000, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-2225.
NASA hosts/sponsors numerous events on federally owned/leased property which are open to NASA affiliates and members of the public. The events include but are not limited to meetings, conferences, briefings, public outreach activities, tours, focus groups, etc. Visitor access is substantiated by a credentialed NASA sponsor who validates the visitor's need to access a building/area, guest networking services, etc. for a specific event/purpose. Information is collected to validate identity and enable intermittent access to activities.
Currently, visitor registration is accomplished via several electronic and paper processes. The NASA Office of Protective Services is transitioning to a one-NASA process to manage access for visitors with an affiliation less than 30-days.
NASA may collect event registration information to include but not limited to a visitor's name, address, citizenship, biometric data, purpose of visit, the location to be visited, escort/sponsor name with contact data, and preferred meeting/event sessions when options are available. When parking is provided on federal owned/leased space, driver's license information as well as vehicle make/model/tag information will be collected.
When visitors/vendors are permitted to bring equipment and/or event set-up materials such as booths and displays, information will be collected to issue property passes and coordinate equipment/property delivery. Information will also be collected, when applicable, to include other associated requirements such as electrical power needs, internet access, etc.
NASA collects, stores, and secures information from individuals requiring routine and intermittent access in a manner consistent with the Constitution and applicable laws, including the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) and the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Electronic.
Comments are invited on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of NASA, including whether the information collected has practical utility; (2) the accuracy of NASA's estimate of the burden (including hours and cost) of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval of this information collection. They will also become a matter of public record.
The ACRS Subcommittee on Planning and Procedures will hold a meeting on March 2, 2016, Room T-2B3, 11545 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
The meeting will be open to public attendance with the exception of a portion that may be closed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(2) and (6) to discuss organizational and personnel matters that relate solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of the ACRS, and information the release of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
The agenda for the subject meeting shall be as follows:
The Subcommittee will discuss proposed ACRS activities and related matters. The Subcommittee will gather information, analyze relevant issues and facts, and formulate proposed positions and actions, as appropriate, for deliberation by the Full Committee.
Members of the public desiring to provide oral statements and/or written comments should notify the Designated Federal Official (DFO), Quynh Nguyen (Telephone 301-415-5844 or Email:
Information regarding changes to the agenda, whether the meeting has been canceled or rescheduled, and the time allotted to present oral statements can be obtained by contacting the identified DFO. Moreover, in view of the possibility that the schedule for ACRS meetings may be adjusted by the Chairman as necessary to facilitate the conduct of the meeting, persons planning to attend should check with the DFO if such rescheduling would result in a major inconvenience.
If attending this meeting, please enter through the One White Flint North building, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD. After registering with security, please contact Mr. Theron Brown (240-888-9835) to be escorted to the meeting room.
The ACRS Subcommittee on Future Plant Designs will hold a meeting on March 1, 2016, Room T-2B1, 11545 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
The meeting will be open to public attendance with the exception of portions that may be closed to protect information that is proprietary pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(4). The agenda for the subject meeting shall be as follows:
The Subcommittee will discuss NuScale Topical Report TR-0515-13952, “Risk Significance Determination.” The Subcommittee will hear presentations by and hold discussions with the NRC staff and other interested persons regarding this matter. The Subcommittee will gather information, analyze relevant issues and facts, and formulate proposed positions and actions, as appropriate, for deliberation by the Full Committee.
Members of the public desiring to provide oral statements and/or written comments should notify the Designated Federal Official (DFO), Quynh Nguyen (Telephone 301-415-5844 or Email:
Detailed meeting agendas and meeting transcripts are available on the NRC Web site at
If attending this meeting, please enter through the One White Flint North
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing concerning a modification to a Global Expedited Package Services 3 negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On February 11, 2016, the Postal Service filed notice that it has agreed to a modification to the existing Global Expedited Package Services 3 negotiated service agreement approved in this docket.
The Postal Service also filed the unredacted modification and supporting financial information under seal. The Postal Service seeks to incorporate by reference the Application for Non-Public Treatment originally filed in this docket for the protection of information that it has filed under seal. Notice at 1-2.
The modification revises various articles so that the agreement applies to qualifying Priority Mail Express International (PMEI) and Priority Mail International (PMI) mailpieces.
The Postal Service intends for the modification to become effective March 1, 2016. Notice at 1. The Postal Service asserts that the modification will not impair the ability of the contract to comply with 39 U.S.C. 3633.
The Commission invites comments on whether the changes presented in the Postal Service's Notice are consistent with the policies of 39 U.S.C. 3632, 3633, or 3642, 39 CFR 3015.5, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comments are due no later than February 22, 2016. The public portions of these filings can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission appoints Lyudmila Y. Bzhilyanskaya to represent the interests of the general public (Public Representative) in this docket.
1. The Commission reopens Docket No. CP2015-86 for consideration of matters raised by the Postal Service's Notice.
2. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, the Commission appoints Lyudmila Y. Bzhilyanskaya to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding.
3. Comments are due no later than February 22, 2016.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing concerning an additional Global Expedited Package Services 3 negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On February 11, 2016, the Postal Service filed notice that it has entered into an additional Global Expedited Package Services 3 (GEPS 3) negotiated service agreement (Agreement).
To support its Notice, the Postal Service filed a copy of the Agreement, a copy of the Governors' Decision authorizing the product, a certification of compliance with 39 U.S.C. 3633(a), and an application for non-public treatment of certain materials. It also filed supporting financial workpapers.
The Commission establishes Docket No. CP2016-100 for consideration of matters raised by the Notice.
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's filing is consistent with 39 U.S.C. 3632, 3633, or 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comments are due no later than February 22, 2016. The public portions of the filing can be
The Commission appoints Kenneth R. Moeller to serve as Public Representative in this docket.
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. CP2016-100 for consideration of the matters raised by the Postal Service's Notice.
2. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, Kenneth R. Moeller is appointed to serve as an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in this proceeding (Public Representative).
3. Comments are due no later than February 22, 2016.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend the NYSE Arca Equities Schedule of Fees and Charges for Exchange Services (“Fee Schedule”). The Exchange proposes to implement the fee changes effective February 1, 2016. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
On February 1, 2016,
The Exchange currently provides per share credits under Tier 1, Tier 2 and Basic Rates
Orders designated as retail orders for securities traded on Pillar would need to meet the requirements of Rule 7.44P(a)(3) and the Exchange proposes to amend the Fee Schedule to note the application of Rule 7.44P to such securities.
The Fee Schedule currently provides that a fee of $0.0015 per share is charged for certain orders executed in the Opening Auction. The order types that may trade in these auctions include Market Orders and Auction-Only Orders.
The Fee Schedule currently provides that a fee of $0.0015 per share is charged for certain orders executed in the Market Order Auction. The order types that may trade in these auctions include Market Orders and Auction-Only Orders. This fee is capped at $20,000 per month per Equity Trading Permit ID. On Pillar, the Market Order Auction is named the Core Open Auction and the Exchange proposes to note this name change in each of the Tier 1, Tier 2 and Basic Rates sections of the Fee Schedule in which fees for trades in the Core Open Auction are described. The Exchange is not proposing any change to the fees charged for orders executed in the Market Order Auction (and in the Core Open Auction on Pillar) in securities priced $1.00 and greater.
The Fee Schedule currently provides that a fee of 0.1% of the total dollar value will be charged for round lot and odd lot executions of securities priced below $1.00 that take place during a Market Order Auction. On Pillar, the Market Order Auction is named the Core Open Auction and the Exchange proposes to note this name change. The Exchange is not proposing any change to the fee charged for orders executed in the Market Order Auction (and in the Core Open Auction on Pillar) in securities priced below $1.00.
The Fee Schedule currently provides that no fee or credit is charged for Passive Liquidity Orders that provide liquidity to the order book in Tape A, Tape B or Tape C securities. The Fee Schedule further provides that a fee of $0.0030 per share is charged for Passive Liquidity Orders that take liquidity from the order book in Tape A [sic] securities, and a fee of $0.0028 per share is charged for such orders that take liquidity from the order book in Tape B and Tape C [sic] securities. On Pillar, Passive Liquidity Order is named Limit Non-Displayed Order and the Exchange proposes to note this name change in each of the Tier 1, Tier 2, Tier 3 and Basic Rates sections of the Fee Schedule in which fees for Passive Liquidity Orders are described. The Exchange is not proposing any change to the fee charged or rebate provided for Passive Liquidity Orders (and for Limit Non-Displayed Orders on Pillar) in securities priced $1.00 and greater.
For Lead Market Makers (“LMMs”),
For LMMs, the Exchange currently provides a $0.0030 per share credit for orders that provide undisplayed liquidity in Post No Preference Blind (PNP B) Orders to the order book in securities for which they are registered as LMMs. On Pillar, PNP B Order is named Arca Only Order and the Exchange proposes to note the name change with an amendment to the Fee Schedule that notes this name change. The Exchange is not proposing any change to the credit provided to LMMs that provide undisplayed liquidity in securities in which they are registered as LMMs using PNP B Orders (and for Arca Only Orders on Pillar).
The Fee Schedule currently provides that a fee of $0.0025 per share is charged for Primary Sweep Orders in Tape A securities routed outside the book to the NYSE that remove liquidity from the NYSE and that Primary Sweep Orders in Tape A securities routed outside the book to the NYSE that provide liquidity to the NYSE are not charged a fee or given a credit. This fee appears in each of Tier 1, Tier 2 and Basic Rates sections of the Fee Schedule. The Exchange has eliminated the Primary Sweep Order type and therefore, proposes to remove this fee from the Fee Schedule as it is no longer applicable.
The proposed changes are not otherwise intended to address any other issues, and the Exchange is not aware of any significant problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed changes.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange believes that the proposed changes to the Fee Schedule, which include the addition of rule text to note that the Fee Schedule would be applicable to securities traded on Pillar and the addition of rule text to [sic] regarding order types that would be renamed on Pillar, is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the changes are designed to make the Fee Schedule more logical and comprehensive therefore, easier for market participants to navigate and digest, which is in the public interest. The Exchange further believes that the proposed changes are designed to enable market participants to better understand how Exchange fees would be applicable to market participants, which should make the overall Fee Schedule more transparent and comprehensive to the benefit of the investing public.
The Exchange believes removing references to Primary Sweep Orders from the Fee Schedule will remove investor confusion as this order type no longer exists in the Exchange's rules. The Exchange strives for clarity in its rules and Fee Schedule so that market participants may best understand how rules and fees apply. The Exchange believes that the proposed removal of outdated language and fees from the Fee Schedule will add clarity to the Fee Schedule and alleviate potential confusion which will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and in general, protect investors and the public interest.
For the foregoing reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will any [sic] burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed change is not designed to address any competitive issue but rather provide the public and investors with a Fee Schedule that is transparent once securities traded on the Exchange begin to migrate to Pillar.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Form 18-K (17 CFR 249.318) is an annual report form used by foreign governments or political subdivisions of foreign governments that have securities listed on a United States exchange. The information to be collected is intended to ensure the adequacy and public availability of information available to investors. We estimate that Form 18-K takes approximately 8 hours to prepare and is filed by approximately 35
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
Please direct your written comment to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to:
On July 30, 2015, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
On September 18, 2015, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to issue an order approving or disapproving the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider the proposed rule change.
Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter XV, entitled “Options Pricing,” at Section 2, which governs pricing for Exchange members using the NASDAQ Options Market (“NOM”), the Exchange's facility for executing and routing standardized equity and index options. The Exchange proposes to amend certain Penny Pilot and Non-Penny Pilot Options pricing as well as the Market Access and Routing Subsidy or “MARS.”
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes certain amendments to the NOM transaction fees set forth at Chapter XV, Section 2 for executing and routing standardized equity and index options under the Penny and Non-Penny Pilot Options program as well as amendments to MARS. Each change will be described below.
The Exchange proposes to amend the Penny Pilot Options Customer
The Exchange proposes to delete an offer to reduce a fee offered to Non-Customer Participants (Professional,
The Exchange currently assesses a NOM Market Maker Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity of $1.10 per contract and offers Participants that qualify for Customer or
NOM offers a subsidy to NOM Participants that provide certain order routing functionalities to other NOM Participants and/or use such functionalities themselves. NOM Participants are subsidized for the costs they incur when providing routing services to route orders to NOM. Today, in order to qualify for MARS, a NOM Participant's routing system (hereinafter “System”) would be required to meet certain criteria.
The Exchange proposes to amend the MARS Payment to replace the $0.10 per contract payment and the 5,000 requisite Eligible Contracts minimum with the following 3 tiered MARS Payment and Average Daily Volume requisites:
Provided the NOM Participant executed the requisite number of Eligible Contracts ADV, the Exchange proposes to pay the applicable MARS Payment on all executed Eligible Contracts that add liquidity, which are routed to NOM through a participating NOM Participant's System. Today, the Exchange pays the MARS Payment only on executed Firm orders that add liquidity, which are routed to NOM through a participating NOM Participant's System. The Exchange believes that expanding the scope of orders eligible for a MARS Payment will attract higher volumes of electronic equity and ETF options volume to the Exchange from non-NOM Participants as well as NOM Participants with the proposed changes. The Exchange is not amending the other aspects of MARS.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6 of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .”
The Exchange's proposal to add a new note “d” to Chapter XV, Section 2(1),
The Exchange's proposal to add a new note “d” to Chapter XV, Section 2(1), regarding the Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity to offer NOM Participants an opportunity to earn an additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity for each transaction which adds liquidity in Penny Pilot Options in that month, in addition to any qualifying Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 1-8, provided the NOM Participant qualifies for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3, is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange would uniformly pay this newly proposed note “d” incentive to NOM Participants that executed the requisite MARS volume and qualified for a Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity tier in Penny Pilot Options. The Exchange believes it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to offer this additional note “d” incentive only to Customers, because Customer liquidity attracts other market participants. Customer liquidity benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attract Specialists and Market Makers. An increase in the activity of these market participants in turn facilitates tighter spreads, which may cause an additional corresponding increase in order flow from other market participants. Also, the Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unreasonably discriminatory to offer NOM Participants the greater of the current note “c” or new note “d” incentive because the Exchange would uniformly pay the greater of these two rebates to qualifying NOM Participants. The Exchange's proposal to require Participants to qualify for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3 in order to receive the additional $0.03 per contract rebate in note “d” is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because all Participants will be subject to this requirement to qualify for the note “3” [sic] added incentive on their Customer orders.
The Exchange's proposal to delete an offer to reduce a fee offered to Non-Customer Participants (Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker-Dealer) in note “3,” which reduces the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract in that month, when they qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 in a month is reasonable because these fees will continue to offset the Exchange's incentives to increase the Customer Non-Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity up to $1.00 per contract.
The Exchange's proposal to delete an offer to reduce a fee offered to Non-Customer Participants (Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker-Dealer) in note “3,” which reduces the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract in that month, when they qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 in a month is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because no Participant would be eligible for the fee reduction. Today, Customers are not eligible for this fee reduction because they are assessed a lower Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity of $0.85 per contract.
The Exchange's proposal to extend the offer in note “4” to reduce the NOM Market Maker Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract, provided Participants qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2-8, is reasonable because the Exchange believes that additional Participants would be able to qualify for the lower fee with the addition of Tiers 7 and 8 to the qualifying tiers.
The Exchange's proposal to extend the offer in note “4” to reduce the NOM Market Maker Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract, provided Participants qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2-8, is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will continue to uniformly assess the lower fee to Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2-8. The Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to offer NOM Marker Makers the ability to reduce the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity, as compared to other market participants, because of the obligations borne by these NOM Market Makers.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the MARS Payment of $0.10 per contract and the 5,000 Eligible Contracts minimum with a 3 tiered MARS Payment and Average Daily Volume schedule is reasonable because all qualifying NOM Participants may continue to qualify for a MARS Payment and may obtain a MARS Payment for less volume executed on NOM and a higher rebate for a greater amount of volume executed on NOM. The Exchange believes that these amendments will attract higher volumes of electronic equity and ETF options volume to the Exchange, which will benefit all NOM Participants by offering greater price discovery, increased transparency, and an increased opportunity to trade on the Exchange. The expanded MARS Payments should enhance the competitiveness of the Exchange, particularly with respect to those exchanges that offer their own front-end order entry system or one they subsidize in some manner.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the 5,000 Eligible Contracts with ADVs of either: 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 Eligible Contracts is reasonable because a greater number of NOM Participants may be eligible for MARS Payments. The Exchange is offering NOM Participants with less than 5,000 Eligible Contracts to receive a MARS Payment with this proposal. Today, 5,000 Eligible Contracts entitles NOM Participants to a $0.10 per contract MARS Payment. The Exchange will continue to pay NOM Participants which execute 5,000 contracts a MARS Payment, but a lower MARS Payment of $0.09 per contract as compared to $0.10 per contract. While this is a lower MARS Payment as compared to today, those NOM Participants would receive no MARS Payment today if they fell short of the 5,000 Eligible Contracts minimum. With this proposal, those NOM Participants with at least 2,500 ADV of Eligible Contracts will be paid a $0.07 per contract MARS Payment.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the 5,000 Eligible Contracts with ADVs of either: 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 Eligible Contracts is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the criteria for Eligible Contracts and ADVs will be uniformly applied to all qualifying NOM Participants.
The Exchange believes that the 3 tiered Eligible Contracts is reasonable because the Exchange is only counting add liquidity from Firms, Non-NOM Market Makers, Broker-Dealers, JBOs and Professionals which are electronically delivered and executed. The Exchange is not counting remove liquidity and therefore the ADV levels reflect what the Exchange believes to be appropriate levels of commitment from NOM Participants to receive the subsidy. The Exchange's expansion of the levels of commitment to 3 tiers offers NOM Participants additional opportunities to receive a MARS Payment.
The Exchange believes that the 3 tiered Eligible Contracts is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will uniformly calculate the number of Eligible Contracts for all NOM Participants.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the $0.10 per contract MARS Payment with a 3 tiered MARS Payment based on Eligible Contract ADVs is reasonable because NOM Participants may receive a MARS Payment for lower volume or a higher MARS Payment for higher volume with this proposal. The Exchange is offering to pay a $0.07 per contract MARS Payment to NOM Participants that transact 2,500 ADV of Eligible Contracts. NOM Participants that were unable to achieve the 5,000 Eligible Contract minimum may now be entitled to a MARS Payment with this lower ADV. Also, the 2,500 ADV is half of the current 5,000 minimum and the MARS Payment is more than half of the $0.10 per contract MARS Payment offered today. The Exchange believes that this first tier will attract a greater number of NOM Participants. The Exchange is lowering the $0.10 per contract MARS Payment offered today to $0.09 per contract for the same volume offered today, 10,000 [sic] Eligible Contracts. While the Exchange is offering a slightly lower MARS Payment for the same number of Eligible Contracts required today to receive the current $0.10 per contract MARS Payment, it is also proposing to offer a higher rebate of $0.11 per contract for 10,000 ADV of Eligible Contracts. The Exchange believes the proposed 3 tiered MARS Payments is reasonable because the tier structure will allow NOM Participants to price their services at a level that will enable them to attract order flow from market participants who would otherwise utilize an existing front-end order entry mechanism offered by the Exchange's competitors instead of incurring the cost in time and money to develop their own internal systems to be able to deliver orders directly to the Exchange's System.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the $0.10 per contract MARS Payment with a 3 tiered MARS Payment based on Eligible Contract ADVs is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange will uniformly pay all NOM Participants the rebates specified in the proposed 3 tiered MARS Payments provided the NOM Participant has executed the requisite number of Eligible Contracts. Moreover, the Exchange believes that the proposed MARS Payments offered by the Exchange are equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because any qualifying NOM Participant that offers market access and connectivity to the Exchange and/or utilizes such functionality themselves may earn the MARS Payment for all Eligible Contracts.
The Exchange's proposal to pay the applicable MARS Payment on all executed Eligible Contracts that add liquidity, which are routed to NOM through a participating NOM Participant's System, as compared to only executed Firm orders, is reasonable because the Exchange is expanding the MARS Payment to all Eligible Contracts and this will attract higher volumes of electronic equity and ETF options volume to the Exchange from non-NOM Participants as well as NOM Participants. The Exchange believes that as a result of this proposed amendment, NOM Participants will be entitled to higher payments provided they transact the requisite number of Eligible Contracts.
The Exchange's proposal to pay the applicable MARS Payment on all executed Eligible Contracts that add liquidity, which are routed to NOM through a participating NOM
The Exchange believes that it is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to continue to pay the proposed MARS Payment to NOM Participants that have System Eligibility and have executed the Eligible Contracts, even when a different NOM Participant may be liable for transaction charges resulting from the execution of the orders upon which the subsidy might be paid. The Exchange notes that this sort of arrangement already exists on other options exchanges such as Phlx which pays a Qualified Contingent Cross (“QCC”) Rebate for floor transactions.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.
In this instance, the proposed amendments to certain Penny Pilot and Non-Penny Pilot Options pricing as well as MARS do not impose an undue burden on inter-market competition because the Exchange's execution services are completely voluntary and subject to extensive competition.
The Exchange's proposal to add a new note “d” to Chapter XV, Section 2(1), regarding the Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity to offer NOM Participants an opportunity to earn an additional $0.03 per contract Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity for each transaction which adds liquidity in Penny Pilot Options in that month, in addition to any qualifying Penny Pilot Options Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 1-8, provided the NOM Participant qualifies for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3, does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange would uniformly pay this newly proposed note “d” incentive to NOM Participants that executed the requisite MARS volume and qualified for a Customer Rebate to Add Liquidity tier in Penny Pilot Options. The Exchange's proposal to only offer this additional note “d” incentive only to Customers does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because Customer liquidity attracts other market participants. Customer liquidity benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attract Specialists and Market Makers. An increase in the activity of these market participants in turn facilitates tighter spreads, which may cause an additional corresponding increase in order flow from other market participants.
The Exchange's proposal to require Participants to qualify for MARS Payment Tiers 1, 2 or 3 in order to receive the additional $0.03 per contract rebate in note “d” does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because all Participants will be subject to this requirement to qualify for the note “3” [sic] added incentive on their Customer orders. The Exchange also believes that offering Participants the greater of the note “c” or note “d” incentives does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because Participants will uniformly receive the greater of these two rebates.
The Exchange's proposal to delete an offer to reduce a fee offered to Non-Customer Participants (Professional, Firm, Non-NOM Market Maker, NOM Market Maker and Broker-Dealer) in note “3,” which reduces the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.03 per contract in that month, when they qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 7 or 8 in a month does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because no Participant would be eligible for the fee reduction. Today, Customers are not eligible for this fee reduction because they are assessed a lower Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity of $0.85 per contract.
The Exchange's proposal to extend the offer in note “4” to reduce the NOM Market Maker Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity from $1.10 to $1.08 per contract, provided Participants qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2-8, does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange will continue to uniformly assess the lower fee to Participants that qualify for Customer or Professional Penny Pilot Options Rebate to Add Liquidity Tiers 2-8. Offering NOM Marker Makers the ability to reduce the Non-Penny Pilot Options Fee for Removing Liquidity, as compared to other market participants does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because of the obligations borne by these NOM Market Makers.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the 5,000 Eligible Contracts with ADVs of either: 2,500, 5,000 or 10,000 does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the criteria for Eligible Contracts and ADVs will be uniformly applied to all qualifying NOM Participants. Also, only counting add liquidity from Firms, Non-NOM Market Makers, Broker-Dealers, JBOs and Professionals which are electronically delivered and executed does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange will uniformly calculate the number of Eligible Contracts for all NOM Participants.
The Exchange's proposal to replace the $0.10 per contract MARS Payment with a 3 tiered MARS Payment based on Eligible Contract ADVs does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange will uniformly pay all NOM Participants the proposed 3 tiered MARS Payments provided the NOM Participant has executed the requisite number of Eligible Contracts. Moreover, the Exchange believes that the proposed MARS Payments offered by the Exchange does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because any qualifying NOM Participant that offers market access and connectivity to the Exchange and/or utilizes such functionality themselves may earn the MARS Payment for all Eligible Contracts.
The Exchange's proposal to pay the applicable MARS Payment on all executed Eligible Contracts that add liquidity, which are routed to NOM through a participating NOM Participant's System, does not impose an undue burden on intra-market competition because the Exchange will uniformly calculate the MARS Payment for all NOM Participants and uniformly pay the MARS Payment on all executed Eligible Contracts that add liquidity, which are routed to NOM through a participating NOM Participant's System.
The Exchange believes that paying the proposed MARS Payment to qualifying NOM Participants that have System eligibility and have executed the Eligible Contracts does not create an undue burden on intra-market competition, even when a different NOM Participant, other than the NOM Participant receiving the subsidy, may be liable for transaction charges, because this sort of arrangement already exists on the Exchange and would be uniformly applied to all qualifying NOM Participants.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On December 10, 2015, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds it appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider this proposed rule change. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend its Options Pricing at Chapter XV Section 2, entitled “BX Options Market—Fees and Rebates,” which governs pricing for BX members using the BX Options Market (“BX Options”). The Exchange proposes to modify certain fees and rebates (per executed contract) to: (1) Adopt fees and rebates applicable to Firm
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its Chapter XV, Section 2 to modify subsection (1) regarding certain fees and rebates
Each specific change is described in detail below.
Currently, Chapter XV, Section 2 subsection (1) reads as follows:
(1) Fees for Execution of Contracts on the BX Options Market:
In Change 1, the Exchange proposes modifications to its fees and rebates for Penny Pilot Options
The proposed change keeps current fees and rebates assessments intact. Thus, for Penny Pilot Options: The Rebate to Add Liquidity would remain at N/A for Non-Customer and would be the same for Firm; the Fee to Add Liquidity would remain at $0.45 for Non-Customer and would be the same for Firm; the Rebate to Remove Liquidity would remain at N/A for Non-Customer and would be the same for Firm; and the Fee to Remove Liquidity would remain at $0.46 for non-Customer and would be the same for Firm. Thus, for Non-Penny Pilot Options: The Rebate to Add Liquidity would remain at N/A for Non-Customer and would be the same for Firm; the Fee to Add Liquidity would remain at $0.98 for non-Customer and would be the same for Firm; the Rebate to Remove Liquidity would remain at N/A for Non-Customer and would be the same for Firm; and the Fee to Add Liquidity would remain at $0.89 for non-Customer and would be the same for Firm.
Chapter XV, Section 2 subsection (1) reflecting the proposed new Firm column is set forth below.
In Change 2, the Exchange proposes modifications to its current Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule to indicate that this particular schedule does not apply to SPY Options and that for SPY Options pricing there will be a separate SPY Options Tier Schedule. The Exchange proposes new The Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 requirements which will be similar to tiers in the current Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule; and a new Tier 4.
Specifically, the Exchange proposes to add SPY Options Tiers 1-4 for Rebate to Add Liquidity for Customer (when trading with Non-Customer, BX Options Market Maker, or Firm
Proposed Tier 1 in the SPY Options Tier Schedule will be where a BX Participant (“Participant”) executes less than 0.05% of total industry customer equity and exchange traded fund (“ETF”) option average daily volume (“ADV”) contracts per month. Proposed Tier 1 will range from a $0.00 rebate to a $0.42 fee:
Proposed Tier 2 in the SPY Options Tier Schedule will be where Participant executes 0.05% to less than 0.15% of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts per month. Proposed Tier 2 will range from a $0.25 rebate to a $0.42 fee:
Proposed Tier 3 in the SPY Options Tier Schedule will be where Participant executes 0.15% or more of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts per month. Proposed Tier 3 will range from a $0.37 rebate to a $0.39 fee:
Proposed Tier 4 in the SPY Options Tier Schedule, which has no equivalent in the Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule, will be where Participant executes greater than 5,000 ADV in BX Price Improvement Auction (“PRISM”) Agency Contracts.
In addition, the Exchange proposes several explanatory notes at the end of the SPY Options Tier Schedule:
(1) Fees for Execution of Contracts on the BX Options Market:
The Exchange is proposing fees and rebate changes and adopting the SPY Options Tier Schedule at this time because it believes that this will provide incentives for execution of contracts, and in particular SPY Options contracts, on the BX Options Market.
The Exchange also believes that its proposal should provide increased opportunities for participation in executions on the Exchange, facilitating the ability of the Exchange to bring together participants and encourage more robust competition for orders.
The Exchange believes that its proposal to amend its Pricing Schedule is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while adopting a series of steps to improve the current market model, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues* [sic] and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.”
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution';
The Exchange proposes to amend its Chapter XV, Section 2 to modify subsection (1) to adopt fees and rebates applicable to Firm, and to adopt a new SPY Option Tier Schedule. The proposed modified fees and rebates and new SPY Option Tier Schedule would, as discussed, apply to Customers, BX Options Market Makers, Non-Customers, and Firms. The Exchange believes that its proposal is reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory and should provide increased opportunities for participation in executions on the Exchange, facilitating the ability of the Exchange to bring together participants and encourage more robust competition for orders.
In Change 1, the Exchange proposes modifications to its fees and rebates for Penny Pilot Options and for Non-Penny Pilot Options to add a new Firm column; and to make changes to notes to properly reflect the use of the new Firm column. The proposed Firm column would have exactly the same assessments or rates as the current Non-Customer column, which now includes Firm.
The proposed change is reasonable because it simply establishes a new Firm column but keeps current fees and rebate assessments intact. The proposed rule change is reasonable because it continues to encourage market participant behavior through the fees and rebates system, which is an accepted methodology among options exchanges.
The proposed rule change to fees and rebates for Penny Pilot Options and for Non-Penny Pilot Options to add a new Firm column, and to make changes to notes to properly reflect the use of the new Firm column, is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory. This is because the Exchange's proposal keeps current fees and rebate assessments intact, and the fees and rebates schedule will continue to apply uniformly to all similarly situated Participants.
The fees and rebates schedule as proposed continues to reflect differentiation among different market participants. The Exchange believes that the differentiation is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, as well as reasonable, and notes that some market participants like BX Options Market Makers commit to various obligations. For example, transactions of a BX Options Market Maker must constitute a course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, and BX Options Market Makers should not make bids or offers or enter into transactions that are inconsistent with such course of dealings. Further, all BX Options Market Makers are designated as specialists on BX for all purposes under the Act or rules thereunder.
The Exchange believes that by making the proposed Firm column change, it is continuing to incentivize Participants to execute more volume on the Exchange to further enhance liquidity in this market.
In Change 2, the Exchange proposes modifications to its current Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule to indicate that this particular schedule does not apply to SPY Options, and that for SPY Options pricing there will be a separate SPY Options Tier Schedule. The Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 requirements in the proposed SPY Options Tier Schedule will be similar to the current Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule. The Exchange also proposes a new Tier 4 for the SPY Options Tier Schedule. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to add SPY Options Tiers 1-4 for Rebate to Add Liquidity for Customer (when trading with Non-Customer, BX Options Market Maker, or Firm), Fee to Add Liquidity for BX Market Maker (when trading with Customer), Rebate to Remove Liquidity for Customer (when trading with Non-Customer, BX Options Market Maker, Customer, or Firm), and Fee to Remove Liquidity or [sic] BX Options Market Maker (when trading with Customer). The Exchange also proposes several explanatory notes applicable to the SPY Option Tier Schedule.
The Exchange believes that excluding SPY Options pricing form the Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule and establishing a separate SPY Options Tier Schedule is reasonable because of the nature of SPY options. These are most heavily traded options on the Exchange as well as in the industry.
The Exchange believes that the proposed SPY Options Tier Schedule is reasonable because it is not a novel, untested structure but rather is similar to what is offered by other options markets,
In addition, the Exchange believes that making changes to add the SPY Options Tier Schedule in terms of Rebate to Add Liquidity and Fee to Add Liquidity, and Rebate to Remove Liquidity and Fee to Remove Liquidity, is reasonable because it encourages the desired Customer behavior by attracting Customer interest to the Exchange. Customer activity enhances liquidity on the Exchange for the benefit of all market participants and benefits all market participants by providing more trading opportunities, which attracts market makers. An increase in the activity of these market participants in turn facilitates tighter spreads, which may cause an additional corresponding increase in order flow from other market participants.
The SPY Options Tier Schedule is reasonable in that it is, like the Penny Pilot Options Tier Schedule, set up to incentivize Participants to direct liquidity to the Exchange; using volume from all products listed on BX Options will further incentivize Participants. As Participants execute more of total industry customer equity and ETF option ADV contracts per month on the Exchange, they can in certain categories earn higher rebates and be assessed lower fees. For example, in the SPY Options Tier Schedule the Tier 3 Rebate to Add Liquidity when Customer trading with Non-Customer, BX Options Market Maker, or Firm is higher ($0.20) than the Penny Pilot [sic] Tier 1 Rebate to Add Liquidity ($0.00); and the Tier 3 Rebate to Remove Liquidity when Customer trading with Non-Customer, BX Options Market Maker, Customer, or Firm is higher ($0.37) that [sic] the Tier 2 Rebate to Remove Liquidity ($0.25). Similarly, the Fee to Add Liquidity when BX Option Market Maker trading with Customer is lesser for Tier 3 ($0.39) than for Tier 1 ($0.42); and the Fee to Remove Liquidity when BX Option Market Maker trading with Customer is less for Tier 3 ($0.39) than for Tier 1 ($0.42).
The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to add notes to the SPY Options Tier Schedule as they are explanatory in nature. Five such notes explain that unlike how new Tiers 1-4 function, certain fees (
Establishing the SPY Options Tier Schedule, which includes new Tiers 1-4, is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory. This is because the Exchange's proposal to assess fees and pay rebates according to Tiers 1, 2, 3, and 4 will apply uniformly to all similarly situated Participants. Customers would earn a Rebate to Add Liquidity and be assessed a Fee to Add Liquidity according to the Tiers, and BX Market Makers would earn a Rebate to Remove Liquidity [sic] and a Fee to Remove Liquidity according to the same Tiers per the SPY Options Tier Schedule; and certain fees would be the same regardless of counterparty. The fee and rebate schedule as proposed continues to reflect differentiation among different market participants. The Exchange believes that the differentiation is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory, as well as reasonable, because some market participants like BX Options Market Makers commit to obligations such as that transactions must constitute a course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, and BX Options Market Makers should not make bids or offers or enter into transactions that are inconsistent with such course of dealings.
The Exchange believes that by making the proposed Penny Pilot Options changes it is incentivizing Participants to execute more volume on the Exchange to further enhance liquidity in this market.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange does not believe that its proposal to make changes to its Penny Pilot Options and Non-Penny Pilot Options fees and rebates and to establish a SPY Options Tiers Schedule will impose any undue burden on competition, as discussed below.
The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which many sophisticated and knowledgeable market participants can readily and do send order flow to competing exchanges if they deem fee levels or rebate incentives at a particular exchange to be excessive or inadequate. Additionally, new competitors have entered the market and still others are reportedly entering the market shortly. These market forces ensure that the Exchange's fees and rebates remain competitive with the fee structures at other trading platforms. In that sense, the Exchange's proposal is actually pro-competitive because the Exchange is simply continuing its fees and rebates and [sic] for Penny Pilot Options and Non-Penny Pilot Options and establishing a SPY Options Tiers Schedule in order to remain competitive in the current environment.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited. In terms of intra-market competition, the Exchange notes that price differentiation among different market participants operating on the Exchange (
Moreover, unlike others market participants each BX Options Market Maker commits to various obligations. These obligations include, for example, transactions of a BX Market Maker must constitute a course of dealings reasonably calculated to contribute to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, and Market Makers should not make bids or offers or enter into transactions that are inconsistent with such course of dealings.
In this instance, the proposed changes to the fees and rebates for Penny Pilot Options and for Non-Penny Pilot Options to add a new Firm column, and establishing a SPY Options Tiers Schedule, do not impose a burden on competition because the Exchange's execution and routing services are completely voluntary and subject to extensive competition both from other exchanges and from off-exchange venues. If the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets. Additionally, the changes proposed herein are pro-competitive to the extent that they continue to allow the Exchange to promote and maintain order executions.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act,
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 17(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
Section 19(g)(1) of the Act,
Section 17(d)(1) of the Act
To implement Section 17(d)(1), the Commission adopted two rules: Rule 17d-1 and Rule 17d-2 under the Act.
To address regulatory duplication in these and other areas, the Commission adopted Rule 17d-2 under the Act.
The proposed 17d-2 Plan is intended to reduce regulatory duplication for firms that are common members of both ISE Mercury and FINRA.
The text of the Plan delineates the proposed regulatory responsibilities with respect to the Parties. Included in the proposed Plan is an exhibit (the “ISE Mercury Certification of Common Rules,” referred to herein as the “Certification”) that lists every ISE Mercury rule, and select federal securities laws, rules, and regulations, for which FINRA would bear responsibility under the Plan for overseeing and enforcing with respect to ISE Mercury members that are also members of FINRA and the associated persons therewith (“Dual Members”).
Specifically, under the 17d-2 Plan, FINRA would assume examination and enforcement responsibility relating to compliance by Dual Members with the rules of ISE Mercury that are substantially similar to the applicable rules of FINRA,
Under the Plan, ISE Mercury would retain full responsibility for surveillance and enforcement with respect to trading activities or practices involving ISE Mercury's own marketplace, including, without limitation, registration pursuant to its applicable rules of associated persons (
The text of the proposed 17d-2 Plan is as follows:
This Agreement, by and between Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and ISE Mercury, LLC (“ISE Mercury”), is made this 8th day of February, 2016 (the “Agreement”), pursuant to Section 17(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Rule 17d-2 thereunder which permits agreements between self-regulatory organizations to allocate regulatory responsibility to eliminate regulatory duplication. FINRA and ISE Mercury may be referred to individually as a “party” and together as the “parties.”
WHEREAS, FINRA and ISE Mercury desire to reduce duplication in the examination of their Dual Members (as defined herein) and in the filing and processing of certain registration and membership records; and
WHEREAS, FINRA and ISE Mercury desire to execute an agreement covering such subjects pursuant to the provisions of Rule 17d-2 under the Exchange Act and to file such agreement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or “Commission”) for its approval.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained hereinafter, FINRA and ISE Mercury hereby agree as follows:
(a) “
(b) “
(c) “
(d) “
(e) “
(f) “
(a) surveillance and enforcement with respect to trading activities or practices involving ISE Mercury's own marketplaces, including without limitation ISE Mercury's Rules relating to the rights and obligations of market makers;
(b) registration pursuant to its applicable rules of associated persons (
(c) discharge of its duties and obligations as a Designated Examining Authority pursuant to Rule 17d-1 under the Exchange Act; and
(d) any ISE Mercury Rules that are not Common Rules.
(a) Dual Members subject to this Agreement shall be required to submit, and FINRA shall be responsible for processing and acting upon all
(b) Dual Members shall be required to send to FINRA all letters, termination notices or other material respecting the individuals listed in paragraph 8(a).
(c) When as a result of processing such submissions FINRA becomes aware of a statutory disqualification as defined in the Exchange Act with respect to a Dual Member, FINRA shall determine pursuant to Sections 15A(g) and/or Section 6(c) of the Exchange Act the acceptability or continued applicability of the person to whom such disqualification applies and keep ISE Mercury advised of its actions in this regard for such subsequent proceedings as ISE Mercury may initiate.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, FINRA shall not review the membership application, reports, filings, fingerprint cards, notices, or other writings filed to determine if such documentation submitted by a broker or dealer, or a person associated therewith or other persons required to register or qualify by examination: (i) meets the ISE Mercury requirements for general membership or for specified categories of membership or participation in ISE Mercury, such as (A) Primary Market Maker Membership (“PMM”); (B) Competitive Market Maker Membership (“CMM”); (C) Electronic Access Membership (“EAM”) (or any similar type of ISE Mercury membership or participation that is created after this Agreement is executed); or (ii) meets the ISE Mercury requirements to be associated with, or employed by, a ISE Mercury member or participant in any capacity, such a Designated Trading Representative (“DTR”) (or any similar type of participation, employment category or title, or associate-person category or class that is created after this Agreement is executed). FINRA shall not review applications or other documentation filed to request a change in the rights or status described in this paragraph 8(d), including termination or limitation on activities, of a member or a participant of ISE Mercury, or a person associated with, or requesting association with, a member or participant of ISE Mercury.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has executed or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by a duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
ISE Mercury hereby certifies that the requirements contained in the rules listed below for ISE Mercury are identical to, or substantially similar to, the comparable FINRA Rules or SEC Rules identified.
Pursuant to Section 17(d)(1) of the Act
In order to assist the Commission in determining whether to approve the proposed 17d-2 Plan and to relieve ISE Mercury of the responsibilities which would be assigned to FINRA, interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, Station Place, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Schedule 14D-9F (17 CFR 240.14d-103) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
Please direct your written comment to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to:
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Under Exchange Act Rule 14f-1 (17 CFR 240.14f-1), if a person or persons have acquired securities of an issuer in a transaction subject to Sections 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, and changes a majority of the directors of the issuer otherwise than at a meeting of security holders, then the issuer must file with the Commission and transmit to security holders information related to the change in directors within 10 days prior to the date the new majority takes office as directors. The information filed under Rule 14f-1 must be filed with the Commission and is publicly available. We estimate that it takes approximately 18 burden hours to provide the information required under Rule 14f-1 and that the information is filed by approximately 64 respondents for a total annual reporting burden of 1,152 hours (18 hours per response x 64 responses).
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
Please direct your written comment to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to:
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 1066, Certain Types of Floor-Based (Non-PHLX XL) Orders Defined, as described further below.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposal is to update Rule 1066 in several ways by deleting obsolete provisions. Rule 1066 describes the order types that can be executed on the options trading floor, as opposed to electronically through the Phlx XL trading system.
First, the Exchange proposes to delete the following two order types related to the opening: (i) Opening-only-market order;
Second, the Exchange proposes to delete Commentary .01 to Rule 1066, which governs spread, straddle and combination orders respecting foreign currency options. This commentary is obsolete because the Exchange no longer lists American style foreign currency options such that there can no longer be a spread, straddle or combination order involving American and European style contracts.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposal merely updates obsolete provisions. The proposal affects all participants who trade on the options trading floor equally, such that it does not impact intra-market competition.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of an application for an order under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) for an exemption from sections 2(a)(32), 5(a)(1), 22(d), and 22(e) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act, under sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Act for an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act, and under section 12(d)(1)(J) for an exemption from sections 12(d)(1)(A) and 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act.
Applicants request an order that would permit (a) series of certain open-end management investment companies to issue shares (“Shares”) redeemable in large aggregations only (“Creation Units”); (b) secondary market transactions in Shares to be effected at negotiated market prices rather than at net asset value (“NAV”); (c) certain series to pay redemption proceeds, under certain circumstances, more than seven days after the tender of Shares for redemption; (d) certain affiliated persons of the open-end investment company to deposit securities into, and receive securities from, such investment company in connection with the purchase and redemption of Creation Units; and (e) certain registered management investment companies and unit investment trusts outside of the same group of investment companies as the series to acquire Shares beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act.
Innovator Management LLC (the “Innovator”), Academy Funds Trust (the “Trust”), and Quasar Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”).
The application was filed on August 12, 2015, and amended on December 3, 2015.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on March 8, 2016, and should be accompanied by proof of service on applicants, in the form of an affidavit, or for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
The Commission: Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090; Applicants: Innovator and the Trust, 325 Chestnut Street, Suite 512, Philadelphia, PA 19106; Distributor, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202.
Parisa Haghshenas, Senior Counsel at (202) 551-6723, or Holly L. Hunter-Ceci, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6825 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. The Trust is organized as a Delaware statutory trust. The Trust is registered under the Act as an open-end management investment company.
2. Innovator is registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and will be the investment adviser to the Initial Funds (as described in Appendix A of the application). Any other Adviser (defined below) will also be registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Each Adviser may enter into sub-advisory agreements with one or more investment advisers to act as sub-advisers to particular Funds (each, a “Sub-Adviser”). Any Sub-Adviser will either be registered under the Advisers Act or will not be subject to registration under the Advisers Act.
3. Quasar is, and each distributor for a Fund will be, a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) and will act as distributor and principal underwriter of one or more of the Funds. The distributor of any Fund may be an affiliated person, as defined in section 2(a)(3) of the Act (“Affiliated Person”), or an affiliated person of an Affiliated Person (“Second-Tier Affiliate”), of that Fund's Adviser and/or Sub-Advisers. No distributor will be affiliated with any Exchange (defined below).
4. Applicants request that the order apply to the Initial Funds and any future series of the Trust, and any other open-end management investment company or series thereof, that may be created in the future that operate as exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and that track a specified index comprised of domestic and/or foreign equity securities and/or domestic and/or foreign fixed income securities (“Fixed Income Funds”) (“Future Funds” and together with the Initial Funds, “Funds”). Each Fund will (a) be advised by Innovator or an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Innovator (each, an “Adviser”) and
5. Each Fund will hold certain securities, assets and other positions (“Portfolio Holdings”) selected to correspond generally to the performance of its Underlying Index. Certain of the Funds will be based on Underlying Indexes which will be comprised of equity and/or fixed income securities issued by one or more of the following categories of issuers: (i) domestic issuers and (ii) non-domestic issuers meeting the requirements for trading in U.S. markets. Other Funds will be based on Underlying Indexes that will be comprised of foreign and domestic or solely foreign equity and/or fixed income securities (“Foreign Funds”).
6. Applicants represent that each Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets, exclusive of collateral held from securities lending, in the component securities of its respective Underlying Index (“Component Securities”), or in the case of Fixed Income Funds, in the Component Securities of its respective Underlying Index and TBA Transactions
7. The Trust may issue Funds that seek to track Underlying Indexes constructed using 130/30 investment strategies (“130/30 Funds”) or other long/short investment strategies (“Long/Short Funds”). Each Long/Short Fund will establish (i) exposures equal to approximately 100% of the long positions specified by the Long/Short Index
8. A Fund will utilize either a replication or representative sampling strategy to track its Underlying Index. A Fund using a replication strategy will invest in the Component Securities in its Underlying Index in the same approximate proportions as in such Underlying Index. A Fund using a representative sampling strategy will hold some, but not necessarily all of the Component Securities in its Underlying Index. Applicants state that a Fund using a representative sampling strategy will not be expected to track the performance of its Underlying Index with the same degree of accuracy as would an investment vehicle that invested in every Component Security of the Underlying Index with the same weighting as the Underlying Index. Applicants expect that the returns of each Fund will have an annual tracking error of less than 5% relative to its Underlying Index.
9. Each Fund will be entitled to use its Underlying Index pursuant to either a licensing agreement with the entity that compiles, creates, sponsors or maintains an Underlying Index (each, an “Index Provider”) or a sub-licensing arrangement with the applicable Adviser, which has or will have a licensing agreement with such Index Provider.
10. Applicants recognize that Self-Indexing Funds could raise concerns regarding the potential ability of an affiliated person to manipulate the Underlying Index to the benefit or detriment of the Self-Indexing Fund. Applicants further recognize the potential for conflicts that may arise with respect to the personal trading activity of personnel of the affiliated person who may have access to or knowledge of changes to an Underlying Index's composition methodology or the constituent securities in an Underlying Index prior to the time that information is publicly disseminated.
11. Applicants propose that each Business Day, each Self-Indexing Fund will post on its Web site, before commencement of trading of Shares on the Exchange, the identities and quantities of the Portfolio Holdings held by the Fund that will form the basis for the Fund's calculation of NAV at the end of the Business Day. Applicants believe that the disclosure of Portfolio Holdings would be unlikely to lead to “front-running” (where other persons would trade ahead of the Fund and the investors assembling the Deposit Instruments (as defined below) for purchases of Creation Units) any more than is the case with the ETFs now trading. Similarly, Applicants assert that the frequent disclosures of Portfolio Holdings would not lead to “free riding” (where other persons mirror the Fund's investment strategies without paying the Fund's advisory fees) any more than such disclosures cause this problem in connection with the ETFs now trading.
12. Applicants do not believe the potential for conflicts of interest raised by an Adviser's use of the Underlying Indexes in connection with the management of the Self-Indexing Funds and the Affiliated Accounts will be substantially different from the potential conflicts presented by an adviser managing two or more registered funds. Applicants contend that both the Act and the Advisers Act contain various protections to address conflicts of interest where an adviser is managing two or more registered funds and these protections will also help address these conflicts with respect to the Self-Indexing Funds.
13. Each Adviser and any Sub-Adviser has adopted or will adopt, pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act, written policies and procedures designed to prevent violations of the Advisers Act and the rules thereunder. These include policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest among the Self-Indexing Funds and the Affiliated Accounts, such as cross trading policies, as well as those designed to ensure the equitable allocation of portfolio transactions and brokerage commissions. In addition, Innovator has adopted policies and procedures as required under section 204A of the Advisers Act, which are reasonably designed in light of the nature of its business to prevent the misuse, in violation of the Advisers Act or the Exchange Act or the rules thereunder, of material non-public information by Innovator or an associated person (“Inside Information Policy”). Any other Adviser and/or Sub-Adviser will be required to adopt and maintain a similar Inside Information Policy. In accordance with the Code of Ethics
14. To the extent the Self-Indexing Funds transact with an Affiliated Person of an Adviser or Sub-Adviser, such transactions will comply with the Act, the rules thereunder and the terms and conditions of the requested order. In this regard, each Self-Indexing Fund's board of directors or trustees (“Board”) will periodically review the Self-Indexing Fund's use of an Affiliated Index Provider. Subject to the approval of the Self-Indexing Fund's Board, an Adviser, Affiliated Persons of the Adviser (“Adviser Affiliates”) and Affiliated Persons of any Sub-Adviser (“Sub-Adviser Affiliates”) may be authorized to provide custody, fund accounting and administration and transfer agency services to the Self-Indexing Funds. Any services provided by an Adviser, Adviser Affiliates, Sub-Adviser and Sub-Adviser Affiliates will be performed in accordance with the provisions of the Act, the rules under the Act and any relevant guidelines from the staff of the Commission.
15. The Shares of each Fund will be purchased and redeemed in Creation Units and generally on an in-kind basis. Except where the purchase or redemption will include cash under the limited circumstances specified below, purchasers will be required to purchase Creation Units by making an in-kind deposit of specified instruments (“Deposit Instruments”), and shareholders redeeming their Shares will receive an in-kind transfer of specified instruments (“Redemption Instruments”).
16. Purchases and redemptions of Creation Units may be made in whole or in part on a cash basis, rather than in kind, solely under the following circumstances: (a) to the extent there is a Cash Amount, as described above; (b) if, on a given Business Day, the Fund announces before the open of trading that all purchases, all redemptions or all purchases and redemptions on that day will be made
17. Creation Units for Funds will consist of specified large aggregations of Shares,
18. Each Business Day, before the open of trading on the Listing Exchange, each Fund will cause to be published through the NSCC the names and quantities of the instruments comprising the Deposit Instruments and the Redemption Instruments, as well as the estimated Cash Amount (if any), for that day. The list of Deposit Instruments and Redemption Instruments will apply until a new list is announced on the following Business Day, and there will be no intra-day changes to the list except to correct errors in the published list. Each Listing Exchange or other major market data provider will disseminate, every 15 seconds during regular Exchange trading hours, through the facilities of the Consolidated Tape Association or other widely disseminated means, an amount for each Fund stated on a per individual Share basis representing the sum of (i) the estimated Cash Amount and (ii) the current value of the Deposit Instruments.
19. Transaction expenses, including operational processing and brokerage costs, will be incurred by a Fund when investors purchase or redeem Creation Units in-kind and such costs have the potential to dilute the interests of the Fund's existing shareholders. Each Fund will impose purchase or redemption transaction fees (“Transaction Fees”) in connection with effecting such purchases or redemptions of Creation Units. In all cases, such Transaction Fees will be limited in accordance with requirements of the Commission applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. Since the Transaction Fees are intended to defray the transaction expenses as well as to prevent possible shareholder dilution resulting from the purchase or redemption of Creation Units, the Transaction Fees will be borne only by such purchasers or redeemers.
20. Shares of each Fund will be listed and traded individually on an Exchange. It is expected that one or more member firms of an Exchange will be designated to act as market makers (each, a “Market Maker”) and maintain a market for Shares trading on the Exchange. The price of Shares trading on an Exchange will be based on a current bid/offer market. Transactions involving the sale of Shares on an Exchange will be subject to customary brokerage commissions and charges.
21. Applicants expect that purchasers of Creation Units will include, among others, institutional investors and arbitrageurs. Market Makers, acting in their roles to provide a fair and orderly secondary market for the Shares, may from time to time find it appropriate to purchase or redeem Creation Units. Applicants expect that secondary market purchasers of Shares will include both institutional and retail investors.
22. Shares are not individually redeemable; owners of Shares may acquire those Shares from the Fund, or tender such Shares for redemption to the Fund in Creation Units only. To redeem through the applicable Fund, an investor must accumulate enough Shares to constitute a Creation Unit. Redemption requests must be placed by or through an Authorized Participant. A redeeming investor will pay a Transaction Fee, imposed in the same amount and manner as a Transaction Fee payable in connection with purchases of Creation Units.
23. Although the Trust will be classified and registered under the Act as an open-end management investment company, the Funds will not be advertised or marketed or otherwise “held out” as a traditional open-end investment companies or a “mutual funds.” Instead, each such Fund will be marketed as an “ETF.” All marketing materials that describe the features or method of obtaining, buying or selling Creation Units, or Shares traded on an Exchange, or refer to redeemability, will prominently disclose that Shares are not individually redeemable and will disclose that the owners of Shares may acquire those Shares from the Fund or tender such Shares for redemption to the Fund in Creation Units only. The Funds will provide copies of their annual and semi-annual shareholder reports to DTC Participants for distribution to shareholders.
1. Applicants request an order under section 6(c) of the Act for an exemption from sections 2(a)(32), 5(a)(1), 22(d), and 22(e) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act, under section 12(d)(1)(J) of the Act for an exemption from sections 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act, and under sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Act for an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act.
2. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security or transaction, or any class of persons, securities or transactions, from any provision of the Act, if and to the extent that such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Section 17(b) of the Act authorizes the Commission to exempt a proposed transaction from section 17(a) of the Act if evidence establishes that the terms of the transaction, including the consideration to be paid or received, are reasonable and fair and do not involve overreaching on the part of any person concerned, and the proposed transaction is consistent with the policies of the registered investment company and the general provisions of the Act. Section 12(d)(1)(J) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities or transactions, from any provisions of section 12(d)(1) if the exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.
3. Section 5(a)(1) of the Act defines an “open-end company” as a management investment company that is offering for sale or has outstanding any redeemable security of which it is the issuer. Section 2(a)(32) of the Act defines a redeemable security as any security, other than short-term paper, under the terms of which the owner, upon its presentation to the issuer, is entitled to receive approximately a proportionate share of the issuer's current net assets, or the cash equivalent. Because Shares will not be individually redeemable, applicants request an order that would permit each Fund to register as an open-end management investment company and issue individual Shares that are redeemable in Creation Units only. Applicants state that investors may purchase Shares in Creation Units and redeem Creation Units from each Fund. Applicants further state that because Creation Units may always be purchased and redeemed at NAV, the price of Creation Units on the secondary market and the price of the individual shares of a Creation Unit, taken together, should not vary materially from the NAV of a Creation Unit.
4. Section 22(d) of the Act, among other things, prohibits a dealer from selling a redeemable security that is currently being offered to the public by or through an underwriter, except at a current public offering price described in the prospectus. Rule 22c-1 under the Act generally requires that a dealer selling, redeeming or repurchasing a redeemable security do so only at a price based on its NAV. Applicants state that secondary market trading in Shares occurring on any Exchange will be effected at negotiated prices, not on the basis of NAV next calculated after receipt of any sale order. The Shares will trade on and away from the Listing Exchange at all times on the basis of current bid/offer prices. Thus, purchases and sales of Shares of each Fund will not comply with section 22(d) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act. Applicants request an exemption under section 6(c) from these provisions.
5. Applicants assert that the concerns sought to be addressed by section 22(d) of the Act and rule 22c-1 under the Act with respect to pricing are equally satisfied by the proposed method of pricing Shares. Applicants maintain that while there is little legislative history regarding section 22(d), its provisions, as well as those of rule 22c-1, appear to have been intended to (a) prevent dilution caused by certain riskless-trading schemes by principal underwriters and contract dealers, (b) prevent unjust discrimination or preferential treatment among buyers, and (c) ensure an orderly distribution system of Shares by contract dealers by eliminating price competition from non-contract dealers who could offer investors Shares at less than the published sales price and who could pay investors a little more than the published redemption price.
6. Applicants believe that the first two purposes would not seem to be relevant issues for secondary trading by dealers in Shares of the Fund. Applicants state that (a) secondary market trading in Shares do not directly involve a Fund's assets and will not result in dilution for
7. Section 22(e) of the Act generally prohibits a registered investment company from suspending the right of redemption or postponing the date of payment of redemption proceeds for more than seven days after the tender of a security for redemption. Applicants state that settlement of redemptions for Foreign Funds will be contingent not only on the settlement cycle of the United States market, but also on delivery cycles in local markets for the underlying foreign securities held by a Foreign Fund. Applicants have been advised that the delivery cycles currently practicable for transferring Redemption Instruments to redeeming investors, coupled with local market holiday schedules, may require a delivery process of up to fourteen (14) calendar days. Accordingly applicants hereby request relief under section 6(c) from the requirement imposed by section 22(e) to allow Foreign Funds holding Redemption Instruments, which require a delivery process in excess of seven calendar days, may provide payment or satisfaction of redemptions within not more than the maximum number of calendar days required for such payment or satisfaction in the principal local foreign market(s) where transactions in the Portfolio Holdings of each such Foreign Fund customarily clear and settle, but in all cases no later than fourteen calendar days following the tender of a Creation Unit.
8. Applicants believe that Congress adopted section 22(e) to prevent unreasonable, undisclosed or unforeseen delays in the actual payment of redemption proceeds. Applicants propose that allowing redemption payments for Creation Units of a Foreign Fund to be made within fourteen calendar days would not be inconsistent with the spirit and intent of section 22(e). Applicants suggest that a redemption payment occurring within fourteen calendar days following a redemption request would adequately afford investor protection.
9. Applicants are not seeking relief from section 22(e) with respect to Foreign Funds that do not effect creations and redemptions of Creation Units in-kind.
10. Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the Act prohibits a registered investment company from acquiring securities of an investment company if such securities represent more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired company, more than 5% of the total assets of the acquiring company, or, together with the securities of any other investment companies, more than 10% of the total assets of the acquiring company. Section 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act prohibits a registered open-end investment company, its principal underwriter and any other broker-dealer from knowingly selling the investment company's shares to another investment company if the sale will cause the acquiring company to own more than 3% of the acquired company's voting stock, or if the sale will cause more than 10% of the acquired company's voting stock to be owned by investment companies generally.
11. Applicants request an exemption to permit registered management investment companies and unit investment trusts (“UITs”) that are not advised or sponsored by the Adviser and are not part of the same “group of investment companies,” as defined in section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the Act as the Funds (such management investment companies are referred to as “Investing Management Companies,” such UITs are referred to as “Investing Trusts,” and Investing Management Companies and Investing Trusts are collectively referred to as “Funds of Funds”), to acquire Shares beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(A) and (B) of the Act; and the Funds, and any principal underwriter for the Funds, and/or any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act, to sell Shares to Funds of Funds beyond the limits of section 12(d)(1)(B) of the Act.
12. Each Investing Management Company will be advised by an investment adviser within the meaning of section 2(a)(20)(A) of the Act (the “Fund of Funds Adviser”) and may be sub-advised by investment advisers within the meaning of section 2(a)(20)(B) of the Act (each a “Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser”). Any investment adviser to an Investing Management Company will be registered under the Advisers Act. Each Investing Trust will have a sponsor (“Sponsor”).
13. Applicants submit that the proposed conditions to the requested relief adequately address the concerns underlying the limits in sections 12(d)(1)(A) and (B), which include concerns about undue influence such as through the threat of large scale redemptions of the acquired fund's shares, layering of fees and expenses and unnecessary complexity. Applicants believe that the requested exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.
14. Applicants believe that neither a Fund of Funds nor a Fund of Funds Affiliate would be able to exert undue influence over a Fund.
15. Applicants propose other conditions to limit the potential for
16. Applicants do not believe that the proposed arrangement will involve duplication or layering of fees. The board of directors or trustees of any Investing Management Company, including a majority of the directors or trustees who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act (“disinterested directors or trustees”), will be required to find that the advisory fees charged under the contract are based on services provided that will be in addition to, rather than duplicative of, services provided under the advisory contract of any Fund in which the Investing Management Company may invest. In addition, under condition B.5., a Fund of Funds Adviser, or a Fund of Funds' trustee or Sponsor, as applicable, will waive fees otherwise payable to it by the Fund of Funds in an amount at least equal to any compensation (including fees received pursuant to any plan adopted by a Fund under rule 12b-1 under the Act) received from a Fund by the Fund of Funds Adviser, trustee or Sponsor or an affiliated person of the Fund of Funds Adviser, trustee or Sponsor, other than any advisory fees paid to the Fund of Funds Adviser, trustee or Sponsor or its affiliated person by a Fund, in connection with the investment by the Fund of Funds in the Fund. Applicants state that any sales charges or service fees charged with respect to shares of a Fund of Funds will not exceed the limits applicable to a fund of funds as set forth in NASD Conduct Rule 2830.
17. Applicants submit that the proposed arrangement will not create an overly complex fund structure. Applicants note that no Fund will acquire securities of any investment company or company relying on section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Act in excess of the limits contained in section 12(d)(1)(A) of the Act, except to the extent permitted by exemptive relief from the Commission permitting the Fund to purchase shares of other investment companies for short-term cash management purposes. To ensure a Fund of Funds is aware of the terms and conditions of the requested order, the Fund of Funds will enter into an agreement with the Fund (“FOF Participation Agreement”). The FOF Participation Agreement will include an acknowledgement from the Fund of Funds that it may rely on the order only to invest in the Funds and not in any other investment company.
18. Applicants also note that a Fund may choose to reject a direct purchase of Creation Units by a Fund of Funds. To the extent that a Fund of Funds purchases Shares in the secondary market, a Fund would still retain its ability to reject any initial purchases of Shares made in reliance on the requested order by declining to enter into a FOF Participation Agreement prior to any investment by a Fund of Funds in excess of the limits of section 12(d)(1)(A).
19. Sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act generally prohibit an affiliated person of a registered investment company, or an affiliated person of such a person, from selling any security to or purchasing any security from the company. Section 2(a)(3) of the Act defines “affiliated person” of another person to include (a) any person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the other person, (b) any person 5% or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with the power to vote by the other person, and (c) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the other person. Section 2(a)(9) of the Act defines “control” as the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, and provides that a control relationship will be presumed where one person owns more than 25% of a company's voting securities. The Funds may be deemed to be controlled by the Adviser or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with an Adviser and hence affiliated persons of each other. In addition, the Funds may be deemed to be under common control with any other registered investment company (or series thereof) advised by an Adviser or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with an Adviser (an “Affiliated Fund”). To the extent that there are twenty or fewer holders of Creation Units of all of the Funds or of one or more particular Funds, some or all of such holders will be at least 5 percent owners of such Funds, and one or more may hold in excess of 25 percent of such Funds, as the case may be and would therefore be deemed to be affiliated persons of such Funds either under Section 2(a)(3)(A) or Section 2(a)(3)(C).
20. Applicants request an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and 17(a)(2) of the Act pursuant to sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Act to permit persons that are Affiliated Persons of the Funds, or Second-Tier Affiliates of the Funds, solely by virtue of one or more of the following: (a) holding 5% or more, or in excess of 25%, of the outstanding Shares of one or more Funds; (b) an affiliation with a person with an ownership interest described in (a); or (c) holding 5% or more, or more than 25%, of the shares of one or more Affiliated Funds, to effectuate purchases and redemptions “in-kind.”
21. Applicants assert that no useful purpose would be served by prohibiting such affiliated persons from making “in-kind” purchases or “in-kind” redemptions of Shares of a Fund in Creation Units. Both the deposit procedures for “in-kind” purchases of Creation Units and the redemption procedures for “in-kind” redemptions of Creation Units will be effected in exactly the same manner for all purchases and redemptions, regardless of size or number. There will be no discrimination between purchasers or redeemers. Deposit Instruments and Redemption Instruments for each Fund will be valued in the identical manner as those Portfolio Holdings currently held by such Fund and the valuation of the Deposit Instruments and Redemption Instruments will be made in an identical manner regardless of the identity of the purchaser or redeemer. Applicants do not believe that “in-kind” purchases and redemptions will result in abusive self-dealing or overreaching, but rather assert that such procedures
22. Applicants also seek relief under sections 6(c) and 17(b) from section 17(a) to permit a Fund that is an affiliated person, or an affiliated person of an affiliated person, of a Fund of Funds to sell its Shares to and redeem its Shares from a Fund of Funds, and to engage in the accompanying in-kind transactions with the Fund of Funds.
Applicants agree that any order of the Commission granting the requested relief will be subject to the following conditions:
1. The requested relief to permit ETF operations will expire on the effective date of any Commission rule under the Act that provides relief permitting the operation of index-based ETFs.
2. As long as a Fund operates in reliance on the requested order, the Shares of such Fund will be listed on an Exchange.
3. A Fund will not be advertised or marketed as an open-end investment company or a mutual fund. Any advertising material that describes the purchase or sale of Creation Units or refers to redeemability will prominently disclose that Shares are not individually redeemable and that owners of Shares may acquire those Shares from the Fund and tender those Shares for redemption to a Fund in Creation Units only.
4. The Web site, which is and will be publicly accessible at no charge, will contain, on a per Share basis for the Fund, the prior Business Day's NAV and the market closing price or the midpoint of the bid/ask spread at the time of the calculation of such NAV (“Bid/Ask Price”), and a calculation of the premium or discount of the market closing price or Bid/Ask Price against such NAV.
5. Each Self-Indexing, Long/Short and 130/30 Fund will post on the Web site on each Business Day, before commencement of trading of Shares on the Exchange, the Fund's Portfolio Holdings.
6. No Adviser or any Sub-Adviser to a Self-Indexing Fund, directly or indirectly, will cause any Authorized Participant (or any investor on whose behalf an Authorized Participant may transact with the Self-Indexing Fund) to acquire any Deposit Instrument for a Self-Indexing Fund through a transaction in which the Self-Indexing Fund could not engage directly.
1. The members of a Fund of Funds' Advisory Group will not control (individually or in the aggregate) a Fund, within the meaning of section 2(a)(9) of the Act. The members of a Fund of Funds' Sub-Advisory Group will not control (individually or in the aggregate) a Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(9) of the Act. If, as a result of a decrease in the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, the Fund of Funds' Advisory Group or the Fund of Funds' Sub-Advisory Group, each in the aggregate, becomes a holder of more than 25 percent of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, it will vote its Shares of the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of the Fund's Shares. This condition does not apply to the Fund of Funds' Sub-Advisory Group with respect to a Fund for which the Fund of Funds' Sub-Adviser or a person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Fund of Funds' Sub-Adviser acts as the investment adviser within the meaning of section 2(a)(20)(A) of the Act.
2. No Fund of Funds or Fund of Funds Affiliate will cause any existing or potential investment by the Fund of Funds in a Fund to influence the terms of any services or transactions between the Fund of Funds or Fund of Funds Affiliate and the Fund or a Fund Affiliate.
3. The board of directors or trustees of an Investing Management Company, including a majority of the disinterested directors or trustees, will adopt procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the Fund of Funds Adviser and Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser are conducting the investment program of the Investing Management Company without taking into account any consideration received by the Investing Management Company or a Fund of Funds Affiliate from a Fund or Fund Affiliate in connection with any services or transactions.
4. Once an investment by a Fund of Funds in the securities of a Fund exceeds the limits in section 12(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, the Board of the Fund including a majority of the directors or trustees who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act
5. The Fund of Funds Adviser, or trustee or Sponsor of an Investing Trust, as applicable, will waive fees otherwise payable to it by the Fund of Funds in an amount at least equal to any compensation (including fees received pursuant to any plan adopted by a Fund, under rule 12b-l under the Act) received from a Fund, by the Fund of Funds Adviser, or trustee or Sponsor of the Investing Trust, or an affiliated person of the Fund of Funds Adviser, or trustee or Sponsor of the Investing Trust, other than any advisory fees paid to the Fund of Funds Adviser, trustee or Sponsor of an Investing Trust, or its affiliated person by the Fund, in connection with the investment by the Fund of Funds in the Fund. Any Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser will waive fees otherwise payable to the Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser, directly or indirectly, by the Investing Management Company in an amount at least equal to any compensation received from a Fund by the Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser, or an affiliated person of the Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser, other than any advisory fees paid to the Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser or its affiliated person by the Fund in connection with the investment by the Investing Management Company in the Fund made at the direction of the Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser. In the event that the Fund of Funds Sub-Adviser waives fees, the benefit of the waiver will be passed through to the Investing Management Company.
6. No Fund of Funds or Fund of Funds Affiliate (except to the extent it is acting in its capacity as an investment adviser to a Fund) will cause a Fund to purchase a security in any Affiliated Underwriting.
7. The Board of a Fund, including a majority of the non-interested Board members, will adopt procedures reasonably designed to monitor any purchases of securities by a Fund in an Affiliated Underwriting, once an investment by a Fund of Funds in the securities of the Fund exceeds the limit of section 12(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, including any purchases made directly from an Underwriting Affiliate. The Board will review these purchases periodically, but no less frequently than annually, to determine whether the purchases were influenced by the investment by the Fund of Funds in the Fund. The Board will consider, among other things: (i) Whether the purchases were consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Fund; (ii) how the performance of securities purchased in an Affiliated Underwriting compares to the performance of comparable securities purchased during a comparable period of time in underwritings other than Affiliated Underwritings or to a benchmark such as a comparable market index; and (iii) whether the amount of securities purchased by the Fund in Affiliated Underwritings and the amount purchased directly from an Underwriting Affiliate have changed significantly from prior years. The Board will take any appropriate actions based on its review, including, if appropriate, the institution of procedures designed to ensure that purchases of securities in Affiliated Underwritings are in the best interest of shareholders of the Fund.
8. Each Fund will maintain and preserve permanently in an easily accessible place a written copy of the procedures described in the preceding condition, and any modifications to such procedures, and will maintain and preserve for a period of not less than six years from the end of the fiscal year in which any purchase in an Affiliated Underwriting occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, a written record of each purchase of securities in Affiliated Underwritings once an investment by a Fund of Funds in the securities of the Fund exceeds the limit of section 12(d)(1)(A)(i) of the Act, setting forth from whom the securities were acquired, the identity of the underwriting syndicate's members, the terms of the purchase, and the information or materials upon which the Board's determinations were made.
9. Before investing in a Fund in excess of the limit in section 12(d)(1)(A), a Fund of Funds and the Trust will execute a FOF Participation Agreement stating without limitation that their respective boards of directors or trustees and their investment advisers, or trustee and Sponsor, as applicable, understand the terms and conditions of the order, and agree to fulfill their responsibilities under the order. At the time of its investment in Shares of a Fund in excess of the limit in section 12(d)(1)(A)(i), a Fund of Funds will notify the Fund of the investment. At such time, the Fund of Funds will also transmit to the Fund a list of the names of each Fund of Funds Affiliate and Underwriting Affiliate. The Fund of Funds will notify the Fund of any changes to the list of the names as soon as reasonably practicable after a change occurs. The Fund and the Fund of Funds will maintain and preserve a copy of the order, the FOF Participation Agreement, and the list with any updated information for the duration of the investment and for a period of not less than six years thereafter, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
10. Before approving any advisory contract under section 15 of the Act, the board of directors or trustees of each Investing Management Company including a majority of the disinterested directors or trustees, will find that the advisory fees charged under such contract are based on services provided that will be in addition to, rather than duplicative of, the services provided under the advisory contract(s) of any Fund in which the Investing Management Company may invest. These findings and their basis will be fully recorded in the minute books of the appropriate Investing Management Company.
11. Any sales charges and/or service fees charged with respect to shares of a Fund of Funds will not exceed the limits applicable to a fund of funds as set forth in NASD Conduct Rule 2830.
12. No Fund will acquire securities of any other investment company or company relying on section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the Act in excess of the limits contained in section 12(d)(1)(A) of the Act, except to the extent (i) the Fund acquires securities of another investment company pursuant to exemptive relief from the Commission permitting the Fund to acquire securities of one or more investment companies for short-term cash management purposes.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Industry Guides are used by registrants in certain industries as disclosure guidelines to be followed in presenting information to investors in Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
Please direct your written comment to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to:
On December 9, 2015, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
Companies listed on the Exchange must comply with various continued listing requirements, one of which is to hold an annual meeting no later than one year after the end of the company's fiscal year.
The Exchange asserted in its filing that there are a variety of mitigating reasons why a listed company may fail to timely hold an annual meeting of shareholders.
Accordingly, the Exchange has proposed to amend Exchange Rules 5810(4), 5810(c), 5815(c) and 5820(d) to provide listed companies that fail to hold a timely annual meeting with the ability to submit a plan of compliance for Staff's review.
Under proposed Exchange Rule 5810(c)(2)(G), in the case of deficiencies from the annual meeting requirements of Exchange Rules 5620(a) and 5615(a)(4)(D), Staff's notice shall provide the listed company with 45 calendar days to submit a plan to regain compliance with these provisions; provided, however, that the company shall not be provided with an opportunity to submit such a plan if review of a prior Staff Delisting Determination with respect to the company is already pending.
The Exchange also has proposed to amend, in conjunction with the changes described above, Exchange Rules 5815(c) and 5820(d) to limit the maximum length of an extension that a NASDAQ Hearings Panel or the NASDAQ Listing and Hearing Review Council (“Council”), respectively, may grant a listed company for the failure to hold an annual meeting to no more than 360 calendar days from the date of non-compliance.
Furthermore, the Exchange proposes to amend Exchange Rule 5810(4) to make clear that a Public Reprimand Letter is not an available notification type for unresolved deficiencies from the standards of Exchange Rules 5250(c) (Obligation to File Periodic Financial Reports), and the annual meeting requirements of Exchange Rules 5615(a)(4)(D), and 5620(a).
Lastly, the Exchange noted in its filing that a listed company that submits a plan of compliance and is not subject to the Exchange's all-inclusive annual listing fee program (“Fee Program”) prior to January 1, 2018 will be subject to the $5,000 compliance plan review fee, in addition to any other fees incurred in the appellate process, whereas a company that has opted-in to the Fee Program will not.
After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
The development and enforcement of meaningful corporate governance listing standards for a national securities exchange is of substantial importance to financial markets and the investing public, especially given investor expectations regarding the nature of companies that have achieved an exchange listing for their securities. In particular, the Commission believes that the goal of ensuring that listed companies have met their requirement to hold an annual meeting of shareholders under the Exchange's Listing Rules is of critical importance to allow shareholders the ability to exercise their rights to participate in corporate governance matters, such as the election of directors. As a publicly listed company, it is at a company's annual meeting that shareholders will typically exercise their right to vote on such important corporate matters as the election of directors. For these same reasons, it is also important that companies that have failed to timely hold an annual meeting of shareholders do not remain listed on a national securities exchange if such deficiency is not cured in a timely manner.
As discussed above, the Exchange believes that, in some cases, there may be mitigating reasons for why a listed company failed to fulfill its annual meeting requirement, and for which immediate suspension and delisting may not be an appropriate outcome under the circumstances.
Importantly, the Commission notes that the maximum time allowed by the proposed requirements for a deficient company to remain listed while trying to regain compliance with the annual meeting requirement (360 calendar days) would be the same as the maximum time allowed by the current requirements for a deficient company (that appeals to both the Hearings Panel and Council, and is granted the maximum permitted extensions of time by those adjudicatory bodies) to remain listed while not in compliance with the annual meeting requirement (also 360 calendar days).
Moreover, the Commission emphasizes that, under the proposal, Staff retains the discretion not to grant an exception from the continued listing requirements to a company that has failed to hold its annual meeting on time. The Commission expects Staff to exercise this discretion carefully and discerningly. Staff's analysis in this regard would include consideration of the factors set forth in proposed Exchange Rule 5810(c)(2)(G)(ii), which the deficient company also would be required to discuss in its compliance plan. The Commission expects Staff to carefully scrutinize these factors when conducting its analysis, and not to grant an exception from the continued listing requirements when Staff believes that such an exception is not warranted or it is unlikely the company will be able to hold its annual meeting within the time permitted. For example, a listed company that demonstrates a history of failures to hold a timely annual meeting could, and most likely should, still be subject to immediate suspension and delisting.
Additionally, the Exchange rules will continue to provide Staff with the ability to send an immediate Delisting Determination to a deficient company when Staff has determined that, after review of the facts and circumstances of the deficiency, continued listing raises a
The Commission further notes that, as an additional protection of investors and the public interest, a listed company that receives notification that it is deficient in satisfying the annual meeting requirement will continue to be required to publicly disclose that it has received notification of non-compliance with the annual meeting requirement.
The Commission also finds that the proposal is consistent with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Rule 13e-1 (17 CFR 240.13e-1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78
Written comments are invited on: (a) Whether this proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden imposed by the collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted in writing within 60 days of this publication.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
Please direct your written comment to Pamela Dyson, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o Remi Pavlik-Simon, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549 or send an email to:
Notice of request for public comment and submission to OMB of proposed collection of information.
The Department of State has submitted the information collection described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for approval. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 we are requesting comments on this collection from all interested individuals and organizations. The purpose of this Notice is to allow 30 days for public comment.
Submit comments directly to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) up to March 21, 2016.
Direct comments to the Department of State Desk Officer in the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). You may submit comments by the following methods:
•
•
Direct requests for additional information regarding the collection listed in this notice, including requests for copies of the proposed collection instrument and supporting documents, by mail to PPT Forms Officer, U.S. Department of State, CA/PPT/S/L/LA 44132 Mercure Cir., P.O. Box 1227, Sterling, VA 20166-1227, by phone at (202) 485-6373, or by email at
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
We are soliciting public comments to permit the Department to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed information collection is necessary for the proper functions of the Department.
• Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the time and cost burden for this proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
• Minimize the reporting burden on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Please note that comments submitted in response to this Notice are public record. Before including any detailed personal information, you should be aware that your comments as submitted, including your personal information, will be available for public review.
The Affidavit of Identifying Witness is submitted in conjunction with an application for a U.S. passport. It is used by Passport Services to collect information for the purpose of establishing the identity of the applicant. This affidavit is completed by the identifying witness when the applicant is unable to establish his or her identity to the satisfaction of a person authorized to accept passport applications.
The Affidavit of Identifying Witness is submitted in conjunction with an application for a U.S. passport. Due to legislative mandates, Form DS-0071 is only available at acceptance facilities, passport agencies, and U.S. embassies and consulates. This form must be completed and signed in the presence of an authorized Passport Agent, Acceptance Agent, or Consular Officer.
Department of State.
Notice of public meeting; correction.
The Department of State published a
Tricia Smeltzer, Paralegal, Office of Private International Law, Office of Legal Advisor, Department of State; phone: 202-776-8423, email:
In the FR Doc 2016-02304, appearing on page 6324 in the
The meeting of the ACPIL ODR Study Group will take place on Tuesday February 23, from 10 a.m. to 12 noon EST at 2430 E Street NW., South Building (SA 4S) (Navy Hill), Room 240.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of Limitation on Claims for Judicial Review of Actions by TxDOT and Federal Agencies.
This notice announces actions taken by TxDOT and Federal agencies that are final within the meaning of 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). The environmental
By this notice, TxDOT is advising the public of final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). A claim seeking judicial review of the Federal agency actions on the highway project will be barred unless the claim is filed on July 18, 2016. If the Federal law that authorizes judicial review of a claim provides a time period of less than 150 days for filing such claim, then that shorter time period still applies.
Mr. Carlos Swonke, P.G., Environmental Affairs Division, Texas Department of Transportation, 125 East 11th Street, Austin, Texas 78701; telephone: (512) 416-2734; email:
Notice is hereby given that TxDOT and Federal agencies have taken final agency actions by issuing licenses, permits, and approvals for the following highway project in the State of Texas: SH 249, from south of FM 1774/FM 149 in Pinehurst to FM 1774 north of Todd Mission, in Montgomery and Grimes Counties. The project will be a 15-mile-long, four-mainlane, controlled-access tollway with intermittent frontage roads within a typical 400-foot-wide right-of-way (ROW). The proposed freeway will be on new alignment. The actions by TxDOT and the Federal agencies, and the laws under which such actions were taken, are described in the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) and Record of Decision (ROD) issued on January 12, 2016, and in other documents in the TxDOT project file. The FEIS/ROD, and other documents in the TxDOT project file are available by contacting TxDOT at the addresses provided above. The TxDOT FEIS/ROD can be viewed and downloaded from the project Web site at
This notice applies to all Federal agency decisions as of the issuance date of this notice and all laws under which such actions were taken, including but not limited to:
1. General: National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) [42 U.S.C. 4321-4351]; Federal-Aid Highway Act [23 U.S.C. 109].
2. Air: Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671(q).
3. Land: Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966 [49 U.S.C. 303]; Landscaping and Scenic Enhancement (Wildflowers), 23 U.S.C. 319.
4. Wildlife: Endangered Species Act [16 U.S.C. 1531-1544 and Section 1536], Marine Mammal Protection Act [16 U.S.C. 1361], Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act [16 U.S.C. 661-667(d)], Migratory Bird Treaty Act [16 U.S.C. 703-712].
5. Historic and Cultural Resources: Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended [16 U.S.C. 470(f)
6. Social and Economic: Civil Rights Act of 1964 [42 U.S.C. 2000(d)-2000(d)(1)]; American Indian Religious Freedom Act [42 U.S.C. 1996]; Farmland Protection Policy Act (FPPA) [7 U.S.C. 4201-4209].
7. Wetlands and Water Resources: Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251-1377 (Section 404, Section 401, Section 319); Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF), 16 U.S.C. 4601-4604; Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), 42 U.S.C. 300(f)-300(j)(6); Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899, 33 U.S.C. 401-406; Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, 16 U.S.C. 1271-1287; Emergency Wetlands Resources Act, 16 U.S.C. 3921, 3931; TEA-21 Wetlands Mitigation, 23 U.S.C. 103(b)(6)(m), 133(b)(11); Flood Disaster Protection Act, 42 U.S.C. 4001-4128.
8. Executive Orders: E.O. 11990 Protection of Wetlands; E.O. 11988 Floodplain Management; E.O. 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low Income Populations; E.O. 11593 Protection and Enhancement of Cultural Resources; E.O. 13007 Indian Sacred Sites; E.O. 13287 Preserve America; E.O. 13175 Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments; E.O. 11514 Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality; E.O. 13112 Invasive Species. (Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Number 20.205, Highway Planning and Construction. The regulations implementing Executive Order 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities apply to this program.)
23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1)
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), U.S. DOT.
Notice of Limitation on Claims for Judicial Review of Actions by TxDOT and Federal Agencies.
This notice announces actions taken by Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) and Federal agencies that are final within the meaning of 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). The actions relate to a proposed highway project, MoPac (Loop 1) Intersections from north of Slaughter Lane to south of La Crosse Avenue, Travis County, Texas. Those actions grant licenses, permits, and approvals for the project.
By this notice, TxDOT is advising the public of final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1). A claim seeking judicial review of the Federal agency actions on the highway project will be barred unless the claim is filed on or before July 18, 2016. If the Federal law that authorizes judicial review of a claim provides a time period of less than 150 days for filing such claim, then that shorter time period still applies.
Mr. Carlos Swonke, P.G., Environmental Affairs Division, Texas Department of Transportation, 125 East 11th Street, Austin, Texas 78701; telephone: (512) 416-2734; email:
Notice is hereby given that TxDOT and Federal agencies have taken final agency actions by issuing licenses, permits, and approvals for the following highway project in the State of Texas: MoPac (Loop 1) Intersections, Travis County, Texas. The proposed improvements will involve grade separating the cross streets of Slaughter Lane and La Crosse Avenue such that MoPac will pass under the existing cross streets. Traffic traveling northbound and southbound in this corridor will no longer need to
The actions by TxDOT and the Federal agencies, and the laws under which such actions were taken, are described in the Final Environmental Assessment (Final EA) for the project, approved on December 22, 2015, in the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) issued on December 22, 2015, and in other documents in the TxDOT administrative record. The Final EA, FONSI, and other documents in the administrative record file are available by contacting TxDOT at the address provided above. The Final EA and FONSI can be viewed on the project Web site at
This notice applies to all TxDOT decisions and Federal agency decisions as of the issuance date of this notice and all laws under which such actions were taken, including but not limited to:
1. General: National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) [42 U.S.C. 4321-4351]; Federal-Aid Highway Act [23 U.S.C. 109].
2. Air: Clean Air Act [42 U.S.C. 7401-7671(q)].
3. Land: Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966 [49 U.S.C. 303]; Landscaping and Scenic Enhancement (Wildflowers), 23 U.S.C. 319.
4. Wildlife: Endangered Species Act [16 U.S.C. 1531-1544 and Section 1536]; Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act [16 U.S.C. 661-667(d)]; Migratory Bird Treaty Act [16 U.S.C. 703-712].
5. Historic and Cultural Resources: Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended [16 U.S.C. 470(f)
6. Social and Economic: Civil Rights Act of 1964 [42 U.S.C. 2000(d)-2000(d)(1)]; American Indian Religious Freedom Act [42 U.S.C. 1996]; Farmland Protection Policy Act (FPPA) [7 U.S.C. 4201-4209].
7. Wetlands and Water Resources: Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251-1377 (Section 404, Section 401, Section 319); Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF) [16 U.S.C. 4601-4604]; Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) [42 U.S.C. 300(f)-300(j)(6)]; Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899 [33 U.S.C. 401-406]; Wild and Scenic Rivers Act [16 U.S.C. 1271-1287]; Emergency Wetlands Resources Act [16 U.S.C. 3921, 3931]; TEA-21 Wetlands Mitigation [23 U.S.C. 103(b)(6)(m), 133(b)(11)]; Flood Disaster Protection Act [42 U.S.C. 4001-4128].
8. Executive Orders: E.O. 11990, Protection of Wetlands; E.O. 11988, Floodplain Management; E.O. 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low Income Populations; E.O. 11593, Protection and Enhancement of Cultural Resources; E.O. 13007, Indian Sacred Sites; E.O. 13287, Preserve America; E.O. 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments; E.O. 11514, Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality; E.O. 13112, Invasive Species; E.O. 12372, Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs.
The environmental review, consultation, and other actions required by applicable Federal environmental laws for this project are being, or have been, carried-out by TxDOT pursuant to 23 U.S.C. 327 and a Memorandum of Understanding dated December 16, 2014, and executed by FHWA and TxDOT.
23 U.S.C. 139(l)(1).
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation.
Notice and request for comments.
FRA hereby gives notice that it is submitting the following information collection request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Emergency Processing under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. FRA is republishing its February 12, 2016, Notice,
Mr. Robert Brogan, Information Collection Clearance Officer, Regulatory Safety Analysis Division, RRS-21, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: (202) 493-6292) or Ms. Kimberly Toone, Information Collection Clearance Officer, Office of Information Technology, RAD-20, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Mail Stop 35, Washington, DC 20590 (telephone: (202) 493-6132). (These telephone numbers are not toll-free.)
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13, sec. 2, 109 Stat. 163 (1995) (codified as revised at 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), and its implementing regulations, 5 CFR part 1320, require Federal agencies to provide notice to the public for comment on information collection activities before seeking approval for reinstatement or renewal by OMB. 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A); 5 CFR 1320.8(d)(1), 1320.10(e)(1), 1320.12(a). Specifically, FRA invites interested respondents to comment on the following summary of proposed information collection activities regarding (i) whether the information collection activities are necessary for FRA to properly execute its functions, including whether the activities will have practical utility; (ii) the accuracy of FRA's estimates of the burden of the information collection activities, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used to determine the estimates; (iii) ways for FRA to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information being collected; and (iv) ways for FRA to minimize the burden of information collection activities on the public by automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology (
Organizations and individuals desiring to submit comments on these information collection requirements should send them directly to the Office of Management and Budget, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, 725 17th St. NW., Washington, DC 20503, Attention: FRA Desk Officer. Comments may also be sent via email to the Office of Management and Budget at the following address:
Below is a brief summary of the currently approved ICR that FRA will submit for clearance by OMB as required under the PRA:
FRA is revising its currently approved information collection to account for the additional burden that will be incurred by States and political subdivisions of States requesting a public version of a bridge inspection report generated by a railroad for a bridge located within their respective jurisdiction. FRA has developed a new form titled “Bridge Inspection Report Public Version Request Form” (see below) to facilitate such requests by States and their political subdivisions. Additionally, FRA is revising its currently approved information collection to account for the additional burden that will be incurred by railroads to provide the public version of a bridge inspection report upon agency request to FRA.
As background, on July 15, 2010, FRA published its Bridge Safety Standards Final Rule.
The information collected is used by FRA to ensure that railroads/track owners meet Federal standards for bridge safety and comply with all the requirements of this regulation. In particular, the collection of information is used by FRA to confirm that railroads/track owners adopt and implement bridge management programs to properly inspect, maintain, modify, and repair all bridges that carry trains over them for which they are responsible. Railroads/track owners must conduct annual inspections of railroad bridges. Further, railroads/track owners must incorporate provisions for internal audit into their bridge management program and must conduct internal audits of bridge inspection reports. The internal audit information is used by railroads/track owners to verify that the inspection provisions of the bridge management program are being followed and to continually evaluate the effectiveness of their bridge management program and bridge inspection activities. FRA uses this information to ensure that railroads/track owners implement a safe and effective bridge management program and bridge inspection regime.
As provided under 49 CFR 1320.13, FRA is requesting emergency processing for this new collection of information as specified in the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and its implementing regulations. FRA cannot reasonably comply with normal clearance procedures since they would be reasonably likely to disrupt the collection of information. With the recent passage of the FAST Act, FRA expects States and their political subdivisions to immediately request a public version of bridge inspection reports that affect critical infrastructure within their jurisdiction to ensure public safety. Upon receipt of such requests, FRA will require railroads to submit to the agency a public version of the most recent bridge inspection report. Therefore, FRA is requesting OMB approval as soon as possible (
Pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 3507(a) and 5 CFR 1320.5(b), 1320.8(b)(3)(vi), FRA informs all interested parties that it may not conduct or sponsor, and a respondent is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
44 U.S.C. 3501-3520.
The Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act) (Pub. L. 114-94) (Dec. 4, 2015), Section 11405, “Bridge Inspection Reports,” provides a means for a State or a political subdivision of a State to obtain a public version of a bridge inspection report generated by a railroad for a bridge located within their respective jurisdiction. While the FAST Act specifies that requests for such reports are to be filed with the Secretary of Transportation, the responsibility for fulfilling these requests is delegated to the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA).
A. Section 11405 of the FAST Act permits a State or a political subdivision of a State to file a request for a public version of a bridge inspection report for a bridge located in that State or political subdivision's jurisdiction. Thus, any duly elected or appointed official of a State or political subdivision of a State, acting in his or her official capacity, may file a request. This includes officials of a State, city, county, town, municipality or other political subdivision of a State.
A. Go to FRA's Web site (
• Your name and title;
• Official address;
• Email address;
• Telephone number;
• Identification of the individual bridge(s) for which you are requesting a public version of a bridge inspection report(s). Bridge identification information could include a street name, a nearby intersecting street, a waterway or a recognizable land feature where appropriate;
• Name of the railroad that owns and/or operates over the requested bridge(s) (if known); and
• An indication that the request is being made in your official capacity as a representative of a State or a political subdivision of a State. The bridge(s) for which the inspection report(s) is sought must be within the jurisdiction of the political subdivision of the State you represent.
A. You can file a request by going to FRA's Web site (
If you are unable to submit the form to FRA directly, please fill out the “
A. FRA will evaluate the request and, if found to be compliant with law, FRA will promptly request that the railroad responsible for the bridge provide a public version of the most recent inspection report(s) to FRA. Once FRA has received the report(s), FRA will review the report(s) to ensure that at least the minimum information required by law has been provided. Once determined to be satisfactory, the report(s) will be sent to the requester electronically by reply to the request unless the requester provides an alternate email address to send the report to.
A. The FAST Act requires the following information to be included in a public version of a bridge inspection report:
1. The date of the last inspection;
2. Length of bridge;
3. Location of bridge;
4. Type of bridge (superstructure);
5. Type of structure (substructure);
6. Features crossed by the bridge;
7. Railroad contact information; and
8. A general statement on the condition of the bridge.
A. FRA interprets the statute to require a railroad to provide a requested report containing at least the minimum specified information within a reasonable amount of time. FRA believes that a reasonable time for a railroad to provide a requested report is within 30 days of receipt of FRA's request.
A. FRA will handle these requests as expeditiously as possible and generally expects to respond to most requests by providing the requester with a public version of a bridge inspection report within 45 days of receipt of the request.
(
Section 417(d) of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (49 U.S.C. 20103 note) is amended—(1) by striking “The Secretary” and inserting the following: “(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary”; and (2) by adding at the end the following: “(2) AVAILABILITY OF BRIDGE CONDITION.—
“(A) IN GENERAL.—A State or political subdivision of a State may file a request with the Secretary for a public version of a bridge inspection report generated under subsection (b)(5) for a bridge located in such State or political subdivision's jurisdiction.
“(B) PUBLIC VERSION OF REPORT.—If the Secretary determines that the request is reasonable, the Secretary shall require a railroad to submit a public version of the most recent bridge inspection report, such as a summary form, for a bridge subject to a request under subparagraph (A). The public version of a bridge inspection report shall include the date of last inspection, length of bridge, location of bridge, type of bridge, type of structure, feature crossed by bridge, and railroad contact information, along with a general statement on the condition of the bridge.
“(C) PROVISION OF REPORT.—The Secretary shall provide to a State or political subdivision of a State a public version of a bridge inspection report submitted under subparagraph (B).
“(D) TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary, upon the reasonable request of State or political subdivision of a State, shall provide technical assistance to such State or political subdivision of a State to facilitate the understanding of a bridge inspection report.”
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of Transportation (DOT).
Grant of petition for exemption.
This document grants in full the Toyota Motor North America, Inc.'s, (Toyota) petition for an exemption of the Lexus RX vehicle line in accordance with 49 CFR part 543,
The exemption granted by this notice is effective beginning with the 2017 model year (MY).
Ms. Carlita Ballard, International Policy, Fuel Economy and Consumer Programs, NHTSA, W43-439, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Ms. Ballard's phone number is (202) 366-5222. Her fax number is (202) 493-2990.
In a petition dated December 1, 2015, Toyota requested an exemption from the parts-marking requirements of the Theft Prevention Standard for the Lexus RX vehicle line beginning with MY 2017. The petition requested an exemption from parts-marking pursuant to 49 CFR part 543,
Under 49 CFR part 543.5(a), a manufacturer may petition NHTSA to grant an exemption for one vehicle line per model year. In its petition, Toyota provided a detailed description and diagram of the identity, design, and location of the components of the antitheft device for the Lexus RX vehicle line. Toyota stated that its MY 2017 Lexus RX vehicle line and RX hybrid vehicle model (HV) will be installed with a “smart entry and start” system and an engine immobilizer device as standard equipment. Toyota further explained that the “smart entry and start” system on its Lexus RX vehicle line will have slightly different components than those on its RX HV model. Key components of the “smart entry and start” system on the Lexus RX vehicle line will include an engine immobilizer, a certification electronic control unit (ECU), engine switch, steering lock ECU, security indicator, door control receiver, electrical key, an electronic control module (ECM) and an ID code box. The key components installed on its RX HV model will also include a power switch and a power source HV-ECU. Toyota stated that it will also install an audible and visual alarm system on its Lexus RX vehicle line as standard equipment and that there will be position switches installed on the vehicle to protect the hood and doors from unauthorized tampering/opening. Toyota further explained locking of the doors can be accomplished through use of a conventional key, wireless switch incorporated within the keyfob or its
Toyota's submission is considered a complete petition as required by 49 CFR 543.7 in that it meets the general requirements contained in § 543.5 and the specific content requirements of § 543.6.
In addressing the specific content requirements of § 543.6, Toyota provided information on the reliability and durability of its proposed device. To ensure reliability and durability of the device, Toyota conducted tests based on its own specified standards. Toyota provided a detailed list of the tests conducted (
Toyota stated that its Lexus RX vehicles' “smart entry and start” system allows the driver to press the engine switch button located on the instrument panel to start the vehicle. Once the driver pushes the engine switch button, the certification ECU verifies the electrical key. When the key is verified, the certification ECU, ID code box and steering lock ECU receive confirmation of the valid key, and the certification ECU allows the ECM to start the engine. With the RX HV model “smart entry and start” system, once the driver pushes the power switch button, the certification ECU verifies the key, the certification ECU, ID code box and steering lock ECU receive confirmation of a valid key, and then the certification ECU will allow the ECM to start the vehicle.
Toyota stated that with its “smart entry and start” system, the immobilizer device is activated when the engine switch is pushed from the “ON” ignition status to any other ignition status, the certification ECU performs the calculation of the immobilizer and the immobilizer signals the ECM to activate the device. On the RX HV model, the “smart entry and start” system's immobilizer device is activated when the power switch is pushed from the “ON” ignition status to any other ignition status, the certification ECU performs the calculation of the immobilizer and the immobilizer signals the HV-ECU to activate the device. Deactivation of its smart key-installed systems occurs when the doors are unlocked and the device recognizes the key code. Deactivation of the conventional key system occurs when the door is unlocked and the key is turned to the “ON” position.
Toyota also compared its proposed device to other devices NHTSA has determined to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as would compliance with the parts-marking requirements (
Based on the supporting evidence submitted by Toyota on its device, the agency believes that the antitheft device for the Lexus RX vehicle line is likely to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of the Theft Prevention Standard (49 CFR 541). The agency concludes that the device will provide the five types of performance listed in § 543.6(a)(3): Promoting activation; attracting attention to the efforts of unauthorized persons to enter or operate a vehicle by means other than a key; preventing defeat or circumvention of the device by unauthorized persons; preventing operation of the vehicle by unauthorized entrants; and ensuring the reliability and durability of the device.
Pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 33106 and 49 CFR 543.7 (b), the agency grants a petition for exemption from the parts-marking requirements of Part 541, either in whole or in part, if it determines that, based upon substantial evidence, the standard equipment antitheft device is likely to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of Part 541. The agency finds that Toyota has provided adequate reasons for its belief that the antitheft device for the Toyota Lexus RX vehicle line is likely to be as effective in reducing and deterring motor vehicle theft as compliance with the parts-marking requirements of the Theft Prevention Standard (49 CFR part 541). This conclusion is based on the information Toyota provided about its device.
For the foregoing reasons, the agency hereby grants in full Toyota's petition for exemption for the Toyota Lexus RX vehicle line from the parts-marking requirements of 49 CFR part 541. The agency notes that 49 CFR part 541, Appendix A-1, identifies those lines that are exempted from the Theft Prevention Standard for a given model year. 49 CFR part 543.7(f) contains publication requirements incident to the disposition of all Part 543 petitions. Advanced listing, including the release of future product nameplates, the beginning model year for which the petition is granted and a general description of the antitheft device is necessary in order to notify law enforcement agencies of new vehicle lines exempted from the parts marking requirements of the Theft Prevention Standard.
If Toyota decides not to use the exemption for this line, it should formally notify the agency. If such a decision is made, the line must be fully marked according to the requirements under 49 CFR parts 541.5 and 541.6 (marking of major component parts and replacement parts).
NHTSA notes that if Toyota wishes in the future to modify the device on which this exemption is based, the company may have to submit a petition to modify the exemption. Part 543.7(d) states that a Part 543 exemption applies only to vehicles that belong to a line exempted under this part and equipped with the antitheft device on which the
The agency wishes to minimize the administrative burden that Part 543.9(c)(2) could place on exempted vehicle manufacturers and itself. The agency did not intend in drafting Part 543 to require the submission of a modification petition for every change to the components or design of an antitheft device. The significance of many such changes could be
Issued in Washington, DC, under authority delegated in 49 CFR 1.95.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Guidance Necessary To Facilitate Business Election Filing; Finalization of Controlled Group Qualification Rules.
Written comments should be received on or before April 19, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Kerry Dennis, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulation should be directed to Kerry Dennis at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Financial Services Center, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Department of Veterans Affairs—Financial Services Center (VA-FSC) will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden and includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before March 21, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Crystal Rennie, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 632-7492 or email
In 1987, Treasury implemented several initiatives to encourage agencies to convert their vendor and miscellaneous payment activity from checks to the Automated Clearing House (ACH) payments. By 1996, the Debt Collection Improvement Act (DCIA) mandated the use of electronic funds transfer (EFT) for federal payments. In order to comply with these federal requirements, the VA and other Federal Agencies have used OMB # 1510-0056/Standard Form 3881 (SF 3881) to collect the essential payment data from vendors (
The new Vendorizing Form (VA10091) streamlines the data required to establish a vendor record (from the SF 3881 and Vendorizing Cover Sheet) into a single form.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C., App. 2, the Commission on Care gives notice that it will meet on Monday, February 29, 2016, and Tuesday, March 1, 2016, at the Dallas VA Medical Center, 4500 S. Lancaster Rd., Dallas, TX 75216, in the VA Community Center—Building 75. The meeting will convene at 8:30 a.m. (CST) and end by 5:00 p.m. (CST) on Monday, February 29, 2016. The meeting will convene at 8:30 a.m. (CST) and end by 4:00 p.m. (CST) on Tuesday, March 1, 2016. The meetings are open to the public. A telephone conference line will be available for a limited number of remote attendees to observe meeting deliberations.
The purpose of the Commission, as described in section 202 of the Veterans Access, Choice, and Accountability Act of 2014, is to examine the access of veterans to health care from the Department of Veterans Affairs and strategically examine how best to organize the Veterans Health Administration, locate health care resources, and deliver health care to veterans during the next 20 years.
No time will be allocated at this meeting for receiving oral presentations from the public. The public may submit written statements for the Commission's review to
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before March 21, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Crystal Rennie, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 632-7492 or email
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Final rule.
The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) is adopting amendments to Exchange Act rules 3a71-3 and 3a71-5 that address the application of the
Carol McGee, Assistant Director, Richard Gabbert, Senior Special Counsel, or Margaret Rubin, Special Counsel, Office of Derivatives Policy, at 202-551-5870, Division of Trading and Markets, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-7010.
The Commission is amending Exchange Act rule 3a71-3 (addressing the cross-border implementation of the
Statutory Basis and Text of Final Rules
In April 2015, the Commission proposed to amend certain rules and to re-propose a rule regarding the application of Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act
In this release, we are adopting rule amendments relating specifically to the first of these issues: The application of the
We are not addressing in this release any of the other elements of the April 2015 proposal. We anticipate addressing the remaining issues (including the application of business conduct standards, of Regulation SBSR to certain transactions, and the application of clearing and trade execution requirements more generally) in subsequent releases.
Further, we note that these rules complete our rulemaking implementing the
As we have previously noted, Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act provides for a comprehensive new regulatory framework for swaps and security-based swaps.
In developing these final rules, we have consulted and coordinated with the CFTC and the prudential regulators
As discussed in further detail below, we have twice proposed rules related to the application of the dealer
We initially proposed to require any non-U.S. person engaged in dealing activity to include in its
As discussed in our April 2015 proposal, the CFTC's Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight issued a Staff Advisory (“CFTC Staff Advisory”) in November 2013 that addressed the applicability of the CFTC's transaction-level requirements to certain activity by non-U.S. registered swap dealers arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel or agents of the non-U.S. swap dealer located in the United States.
In the Interpretive Guidance and Policy Statement Regarding Compliance with Certain Swap Regulations (July 17, 2013), 78 FR 45292 (July 26, 2013) (“CFTC Cross-Border Guidance”), the CFTC defined transaction-level requirements to include the following: (i) Required clearing and swap processing; (ii) margining (and segregation) for uncleared swaps; (iii) mandatory trade execution; (iv) swap trading relationship documentation; (v) portfolio reconciliation and compression; (vi) real-time public reporting; (vii) trade confirmation; (viii) daily trading records; and (ix) external business conduct standards.
As we discuss in more detail below, we received fifteen comment letters in response to our U.S. Activity Proposing Release. These comment letters address a range of issues, including the scope of the proposed U.S. Activity Test and concerns about its use as a trigger for the counting of transactions toward the
These final rules will determine when a non-U.S. person engaged in dealing activity and whose obligations under a security-based swap are not guaranteed by a U.S. person and that is not a conduit affiliate is required to include in its dealer
To assess the economic impact of the final rules described in this release, we are using as our baseline the security-based swap market as it exists at the time of this release, including applicable rules we have already adopted but excluding rules that we have proposed but not yet finalized.
Our understanding of the market is informed in part by available data on security-based swap transactions, though we acknowledge that limitations in the data limit the extent to which we can quantitatively characterize the market.
Specifically, our analysis of the state of the current security-based swap market is based on data obtained from the DTCC Derivatives Repository Limited Trade Information Warehouse (“TIW”), especially data regarding the activity of market participants in the single-name CDS market during the period from 2008 to 2014. According to data published by the Bank for International Settlements (“BIS”), the global notional amount outstanding in single-name CDS was approximately $9.04 trillion,
Also consistent with our approach in that release, with the exception of the analysis regarding the degree of overlap between participation in the single-name CDS market and the index CDS market (cross-market activity), our analysis below does not include data regarding index CDS as we do not currently have sufficient information to classify index CDS as swaps or security-based swaps.
We note that the data available to us from TIW do not encompass those CDS transactions that both: (i) Do not involve U.S. counterparties;
One commenter recommended that we collect a more complete set of data to more precisely estimate the number of non-U.S. persons that would be affected by the proposed rules.
Activity in the security-based swap market is concentrated among a relatively small number of entities that act as dealers in this market. In addition to these entities, thousands of other participants appear as counterparties to security-based swap contracts in our sample, and include, but are not limited to, investment companies, pension funds, private (hedge) funds, sovereign entities, and industrial companies. We observe that most non-dealer users of security-based swaps do not engage directly in the trading of swaps, but trade through banks, investment advisers, or other types of firms acting as dealers or agents. Based on an analysis of the counterparties to trades reported to the TIW, there are 1,875 entities that engaged directly in trading between November 2006 and December 2014.
As shown in Table 1, below, close to three-quarters of these entities (DTCC-defined “firms” shown in TIW, which we refer to here as “transacting agents”) were identified as investment advisers, of which approximately 40 percent (about 30 percent of all transacting agents) were registered as investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Investment Advisers Act”).
Principal
Among
As
A market participant's domicile, however, does not necessarily correspond to where it engages in security-based swap activity. In particular, financial groups engaged in security-based swap dealing activity operate in multiple market centers and carry out such activity with counterparties around the world.
Consistent with these operational concerns and the global nature of the security-based swap market, the available data appear to confirm that participants in this market are in fact active in market centers around the globe. Although, as noted above, the available data do not permit us to identify the location of personnel in a transaction, TIW transaction records indicate that firms that are likely to be security-based swap dealers operate out of branch locations in key market centers around the world, including New York, London, Tokyo, Hong Kong, Chicago, Sydney, Toronto, Frankfurt, Singapore and the Cayman Islands.
Given these market characteristics and practices, participants in the security-based swap market may bear the financial risk of a security-based swap transaction in a location different from the location where the transaction is arranged, negotiated, or executed, or where economic decisions are made by managers on behalf of beneficial owners. And market activity may occur in a jurisdiction other than where the market participant or its counterparty books the transaction. Similarly, a participant in the security-based swap market may be exposed to counterparty risk from a counterparty located in a jurisdiction that is different from the market center or centers in which it participates.
A financial group that engages in a global security-based swap dealing business in multiple market centers may choose to structure its dealing business in a number of different ways. This structure, including where it books the transactions that constitute that business and how it carries out market-facing activities that generate those transactions, reflects a range of business and regulatory considerations, which each financial group may weigh differently.
A financial group may choose to book all of its security-based swap transactions, regardless of where the transaction originated, in a single, central booking entity. That entity generally retains the risk associated with that transaction, but it also may lay off that risk to another affiliate via a back-to-back transaction or an assignment of the security-based swap.
Regardless of where a financial group determines to book its security-based swaps arising out of its dealing activity, it is likely to operate offices that perform sales or trading functions in one or more market centers in other jurisdictions. Maintaining sales and trading desks in global market centers permits the financial group to deal with counterparties in that jurisdiction or in a specific geographic region, or to ensure that it is able to provide liquidity to counterparties in other jurisdictions,
The financial group affiliate that books these transactions may carry out related market-facing activities, whether in its home jurisdiction or in a foreign jurisdiction, using either its own personnel or the personnel of an affiliated or unaffiliated agent. For example, the financial group may determine that another affiliate in the financial group employs personnel who possess expertise in relevant products or who have established sales relationships with key counterparties in a foreign jurisdiction, making it more efficient to use the personnel of the affiliate to engage in security-based swap dealing activity on its behalf in that jurisdiction.
Alternatively, the financial group affiliate that books these transactions may in some circumstances determine to engage the services of an unaffiliated agent through which it can engage in dealing activity. For example, a financial group may determine that using an interdealer broker may provide an efficient means of participating in the interdealer market in its own, or in another, jurisdiction, particularly if it is seeking to do so anonymously or to take a position in products that trade relatively infrequently.
We understand that financial group affiliates (whether affiliated with U.S.-based financial groups or not) that are established in foreign jurisdictions may use any of these structures to engage in dealing activity in the United States, and that they may seek to engage in dealing activity in the United States to transact with both U.S.-person and non-U.S.-person counterparties. In transactions with non-U.S.-person counterparties, these foreign affiliates may affirmatively seek to engage in dealing activity in the United States because the sales personnel of the non-U.S.-person dealer (or of its agent) in the United States have existing relationships with counterparties in other locations (such as Canada or Latin America) or because the trading personnel of the non-U.S.-person dealer (or of its agent) in the United States have the expertise to manage the trading books for security-based swaps on U.S. reference securities or entities. We understand that some of these foreign affiliates engage in dealing activity in the United States through their personnel (or personnel of their affiliates) in part to ensure that they are able to provide their own counterparties, or those of financial group affiliates in other jurisdictions, with access to liquidity (often in non-U.S. reference entities) during U.S. business hours, permitting them to meet client demand even when the home markets are closed.
As discussed above, security-based swap activity is concentrated in a relatively small number of dealers, which already represent a small percentage of all market participants active in the security-based swap market.
Many of these dealers are already subject to other regulatory frameworks under U.S. law based on their role as intermediaries or on the volume of their positions in other products, such as swaps. Available data supports our prior estimates, based on our experience and understanding of the swap and security-based swap market, that of the 55 firms that might register as security-based swap dealers or major security-based swap participants, approximately 35 would also be registered with the CFTC as swap dealers or major swap participants.
As already noted, firms that act as dealers play a central role in the security-based swap market. Based on an analysis of 2014 single-name CDS data in TIW, accounts of those firms that are likely to exceed the security-based swap dealer
These dealers transact with hundreds or thousands of counterparties. Approximately 35 percent of accounts of firms expected to register as security-based dealers and observable in TIW have entered into security-based swaps with over 1,000 unique counterparty accounts as of year-end 2014.
Figure 2 below describes the percentage of global, notional transaction volume in North American corporate single-name CDS reported to the TIW between January 2008 and December 2014, separated by whether transactions are between two ISDA-recognized dealers (interdealer transactions) or whether a transaction has at least one non-dealer counterparty.
Figure 2 also shows that the portion of the notional volume of North American corporate single-name CDS represented by interdealer transactions has remained fairly constant and that interdealer transactions continue to represent a significant majority of trading activity, even as notional volume has declined over the past six years,
The high level of interdealer trading activity reflects the central position of a small number of dealers, each of which intermediates trades with many hundreds of counterparties.
Against
If we consider the number of cross-border transactions instead from the perspective of the domicile of the corporate group (
Financial groups based in the United States are also involved in a majority of interdealer transactions in North American corporate single-name CDS: Of transactions on North American corporate single-name CDS between two ISDA-recognized dealers and their branches or affiliates, 65 percent of transaction notional volume involved at least one account of an entity with a U.S. parent.
In addition, we note that a significant majority of North American corporate single-name CDS transactions occur in the interdealer market or between dealers and non-U.S.-person non-dealers, with the remaining (and much smaller) portion of the market consisting of transactions between dealers and U.S.-person non-dealers. Specifically, 79.5 percent of North American corporate single-name CDS transactions involved either two ISDA-recognized dealers or an ISDA-recognized dealer and a non-U.S.-person non-dealer. Approximately 20 percent of such transactions involved an ISDA-recognized dealer and a U.S.-person non-dealer.
In 2009, the G20 Leaders—whose membership includes the United States, 18 other countries, and the European Union (“EU”)—addressed global improvements in the OTC derivatives markets. They expressed their view on a variety of issues relating to OTC derivatives contracts. In subsequent summits, the G20 Leaders have returned to OTC derivatives regulatory reform and encouraged international consultation in developing standards for these markets.
Many security-based swap dealers likely will be subject to foreign regulation of their security-based swap activities that are similar to regulations that may apply to them pursuant to Title VII, even if the relevant foreign jurisdictions do not classify certain market participants as “dealers” for regulatory purposes. Some of these regulations may duplicate, and in some cases conflict with, certain elements of the Title VII regulatory framework.
Foreign legislative and regulatory efforts have focused on five general areas: Moving OTC derivatives onto organized trading platforms, requiring central clearing of OTC derivatives, requiring post-trade reporting of transaction data for regulatory purposes and public dissemination of anonymized versions of such data, establishing or enhancing capital requirements for non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives transactions, and establishing or enhancing margin and other risk mitigation requirements for non-centrally cleared OTC derivatives transactions. The rules being adopted in this release will affect a person's obligations with respect to the latter three of these requirements, as a person's status as a security-based swap dealer will affect its post-trade reporting obligations under Regulation SBSR,
Foreign jurisdictions have been actively implementing regulations in connection with each of these three categories of requirements. Regulatory transaction reporting requirements are in force in a number of jurisdictions including the EU, Hong Kong SAR, Japan, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, India, Indonesia, South Korea, Mexico, Russia, Saudi Arabia, and Singapore; other jurisdictions are in the process of proposing legislation and rules to implement these requirements.
As noted above, persons registered as security-based swap dealers and major security-based swap participants are likely also to engage in swap activity, which is subject to regulation by the CFTC.
These hedging opportunities mean that participants that are active in one market are likely to be active in the other. Commission staff analysis of approximately 4,500 TIW accounts that participated in the market for single-name CDS in 2014 revealed that approximately 3,000 of those accounts, or 67 percent, also participated in the market for index CDS. Of the accounts that participated in both markets, data regarding transactions in 2014 suggest that, conditional on an account transacting in notional volume of index CDS in the top third of accounts, the probability of the same account landing in the top third of accounts in terms of single-name CDS notional volume is approximately 64 percent; by contrast, the probability of the same account landing in the bottom third of accounts in terms of single-name CDS notional volume is only 10 percent.
Similarly, since the payoffs of security-based swaps are dependent upon the value of underlying securities, activity in the security-based swap market can be correlated with activity in underlying securities markets. Security-based swaps may be used in order to hedge or speculate on price movements of reference securities or the credit risk of reference securities. For instance, prices of both CDS and corporate bonds are sensitive to the credit risk of underlying reference securities. As a result, trading across markets may sometimes result in information and risk spillovers between these markets, with informational efficiency, pricing, and liquidity in the security-based swap market affecting informational efficiency, pricing, and liquidity in markets for related assets, such as equities and corporate bonds.
These final rules, together with our previously adopted rules defining “security-based swap dealer” and applying that definition in the cross-border context, define the scope of entities that are subject to the Title VII dealer requirements. Although these final rules do not define specific substantive requirements, the scope of the definition will play a central role in determining the overall costs and benefits of particular regulatory requirements, and of the Title VII regulatory framework as a whole.
First, as we have previously noted, the security-based swap market is a global market.
Second, the final scope of our rules, and market participants' reactions to our rules (including rules already adopted as part of the Intermediary Definitions Adopting Release, and the Cross-Border Adopting Release) may affect competition between U.S.-person and non-U.S.-person dealers when they engage in security-based swap transactions with non-U.S. persons. In particular, without these rules, competitive disparities might arise between U.S.-person dealers, which would be subject to these rules, and non-U.S.-person dealers, which may not be, even if the non-U.S.-person dealers engage in dealing activity at levels exceeding the relevant
Under currently existing rules, for example, even if a U.S.-person dealer and a non-U.S.-person dealer both engaged in dealing activity in the United States in connection with transactions involving non-U.S.-person counterparties, the non-U.S.-person dealer would be more likely to be able to engage in this activity without registering as a security-based swap dealer,
Similarly, a non-U.S. person seeking to trade in a security-based swap on a U.S. reference entity may prefer to enter into the transaction with a non-U.S.-person dealer rather than a U.S.-person dealer not only because the non-U.S.-person dealer may offer more competitive prices, but also because the non-U.S. counterparty may itself incur lower costs in transacting with a non-U.S. person dealer. For example, a non-U.S.-person counterparty may find transacting with the non-U.S.-person dealer that is not required to register as a security-based swap dealer to be more attractive because a transaction with that dealer may not involve a requirement to post collateral consistent with Title VII margin requirements, particularly if it can do so without surrendering the benefits associated with facing personnel located in the United States.
In addition, under currently existing rules, financial groups that use non-U.S. persons to carry out their dealing business with non-U.S.-person counterparties may be able to use profits from that dealing business to subsidize their dealing business with U.S.-person counterparties carried out through a registered security-based swap dealer. This cross-subsidization would allow them to gain further competitive advantage over financial groups whose dealers are U.S. persons, even with respect to transactions with U.S.-person counterparties.
These competitive disparities likely would create an incentive for financial groups (whether based in the United States or abroad) to book security-based swap transactions with non-U.S.-person counterparties in a non-U.S.-person affiliate while continuing to use affiliates or agents that are located in the United States to engage in dealing activity with those counterparties. As discussed further below, market participants may respond in different ways to these incentives, but any such response likely would lead to significant changes in market structure, exacerbating market fragmentation. The final amendments reflect our consideration of the likely competitive effects of the scope of Title VII dealer requirements on participants in the security-based swap market.
Third, as just noted, the scope of our rules may provide incentives for market fragmentation and negatively affect liquidity and pricing in the U.S. market. Subjecting certain transactions but not others to regulatory requirements, including the security-based swap dealer
Depending on the final scope of Title VII application, the nature of the fragmentation could have a particularly deleterious effect on pricing and liquidity for U.S. persons seeking to enter into security-based swap transactions. To the extent that dealers seek to carry out transactions with other dealers in affiliates that are not subject
Fourth, in addition to creating an incentive for market fragmentation, applying Title VII dealer requirements only to certain transactions carried out in the United States could affect the integrity of the U.S. security-based swap market as well as our ability to monitor the activity of participants in that market. To the extent that subjecting transactions involving dealing activity carried out by personnel located in the United States increases the likelihood that a non-U.S. person must register as a dealer, Title VII dealer recordkeeping requirements may enhance our ability to evaluate dealers' records for evidence of market manipulation or other abusive practices within the United States. For example, such records, when combined with information from other sources available to the Commission,
Finally, the global security-based swap market is highly interconnected and highly concentrated.
However, as we have also noted, these opportunities for international risk sharing also represent channels for risk transmission.
As we have previously recognized, a non-U.S.-person dealer affiliated with a U.S. financial group may pose “reputational risk” to its U.S. parent, irrespective of the existence of any explicit guarantee from a U.S. person.
Another potential channel of the propagation of risk is through liquidity shocks from the failure of one market participant to other participants in the same market.
The Exchange Act excepts from designation as a “security-based swap dealer” an entity that engages in a “
As noted above, we have twice proposed rules to address the application of the security-based swap dealer
In light of comments received on the initial proposal, subsequent regulatory and other developments in the security-based swap market, and further consideration of policy concerns arising from these transactions, we proposed a modified approach in April 2015 that would amend Exchange Act rule 3a71-3 to address the regulatory concerns associated with dealing activity in the United States while mitigating many of the concerns expressed by commenters on the initial proposal. The modified approach did
Various statutory and policy concerns underpinned our proposed revisions to the initial approach. We noted in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release that requiring non-U.S. persons to include such transactions in their
Having carefully considered comments received in response to our proposal as well as the objectives of Title VII dealer regulation and recent regulatory and market developments (including market participants' responses to the implementation of regulatory reforms of the OTC derivatives markets),
Some commenters have suggested that the modified approach to the
To the extent that these comments are directed at whether transactions arising from this activity or persons engaged in this activity fall within the scope of Title VII,
As we have previously noted, Exchange Act section 3(a)(71)(A) identifies specific activities that bring a person within the definition of “security-based swap dealer”: (1) Holding oneself out as a dealer in security-based swaps, (2) making a market in security-based swaps; (3) regularly entering into security-based swaps with counterparties as an ordinary course of business for one's own account; or (4) engaging in any activity causing oneself to be commonly known in the trade as a dealer in security-based swaps.
Accordingly, the fact that the counterparty credit risk from a transaction between two non-U.S. persons, which are not conduit affiliates and where neither counterparty has a right of recourse against a U.S. person under the security-based swap, exists largely outside the United States is not determinative under our territorial analysis as to whether a sufficient “nexus” exists to require a non-U.S. person to count the transaction toward its
As we stated in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release, this analysis applies regardless of whether the non-U.S. person engages in dealing activity (as described in the statutory definition and in our further definition of “security-
Requiring transactions that, in connection with a non-U.S. person's dealing activity, are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel located in the United States to be counted toward the non-U.S. person's security-based swap dealer
We believe that these characterizations of the policy objectives of Title VII are incomplete. Although it is true that mitigating counterparty and operational risks—which we have acknowledged lie primarily outside the United States in these transactions
We believe that not requiring non-U.S. persons to count these trades toward their
Given these dynamics, failure to require non-U.S. persons to count the transactions encompassed by the final rule toward the dealer
Subjecting the transactions of certain dealers engaged in dealing activity in the United States, but not others, to the Title VII dealer requirements would undermine each of the policy objectives
Subjecting only a limited subset of transactions involving activity in the United States to Title VII dealer requirements would also likely produce competitive disparities and exacerbate market fragmentation, which would not only further undermine the policy objectives just described but also create potentially significant market distortions. Competitive disparities would arise as financial groups that use non-U.S.-person dealers to carry out their dealing business in the United States find themselves able to exit the Title VII regulatory regime without exiting the U.S. market with respect to their security-based swap dealing business with non-U.S.-person counterparties (including non-U.S.-person dealers). These dealers likely would incur fewer costs related to their dealing activity in the United States than U.S.-person dealers transacting with the same counterparties, and non-U.S. person counterparties likely would also find that they incur lower costs and obtain better pricing by entering into security-based swaps with non-U.S. dealers that are not required to register as security-based swap dealers. U.S.-person dealers would be at a further disadvantage as financial groups that carry out a significant proportion of their security-based swap dealing activity in the United States through non-registered dealers cross-subsidize the dealing activity of their affiliated registered security-based swap dealers that engage in dealing activity with U.S.-person counterparties, permitting financial groups that have shifted a significant proportion of their dealing activity to non-U.S.-person dealers to offer even U.S.-person counterparties better pricing than financial groups that have not made this shift are able to provide.
These competitive pressures would provide a strong incentive for financial groups to book transactions with non-U.S. person counterparties (including with other dealers) in non-U.S.-person affiliates of those financial groups.
This potential response to competitive disparities demonstrates the “nexus” between the regulatory concerns addressed by the Title VII security-based swap dealer regulatory framework and our final rule. As already noted, the security-based swap market is a highly concentrated market in which dealers play a central role.
We further expect that the rule will be essential to reducing the likelihood of significant market fragmentation that would impair the liquidity available to, and increase costs for, U.S. market participants. As we have noted above, if a majority of security-based swap dealing activity in the United States, including most or all interdealer activity in the United States, is carried out by non-U.S. persons that are not subject to Title VII dealer regulation, the market is likely to fragment into two pools. The larger pool likely would consist of transactions that are carried out by unregistered non-U.S.-person dealers with non-U.S.-person counterparties, including the largest dealers in the security-based swap market, while the smaller pool likely would be limited to U.S.-person counterparties and registered dealers that do business exclusively with those U.S.-person counterparties (and that may or may not themselves be U.S. persons). In other words, absent these rules, U.S. market participants likely would find
Finally, as we have noted, a significant proportion of the dealing activity that is likely to be captured by this rule is actually carried out by foreign affiliates of U.S. financial groups.
Subjecting non-U.S. persons that engage in security-based swap dealing activity in the United States
We note that one commenter suggested that our amendments should exclude dealing activity by a non-U.S. person that “is part of or supports a business that is primarily based outside the United States.”
Several commenters suggested that we need not rely on Title VII dealer regulation at all to address regulatory concerns arising from dealing activity carried out by non-U.S. persons using personnel located in the United States.
Because they view the concerns potentially raised by this activity as relating primarily to counterparty protection concerns and because registered broker-dealers are already
We have granted temporary exemptive relief from compliance with certain provisions of the Exchange Act in connection with the Dodd-Frank Act's amendment of the definition of “security” in order generally to maintain the
FINRA also adopted a rule, FINRA Rule 0180 (Application of Rules to Security-Based Swaps), which temporarily limits the application of certain FINRA rules with respect to security-based swaps. On January 4, 2016, FINRA filed a proposed rule change, which was effective upon receipt by the Commission, extending the expiration date of FINRA Rule 0180 to February 11, 2017. See Self-Regulatory Organizations; Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change to Extend the Expiration Date of FINRA Rule 0180 (Application of Rules to Security-Based Swaps), Exchange Act Release No.76850 (January 7, 2016).
We recognize that some parallels exist between the Title VII dealer framework and the broker-dealer regime; we also recognize that there is at least a possibility of duplication between some of the requirements that would apply to the non-U.S.-person dealer's security-based swap transactions if it is required to register as a security-based swap dealer, the requirements that likely would apply to the registered broker-dealer whose personnel arrange, negotiate, or execute the relevant security-based swap transactions, and some requirements that may apply to the foreign security-based swap dealer under foreign law. However, as we discussed at some length in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release in response to similar comments, we do not believe it appropriate to except non-U.S.-person dealers from this requirement merely because some transactions of some non-U.S.-person dealers could be subject to broker-dealer or other requirements that could duplicate some of the security-based swap dealer requirements.
As we noted in that release, this type of approach has two significant weaknesses. First, the definition of “broker” includes a number of exceptions for banks, including U.S. branches of foreign banks, that are engaged in certain activities, and these exceptions may be used by non-U.S.-person dealers to engage in market-facing activity in the United States in connection with their dealing activity in security-based swaps.
Regulation of the agent, whether as a broker-dealer or as a security-based swap dealer, also does
In response to our preliminary determination, several commenters suggested that, to the extent that the existing framework (including the broker-dealer regulatory regime) does not fully address our concerns, we could adopt an exception to the counting requirement subject to certain conditions that would help ensure that the non-U.S. person engaged in dealing activity is subject to requirements, whether under domestic or foreign law, that are similar to those imposed on security-based swap dealers by Title VII dealer requirements.
In offering these alternative approaches, commenters attempted to encompass all structures that non-U.S.-person dealers use to engage in dealing activity in the United States with non-U.S. counterparties and address the full range of regulatory concerns raised by that activity. But instead of a uniform set of comprehensive requirements using the framework that Congress established in Title VII, they urged us to develop an alternative approach that would cobble together existing foreign and domestic regulations in an attempt to replicate—and, as we discuss below, effectively replace—the statutory framework established by Congress by using a combination of pre-Dodd Frank Act regulatory authority, anti-fraud and anti-manipulation authority, anti-evasion authority, and certain foreign requirements. After careful consideration of these alternatives, we believe that such an approach would undermine the policy objectives advanced by Title VII that we describe above.
As an initial matter, we believe that the approach suggested by commenters is inconsistent with the comprehensive, uniform statutory framework established by Congress for the regulation of security-based swap dealers in Title VII. The statutory definition of “security-based swap dealer” and the consequent regulatory requirements that apply to such persons apply to any person that engages in relevant activity above the dealer
Commenters argued that precedent for an approach that provides an exception for trades intermediated by a registered broker-dealer exists in the exemption available for foreign broker-dealers under Exchange Act rule 15a-6.
Second, an exception of this type likely would effectively supplant Title VII dealer regulation for a majority of dealing activity carried out in the United States, replacing it with a less effective alternative cobbled together from other domestic and foreign requirements. As described above, much
One commenter argued that permitting personnel located in the United States to comply with the requirements that apply to registered broker-dealers would increase efficiency because such personnel would be subject to a single set of regulatory compliance obligations with respect to both their underlying securities transactions and derivatives transactions.
Finally, many of the concerns expressed by commenters could be mitigated by the availability of substituted compliance, which, as proposed, may permit non-U.S.-person dealers to comply with comparable foreign requirements as an alternative means of complying with certain Title VII requirements.
Although we did not directly address substituted compliance with respect to security-based swap dealer requirements in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release, we noted in that release that we had previously proposed such an approach and continued to believe that substituted compliance for such requirements would be the appropriate means of addressing potential overlap or duplication in their application, rather than forgoing regulation entirely.
In practice, however, we recognize that there will be limits to the availability of substituted compliance. For example, it is possible that substituted compliance may be permitted with regard to some requirements and not others with respect to a particular jurisdiction. For certain jurisdictions, moreover, substituted compliance may not be available with respect to any requirements depending on our assessment of the comparability of the relevant foreign requirements, as well as the availability of supervisory and enforcement arrangements among the Commission and relevant foreign financial regulatory authorities. Although comparability assessments will focus on regulatory outcomes rather than rule-by-rule comparisons, the assessments will require inquiry regarding whether foreign regulatory requirements adequately reflect the interests and protections associated with the particular Title VII requirement. In some circumstances, such a conclusion may be difficult to achieve.
In the event that we are unable to determine that an entity may satisfy certain Title VII requirements via substituted compliance, we recognize that such persons may, as a result, be subject to requirements that are duplicative of particular Title VII requirements. While we recognize the
We are amending Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b)(1)(iii) in a manner generally consistent with our proposal. The final rule requires a non-U.S. person engaged in security-based swap dealing activity to include in its
This amendment reflects our further consideration of the issues raised by non-U.S. persons engaged in this activity. We continue to believe that requiring non-U.S. persons to include such transactions in their
Another commenter specifically urged that the Commission's proposed interpretation of “arrange, negotiate, and execute” be applied consistently to the use of these terms in other contexts, including the CFTC Staff Advisory and the Volcker Rule.
Most commenters that expressed a view on the U.S. Activity Test set forth in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release supported the changes made from our initially proposed approach.
We have considered commenters' concerns about the potential costs associated with the final rule, including the systems and monitoring costs, as well as the likelihood of market fragmentation arising from the full or partial exit of some dealing firms from the U.S. market.
In the following subsections, we describe key elements of the amendment to Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b)(1)(iii) and address comments received in response to the U.S. Activity Proposing Release that are of particular relevance with respect to each element.
Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b)(1)(iii)(C) applies only to transactions connected with a non-U.S. person's security-based swap dealing activity that its personnel (or the personnel of an agent) located in the United States
Consistent with our preliminary views set forth in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release, “arrange” and “negotiate” in the final rule indicate market-facing activity of sales or trading personnel in connection with a particular transaction, including interactions with counterparties or their agents.
Consistent with the approach taken to the final definition of “transaction conducted through a foreign branch” adopted in the Cross-Border Adopting Release, the amendment includes “arrange” instead of “solicit” in recognition of the fact that a dealer, by virtue of being commonly known in the trade as a dealer, may respond to requests by counterparties to enter into dealing transactions, in addition to actively seeking out such counterparties.
As noted in the proposal, this limitation to market-facing activity should enable market participants to identify the location of relevant activity in a relatively efficient manner. The final rule requires a market participant to focus on whether its sales or trading personnel (or such personnel of its agent) located in the United States engage in this market-facing activity in connection with a particular transaction,
The final rule also does not require persons engaged in dealing activity to consider the location of personnel booking the transaction. As we have noted elsewhere, the booking entity is the counterparty to a transaction and bears the ongoing risk of performance on the transaction,
Finally, we note that, consistent with our proposal, “arranging,” “negotiating,” and “executing” also include directing other personnel to arrange, negotiate, or execute a particular security-based swap. In other words, sales and trading personnel of a non-U.S. person who are located in the United States cannot avoid application of this rule by simply directing other personnel to carry out dealing activity, and we would view personnel located in a U.S. branch or office who direct personnel not located in the United States to arrange, negotiate, or execute a security-based swap transaction as themselves arranging, negotiating, or executing the transaction. Similarly, personnel directing the arranging, negotiation, or execution of security-based swaps include personnel located in a U.S. branch or office that specify the trading strategy or techniques carried out through algorithmic trading or automated electronic execution of security-based swaps, even if the related server is located outside the United States.
Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b)(1)(iii)(C) applies only to transactions connected with a non-U.S. person's security-based swap dealing activity that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel
As we noted in our U.S. Activity Proposing Release, this element of the final rule also should mitigate the burdens associated with determining whether a particular transaction needs to be included in a non-U.S. person's
In addition, we believe that some market participants engaged in both swap dealing and security-based swap dealing activity may perform a similar analysis consistent with the CFTC Staff Advisory, which sets forth the CFTC staff's view that Title VII requirements apply to transactions arranged, negotiated, or executed in the United States by, or on behalf of, swap dealers.
Consistent with our proposed approach, the final rule applies to security-based swap transactions that the non-U.S. person, in connection with its dealing activity, arranges, negotiates, or executes, using personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, even in response to inquiries from a non-U.S.-person counterparty outside business hours in the counterparty's jurisdiction. One commenter urged us not to include such transactions in the U.S. Activity Test, arguing that dealing activity carried out in the United States in response to inquiries is generally occurring pursuant to “product, credit and market risk parameters” set by management personnel outside the United States and that the activity is not “regular business” because the location of the activity is “solely incidental to the hour of the day when the non-U.S. counterparty desires to trade.”
We do not agree that these circumstances, including the fact that the dealer's counterparty made the initial contact leading to the transaction, are relevant in determining whether a transaction should be included in a non-U.S. person's
Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b)(1)(iii)(C) would apply to transactions connected with a non-U.S. person's security-based swap dealing activity that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel located in a U.S. branch or office,
As noted above, a non-U.S. person engaged in security-based swap dealing activity with other non-U.S. persons, if it wishes to avail itself of the expertise of sales, trading, and other personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, may carry out that activity using its own personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, or using the personnel of its agent, located in a U.S. branch or office.
To the extent that the activities performed by the entity performing the sales and trading functions involve arranging, negotiating, or executing security-based swaps as agent for the booking entity in connection with the booking entity's dealing activity, this amendment treats the booking entity's transmission of an order and instructions to the agent as part of the dealing activity of the booking entity itself. As already noted, a person engaged in these activities on behalf of the booking entity may itself be subject to regulation as a broker under the Exchange Act.
In response to the Cross-Border Proposing Release, certain commenters raised concerns about the potential application of various Title VII provisions to multilateral development banks (“MDBs”), including the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (or the World Bank) and the International Finance Corporation.
One commenter on the U.S. Activity Proposing Release objected to the view set forth in the Cross-Border Adopting Release that the scope of these entities' immunities was outside the scope of our prior release, arguing that we had left unaddressed the effect of that immunity on relevant statutory provisions and that we should have entirely excluded MDBs from any obligation to register as a security-based swap dealer or major security-based swap participant, as the CFTC had done in the jointly adopted Intermediaries Definition Adopting Release.
As an initial matter, we reiterate our view that issues related to the immunities of MDBs or other international organizations are outside the scope of our Title VII rulemaking, given that the source of any such immunities lies outside the scope of the Dodd-Frank Act and the federal securities laws. We recognize that to the extent that an MDB or other international organization believes that its security-based swap activities fall within the scope of the immunities available to it under U.S. law, the organization may decide not to register as either a security-based swap dealer or a major security-based swap participant, even if the volume of its transactions in these instruments exceed the
In any event, on further consideration, and consistent with the considerations underlying the exclusion of certain international organizations from the definition of U.S. person, the final rule excepts the same international organizations, as defined in Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(a)(4)(iii), from the requirement to count a security-based swap transaction with another non-U.S. person toward their
Under Exchange Act rule 3a71-5, a non-U.S. person, other than a conduit affiliate, is not required to include in its
As we noted in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release, neither risk arises under the revised approach to transactions that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel located in the United States that was proposed in that release.
However, as we have noted already, to the extent that personnel located in the
Indeed, we note that a significant proportion of the interdealer market consists of cleared transactions, which suggests that the exception urged by commenters may lead to a similar result as is likely under a broker-dealer exception to the counting requirement described above, namely a shift of a significant portion of the interdealer market to foreign clearing agencies, taking that part of the market entirely outside the Title VII dealer framework even though the dealing activity continues to occur in the United States.
Because excepting such transactions could leave significant volumes of dealing activity carried out by non-U.S. persons in the United States outside the scope of Title VII dealer regulation and undermine the effectiveness of that regulatory framework to address the risks created by such activity, we are adopting Exchange Act rule 3a71-5(c) as proposed, with technical edits to clarify that the rule's exclusion applies to the exceptions in both Exchange Act rules 3a71-5(a) and (b). Accordingly, under the final rule, to the extent that a non-U.S. person is required to count a transaction under Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b)(1)(iii)(C), it must count the trade toward its
We are sensitive to the economic consequences and effects, including costs and benefits, of our rules. In the following economic analysis, we identify and consider the assessment costs and programmatic costs and benefits of the rules we are now adopting, as well as the likely effects of the rules on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. We also discuss the potential economic effects of certain alternatives to the approach taken by the final rules. Our analysis addresses several issues that are particularly relevant to the security-based swap market—including the market's global nature, the concentration of dealing activity, and the ease with which dealers can relocate their operations to different jurisdictions—and has informed the policy choices we have described throughout this release.
Several commenters argued that the proposed rule would impose significant costs on market participants, including costs related to identifying transactions that needed to be counted toward the
As in the U.S. Activity Proposing Release, we first estimate the likely increase in the number of entities that are likely to incur costs associated with the
We have previously assumed that any non-U.S. person that annually enters into more than $2 billion, in notional value, of security-based swap transactions that would count toward its
As we have previously noted, the TIW transaction data do not permit us to determine whether particular transactions were arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel located in the United States.
Under these assumptions, we can estimate that a total of approximately 10 additional non-U.S. persons,
In light of this uncertainty and to account for potential growth in the security-based swap market, we believe that it is reasonable to increase this estimate by a factor of two. As a result, our estimate for the purposes of analysis is that the rules being adopted today will increase the number of non-U.S. persons likely to incur any assessment costs in connection with the
In addition, these 20 non-U.S. persons, as well as the 114 persons that are likely to incur assessment costs in connection with the rules adopted in the Cross-Border Adopting Release,
The costs these persons incur under the final rule will, to a significant extent, be influenced by the business structures employed by non-U.S. persons to engage in this dealing activity, and it is reasonable to expect that non-U.S. persons will generally choose a business structure that reflects, among other things, a careful consideration of their regulatory costs for both compliance and assessment. In this section, we discuss the approaches that these market participants may use to determine which transactions must be counted towards dealer
First, non-U.S. persons may perform assessments on a per-transaction basis. We continue to believe that the approach reflected in our final rule should be less costly to implement than the approach that we initially proposed in the Cross-Border Proposing Release, which looked to whether a transaction was conducted, by either counterparty, within the United States. At the same time, we recognize that performing these assessments could involve significant costs for persons engaged in dealing activity in the United States. These costs likely would include one-time costs associated with developing computer systems to capture information about the location of personnel involved with each transaction in addition to ongoing costs of analyzing these data and modifying classification of transaction activity as personnel or offices change locations over time.
Based on analogous situations dealing with the development and modification of information technology (IT) systems that track the location of firm inputs, we estimate the start-up costs associated with developing and modifying these systems to track the location of persons with dealing activity will be $410,000 for the average non-U.S. entity. To the extent that non-U.S. persons already employ such systems, the costs of modifying such IT systems may be lower than our estimate. In addition to the development or modification of IT systems, we believe that entities would incur the cost of $6,500 per location per year on an ongoing basis for training, compliance, and verification costs.
Second, non-U.S. firms might instead restrict personnel located in a U.S. branch or office from arranging, negotiating, or executing security-based
While we do not currently have data necessary to precisely estimate these costs in total,
The costs of policies and procedures are based on burden estimates in the recent Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations; Final Rule, Exchange Act Release No. 72936 (August 27, 2014), 79 FR 55078 (September 15, 2015) (“NRSRO Adopting Release”). Specifically, we assume that the policies and procedures required to restrict communication between personnel located in a U.S. branch or office and personnel not located in a U.S. branch or office are similar to policies and procedures required to eliminate conflicts of interest under Rule 17g-5(c)(8).
Third, a dealer may choose to count all transactions with other non-U.S. persons towards its
We believe that the same principles apply to non-U.S. persons that rely on agents to arrange, negotiate, or execute security-based swaps on their behalf. We anticipate that non-U.S. persons may employ any of the strategies above to comply with the final rules through the choice of their agents. For example, a non-U.S. person may choose agents that do not use U.S.-based personnel to avoid the assessment and programmatic costs of this rule. We also anticipate that a non-U.S. person might rely on representations from its agents about whether transactions conducted on its behalf involved relevant dealing activity by personnel from a location in the United States. This may occur on a transaction-by-transaction basis, or, if the agent uses personnel located in the United States in all or none of its transactions, it may choose to make a representation about the entirety of the agent's business.
We believe that all the methods described above are likely to involve an initial one-time review of security-based swap business lines to help each entity determine which of the business structures outlined above is optimal. This review likely will encompass both employees of potential registrants as well as employees of agents used by potential registrants and identify whether these personnel are involved in arranging, negotiating, or executing security-based swaps. The information gathered as a result of this review would allow a foreign security-based swap dealer to assess the revenues it expects to flow from transaction activity performed by personnel located in a U.S. branch or office. This information would also help these market participants form preliminary estimates about the costs associated with various alternative structures, including the trade-by-trade analysis outlined above. This initial review may be followed with reassessment at regular intervals or subsequent to major changes in the market participant's security-based swap business, such as acquisition or divestiture of business units. We estimate that the per-entity initial costs of a review of business lines would be approximately $104,000.
Programmatic costs and benefits arise from applying substantive regulation to those transactions and entities that fall within the scope of the Title VII regulatory regime.
Several commenters expressed concerns that our approach would create a strong incentive to move dealing business out of the United States, and that this exit would have negative effects on market structure, risk management, and market efficiency.
In the following sections, we discuss the costs and benefits of requiring a non-U.S. person to include in its
Because the set of market participants that are subject to security-based swap dealer regulation under Title VII will determine the allocation and flow of programmatic costs and benefits arising from these Title VII requirements, the inclusion of additional transactions that must be counted under Exchange Act rule 3a71-3(b), as amended, will affect the ultimate costs and benefits of our transaction-level and entity-level rules. At this time, we are unable to precisely estimate the number of potential new dealers that would be required to register because we cannot observe in the data the location of entities' dealing activity. However, even if we assume that all North American single-name CDS security-based swap dealing activity takes place in the United States, currently available data suggest that no additional entities above the baseline would be required to register.
At the same time, we believe it is important to acknowledge the potential for a change in the number of registrants as a result of, among other things, security-based swap dealing activity located in the United States that is not reflected in the data, including equity swaps transactions that are not in our available data, transactions on non-U.S. underliers that non-U.S.-person dealers carry out in the United States that are not accounted for under the assumptions underlying this analysis, and the aggregation of the transactions of affiliated entities that do not themselves exceed the
However, it is unclear how market participants might react to the final rules. Some non-U.S. entities, including those that might be required to register as a result of this rule because of transactions that lie beyond the scope of our available data, may instead prefer to restructure or relocate to avoid
Notwithstanding these uncertainties, we believe the rules being considered for adoption today represent an important step towards treating substantially all dealing activity occurring in the United States similarly for purposes of determining whether a market participant is subject to the Title VII security-based swap dealer regime. We expect the final rules to yield benefits by reducing differences in the treatment of similar activity by U.S. persons and non-U.S. persons in the United States and potential gaps in the Title VII regulatory regime for security-based swap entities.
Additionally, we expect consistent treatment of dealing activity carried out within the United States to affect competition and market fragmentation. As discussed elsewhere in this release,
Even if the non-U.S.-person dealers continued using personnel located in a U.S. branch or office to arrange, negotiate, or execute security-based swap transactions, this type of restructuring could fragment the market into two pools, as the non-U.S.-person dealers that engage in dealing activity with other non-U.S. persons (whether dealers or otherwise) would have a strong incentive not to engage in dealing activity with U.S.-person counterparties. To the extent that the interdealer business and other dealing business with non-U.S.-person counterparties is moved to non-U.S.-person dealers, a significant majority of security-based swap dealing activity carried out in the United States could be inaccessible to U.S. persons. These counterparties would instead be limited to a much smaller pool of liquidity consisting of U.S. persons and dealers (whether U.S. persons or non-U.S. persons) that are willing to face U.S.-person counterparties.
However, under these amendments, non-U.S. dealers that carry out a large volume of transaction activity using personnel located in a U.S. branch or office would not be able to avoid registration obligations under Title VII unless they relocate these personnel to locations outside the United States or restructure operations to use different personnel that are located outside the United States. Because these forms of restructuring, and the resulting market fragmentation, would impose costs on non-U.S. dealers associated with moving personnel outside the United States and/or foregoing the expertise of sales, trading, and other personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, these amendments should reduce the likelihood or extent of market fragmentation and associated distortions.
Given that the ultimate number of non-U.S. entities that are required to register as a result of this rule will depend on several factors that are beyond the scope of our available data or are inherently difficult to quantify, we believe that it is appropriate for purposes of this analysis to assume that it is possible that more entities will register as SBS dealers.
If these final rules regarding the
We note that our conclusion that the adopted approach will result in these requirements being applied to a larger number of transactions and notional volume of transactions requires the assumption that the demand for liquidity from security-based swap dealers is not very sensitive to price. Put another way, so long as market participants' demand for risk sharing opportunities provided by security-based swap transactions is relatively inelastic, any reduction in transaction volume due to the costs of Title VII regulation is unlikely to fully offset the increase in the scope of security-based swap transactions subject to Title VII regulation under the final rules. If, on the other hand, demand for liquidity is elastic, then the effects of higher costs may dominate any increase in the scope of external business conduct and regulatory reporting requirements, resulting in these requirements being applied to a smaller number and lower notional value of transactions.
In addition, these final rules may mitigate the risk that might flow into U.S. financial markets by requiring the inclusion in dealer
We recognize that compliance with these requirements will impose direct costs on persons that are required to register as a result of these amendments, and that some firms may be required to register multiple entities because of how they have chosen to structure their business.
At the same time, we continue to believe that, notwithstanding these costs, the final rules will produce significant benefits to the U.S. financial markets and participants in those markets, in terms of promoting uniform application of Title VII dealer requirements, reducing competitive disparities, mitigating the likelihood or extent of market fragmentation, and mitigating the risk of spillovers and contagion, as we have discussed in detail above.
The final rules are likely to affect efficiency, competition and capital formation in the security-based swap market through their effect on the scope of participants subject to dealer requirements under Title VII. In particular, the amendments may increase the likelihood that certain non-U.S. dealers would exceed
Accordingly, the final rules and amendments will affect the security-based swap market in a number of ways. A number of the potential effects that we discuss below are related to price efficiency, liquidity, and risk sharing. These effects are difficult to quantify for a number of reasons. First, in many cases the effects are contingent upon strategic responses of market participants. For instance, several commenters have noted that non-U.S. persons may choose to relocate personnel, which may make it more difficult for U.S. counterparties to access liquidity in security-based swaps.
Moreover, there are many cases in which a rule could have two opposing effects, making it difficult to estimate a net impact on efficiency, competition, or capital formation. For example, while non-U.S. person dealers may have an incentive to relocate their operations outside of the United States to avoid the potential costs of dealer registration and requirements as a result of these rules, we assume that dealers would prefer to relocate their operations only if the benefits to the dealer of avoiding Title VII dealer registration and requirements exceed the cost of relocation.
Notwithstanding this uncertainty, the amendments related to the treatment of transactions arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel located in a U.S. branch or office for the purposes of
Our amendments reflect consideration of the potentially inefficient restructuring and reduced access to the security-based swap markets by U.S. persons on the one hand
The application of this approach to agents acting on behalf of non-U.S. persons may have similar effects on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. For example, the regulatory costs stemming from dealer registration may provide direct incentives for non-U.S. persons to avoid using personnel of agents located in a U.S. branch or office (or agents with such personnel) to arrange, negotiate, or execute security-based swaps on their behalf. By reducing the ability of these agents to compete for business from non-U.S. persons, the final rules may reduce entry by potential agents because of this competitive disadvantage, or cause existing agents to relocate or restructure their business to minimize contact with the United States.
Reduced market entry or restructuring by non-U.S. persons and their agents, and efforts by non-U.S. persons to choose agents, solely for the purposes of avoiding Title VII regulation in response to our final rules, may be inefficient, may raise costs to market participants, and may reduce the level of participation by personnel of non-U.S. persons located in the United States, or personnel of their agents located in the United States.
We also believe that the amendments will affect competition among security-based swap dealers. Several commenters noted this possibility. One commenter argued that the competitive issues arising from the Commission's proposal were very complex and did not depend solely on the scope of application of Title VII regulatory requirements.
As noted in Section II.B, in the absence of these amendments, a U.S. person engaged in dealing activity and facing a non-U.S.-person counterparty or its agent would face different regulatory treatment under Title VII from a non-U.S. person engaged in the same activity with the same counterparty or its agent, even if both are arranging, negotiating, or executing the security-based swap using personnel located in a U.S. branch or office. As a result, and as some commenters argue, current rules may introduce different costs for U.S. security-based swap dealers and foreign security-based swap dealers, as well as their respective agents, that seek to supply liquidity to non-U.S. persons as a result of Title VII regulation. Under the current rules, non-U.S. persons seeking or supplying liquidity may also be reluctant to transact with a U.S. person because of the additional expected costs of dealer regulation and of future substantive regulations under Title VII that rest on the U.S.-person status of counterparties.
These differences could introduce competitive disparities between U.S. persons and non-U.S. persons or their respective agents even if both, in connection with their dealing activity, use personnel located in the United States.
At the same time, we acknowledge that this account of competitive impacts is complicated by the fact that many non-U.S. persons are likely to be subject to foreign regulatory frameworks that may, in certain respects, be similar to the Title VII dealer requirements.
The amendment to rule 3a71-5 provides that its exception for cleared, anonymous transactions does not apply to non-U.S. persons that arrange, negotiate or execute transactions using personnel located in a U.S. branch or office or using agents with personnel located in a U.S. branch or office. Although non-U.S. persons engaged in dealing activity in the United States may also, as some commenters have suggested, find it more difficult to access foreign trading platforms,
However, we also note that, to the extent that non-U.S. persons otherwise would have relied upon this exception to engage in cleared, anonymous transactions using personnel located in a U.S. branch or office, our final approach may impair efficiency and capital formation by reducing liquidity in anonymous markets, increasing transaction costs, and reducing opportunities for risk-sharing among security-based swap market participants as non-U.S. persons reduce their security-based swap activity or switch to alternative methods to hedge risk.
As some commenters have argued,
Finally, we note that relocation of dealing activity by non-U.S. persons in response to today's amendments may produce the same type of market fragmentation we seek to avoid under existing rules. However, we expect fewer non-U.S. entities may exit U.S. markets under the amendments than in their absence. As noted above, in the absence of these amendments, non-U.S. entities that wished to avoid Title VII regulation would incur potentially lower costs, as they would not have to relocate their personnel and would only need to change the booking entity for their U.S.-facing business above the
In developing these amendments we considered a number of alternative approaches.
In the Cross-Border Proposing Release, we originally proposed the definition “transaction conducted within the United States” and used it to identify (i) transactions that should be included in an entity's
Most commenters supported the narrower approach set forth in our U.S. Activity Proposing Release, which focused only on the location of relevant activity of a counterparty acting in a dealing capacity in the transaction
In response to suggestions from several commenters,
Such an exception could reduce programmatic and assessment costs associated with engaging in customer-facing activity in connection with dealing activity in security-based swaps in the United States, which may mitigate incentives for inefficient relocation by financial groups that use a non-U.S. dealer to carry out their dealing activity in the United States. However, financial groups that use a U.S. dealer may respond to the incentives created by this exception by restructuring their security-based swap dealing business so that it is carried out by a non-U.S. person that relies on a registered broker-dealer, a registered security-based swap dealer, or a U.S. branch, that meets the conditions of the exception.
However, as described in more detail above,
Another alternative to the final rules would be not to require any transactions other than those required in Exchange Act rule 3a71-3 as adopted in June 2014 to be counted toward a person's dealer
As with the alternative just discussed, this alternative could reduce programmatic and assessment costs associated with engaging in customer-facing activity in connection with dealing activity in security-based swaps in the United States, which may mitigate any incentives for inefficient
In our view, in the absence of some form of activity-based test, the current scope of Exchange Act rule 3a71-3 raises the full range of concerns arising from the ability of non-U.S. persons to continue to engage in security-based swap dealing activity in the United States without complying with Title VII dealer requirements, as described in detail above.
The absence of an activity-based test might also be costly because of its adverse competitive effects between U.S. and non-U.S. persons. Under current rules, the disparity in regulatory treatment means U.S. and non-U.S. persons would face disparate regulatory costs even if both engage in dealing activity using personnel located in a U.S. office. Given these cost differences, non-U.S. persons or their agents transacting with other non-U.S. persons or their agents in the United States would potentially be able to provide liquidity at lower cost than U.S. persons because of differing regulatory treatment in other jurisdictions. As a result, non-U.S. persons could prefer to transact with non-U.S. persons or their agents, and a substantial portion of liquidity from non-U.S. persons might become unavailable to U.S. persons.
Another alternative to these amendments would be to not require transactions that are entered into anonymously on an exchange and are cleared to be counted towards an entity's dealer
One commenter suggested that we should not apply Title VII requirements to any transaction between two non-U.S. persons that is cleared outside the United States.
Another alternative would be to provide an exception for transactions arranged, negotiated, or executed in the United States merely to accommodate foreign clients' needs when foreign markets are closed. For example, one commenter argued that the U.S. Activity Test should not include security-based swaps in which U.S. personnel are involved only to accommodate a non-U.S. counterparty outside of operating hours in the counterparty's time zone.
However, the implementation of such an exception might have several adverse consequences. For example, such an exception might create an incentive for non-U.S. person dealers to claim such an exception for trades that, at any other time of day, they would still have arranged, negotiated, or executed using personnel located in the United States. In addition, non-U.S. person dealers may have incentives to artificially delay or advance the timing of trades to claim such an exception. By abusing such an exception, non-U.S. dealers might create a significant disparity in the way that they account for transactions that they arrange, negotiate, or execute using personnel located in the United States under the dealer
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”)
For purposes of Commission rulemaking in connection with the RFA, a small entity includes: (1) When used with reference to an “issuer” or a “person,” other than an investment company, an “issuer” or “person” that, on the last day of its most recent fiscal year, had total assets of $5 million or less;
For the foregoing reasons, the Commission certifies that the final amendments, as adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities for purposes of the RFA.
These final rules will be effective April 19, 2016.
Three commenters requested that we provide market participants adequate time to comply with any final rule that would require them to monitor the location of personnel engaged in relevant activity with respect to security-based swap transactions. One commenter stated that we should provide a 12-month transition period and clarify that the
In the SBS Entity Registration Adopting Release, we established a compliance date for the final rules adopted in that release as the later of: Six months after the date of publication in the
In addition, we noted that, for purposes of complying with the registration and other requirements, persons engaged in dealing activity are not required to begin calculating whether their transactions meet or exceed the thresholds established in Exchange Act rule 3a71-2 until two months prior to the Registration Compliance Date (“SBS Entity Counting Date”). Accordingly, a person engaged in security-based swap dealing activity will not be required to include in its dealer
Pursuant to the Exchange Act, 15 U.S.C. 78a
Brokers, Confidential business information, Fraud, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the SEC is amending Title 17, Chapter II of the Code of the Federal Regulations as follows:
15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c-3, 78c-5, 78d, 78e, 78f, 78g, 78i, 78j, 78j-1, 78k, 78k-1, 78
Sections 240.3a71-3 and 240.3a71-5 are also issued under Pub. L. 111-203, sec. 761(b), 124 Stat. 1754 (2010), and 15 U.S.C. 78dd(c).
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) * * *
(C) Unless such person is a person described in paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section, security-based swap transactions connected with such person's security-based swap dealing activity that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office, or by personnel of an agent of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office; and
(c) The exceptions in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall not apply to any security-based swap transactions of a non-U.S. person or of an affiliated non-U.S. person connected with the person's security-based swap dealing activity that are arranged, negotiated, or executed by personnel of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office, or by personnel of an agent of such non-U.S. person located in a U.S. branch or office.
By the Commission.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |